Social Science History Bibliography

Joseph L. Albini

Albini, J.L. "Donald Cressey's Contributions to the Study of Organized Crime: An Evaluation" Crime & Delinquency July 1988 vol. 34 no. 3 338-354

Abstract: In this article, the author presents an evaluation of the contributions of Donald Cressey to the study of organized crime. Beginning with the early era of research into this area of study-the 1960's-the author discusses the methodological and other problems faced by Cressey and other researchers. Then he describes Cressey's model of organized crime structure and function, with the goal of examining the internal consistency of the model itself and evaluating the major issues and problems inherent in its heuristic utility for researchers and its usefulness for law enforcement.

Claire E. Alexander 2008 (Re)thinking 'gangs'. Runnymede perspectives. London : Runnymede Trust, 20 pages. Available online at http://www.runnymedetrust.org/uploads/publications/pdfs/Rethin kingGangs-2008.pdf

Jeffrey C. Alexander 1947-

Alexander, J.C. 1987 Twenty Lectures: Sociological Theory since World War II New York: Columbia University Press, 1987. Also published as Sociological Theory since 1945 London: Hutchinson Education, 1987

Shaheen Sardar Ali

Ali, S. S. 2008 Approaches to Teaching and Learning of Islamic Law: Sharing some national and international perspectives. UK Centre for Legal Education. Available from http://www.ukcle.ac.uk/resources/teaching-and-learning- strategies/islamiclaw/

Almog, S. 2005 "Theorizing about Antisemitism, the Holocaust and Modernity" available at http://sicsa.huji.ac.il/modernity.html

Amy Allen

Allen, Amy, 2005 "Feminist Perspectives on Power", The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (Winter 2005 Edition), Edward N. Zalta (editor). Available at
http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2005/entries/feminist-power/

Dictionary: Power

Shmuel Almog

Harry Alpert

Alpert, H. 1939 Emile Durkheim and his Sociology New York : Columbia University Press.
Alpert argues that one has to address the pressing issues of the day through a reinterpretation of the past rather than looking to the new or the novel. Focusing on the concepts of collective consciousness and representations, he calls for a reexamination of ideas about the Western relationship betweeen the individual and society.

Contents: Part 1 considers Durkheim, the individual.
Part 1 Emile Durkheim - Frenchman, teacher, sociologist: Rabbinical background and early schooling; ecole normale superieure - the revolt against dilettantism; ecole normale superieure - friends, professors, intellectual influences; towards a science of society; apprenticeship and debut; sociologist; citizen; teacher; pro patria mori; exegi monumentum.
Part 2 looks at the nature, method and scope of Durkheim's sociology with particular reference to Alpert's defence of causality.
Part 2 Durkheim's conception of the nature, method and scope of sociology: a natural science - causes, functions, becauses; objectivity - definitions and indexes; synthesis and specificity; co-operation; independence - realtional social realism; unity - sociology the corpus of the social sciences.
Part 3 focuses on the definitions of sociology from Durkheim's standpoint.
Part 3 Society, evolution, personality: society as unity - social solidarity; society as regulation - nomia, law ritual; society as expression - towards a sociologismic psychology.

1993 Reprinted with a new introduction by Stjepan G. Mestrovi�c. Series: Modern revivals in sociology. Aldershot : Gregg Revivals, 233 pages

Peter Alter

Alter, P. 3.1980 "The Royal Society and the International Association of Academies 1897-1919" Notes and Records of the Royal Society of London Vol. 34, No. 2 (March 1980), pp. 241-264 London: The Royal Society. Available at http://www.jstor.org/stable/531810

Louis Althusser weblinks

Althusser & Balibar 1970 Reading Capital Two essays, one by Althusser, the other by Étienne Balibar, which were presented as papers to a seminar on Marx's "Capital" at the Étiennecole Normale Supétiennerieure in 1965...' - London NLB. Originally published in two vols as Lire Le Capital Paris: Maspero, 1965

Stanislav Andreski
University of Reading

Andreski, S. 1971 Herbert Spencer: Structure, Function and Evolution. Edited with an introductory essay. Nelson

Andreski, S. 1974 The Essential Comte Croom Helm

Ruth Nanda Anshen 14.6.1900 - 2.12.2003

See biograhy by Susan Wyckoff in the Jewish Women Encyclopedia

Anshen, R.N. 1949 (Editor) The Family: Its Function and Destiny. New York: Harper: Science of Culture Series volume 5. 443 pages.
Contents: 1 The patterns:
"The family in transition" by R. N. Anshen.
"The natural history of the family" by Ralph Linton.
"The family in Islam" by Arthur Jeffery.
"The family in China" by F. L. K. Hsu.
"The family in India" by David Mandelbaum.
"The family in Russia" by Maurice Hindus.
"The family in Latin America" by Arturo Torres-Rioseco.
"The Negro family" by E. F. Frazier.
"The family: genus Americanum" by Ruth Benedict.
Contents: 2 The structure:
"The Social structure of the family" by Talcott Parsons.
"The emotional structure of the family, by Therese Benedek.
"Social structure and anomie: Revisions and extensions" by R. K. Merton.
"The facts of life" by F. W. Notestein.
"Education and the family: certain unsolved problems" by K. N. Llewellyn.

Anshen, R.N. 1959 (Editor) The Family: Its Function and Destiny. New York: Harper: Science of Culture Series volume 5. 538 pages. Revised edition 1959
Contents: 1 The patterns:
1. "The family in transition" by R. N. Anshen.
2. "Parent and child in primitive mythology" by Paul Radin
3. "The natural history of the family" by Ralph Linton.
4. "The family: genus Americanum" by Ruth Benedict.
5. "The negro family in America" by E. Franklin Frazier.
6. "The family in Latin America" by Arturo Torres-Rioseco.
7. "The Russian family: Old style and new" by Philip E. Mosely
8. "The family in China: The Classical Form" by Francis L. K. Hsu.
9. "The family in China: The People's Republic" by Morton H. Fried
10. "The family in India" by David Mandelbaum.
11. "The family in negro Africa" by Paul and Lara Bohannan"
12. "The family in Islam" by Arthur Jeffery.
Contents: 2 The structure:
13. "The social structure of the family" by Talcott Parsons.
14. "Social structure and anomie - Revisions and extensions" by Robert K. Merton
15. "Religious values" by Arthur J. Swift
16. "Education and the family" by Karl N.Llewellyn
17. "The emotional structure of the family, by Therese Benedek.
18. "Authoritarianism and the family" by Max Horkheimer
19. "Sex and character" by Erich Fromm
20. "The Oedipus complex and the Oedipus myth" by Erich Fromm
21. "The crisis of the modern couple" by Denis de Rougemont
22. "Housing and the family" by Charles Abrams and John P. Dean
23. "The family: Conveyance of tradition" by Paul Schrecker
24. "The conservation of family values" by Ruth Nanda Anshen

Thomas Aquinas weblinks

Aquinas/Summa Summa Theologica by Thomas Aquinas. Available at http://www.intratext.com/IXT/ENG0023/_P1.HTM

Hannah Arendt 1906-1975.

Arendt, H. 1951 The Origins of Totalitarianism New York : Harcourt Brace. Contents: Antisemitism as an outrage to common sense - The Jews, the nation-state, and the birth of antisemitism - The Jews and society - The Dreyfus Affair - The political emancipation of the bourgeoisie - Race-thinking before racism - Race and bureaucracy - Continental imperialism: the pan-movements - The decline of the nation- state and the end of the rights of man - A classless society - The totalitarian movement - Totalitarianism in power - Ideology and terror: a novel form of government.

Philippe Ariès 1914-1984

Ariès, P. 1960 L'enfant et la vie familiale sous l'Ancién Regime - Paris: Plon, 1960. Published in English as Centuries of Childhood London: Cape, 1962. Republished (English, paperback) Penguin Education, 1973 and in Peregrine Books, 1979.

Aristotle weblinks

Aristotle/Metaphysics Metaphysics Translated by W. D. Ross

Aristotle/Politics Politics Translated by Benjamin Jowett 1885. [Oxford 1905 with an introduction and analysis by H.W.C. Davis]

Michael Armstrong and Angela Baron

Armstrong, M. and Baron, A. 1998 Performance Management: The New Realities Institute of Personnel and Development.

Aron, R. 1967 Main Currents in Sociological Thought Penguin edition

Francis Bacon 1561-1626

Bacon, F. 1620 Novum Organum: or, True Directions for the Interpretation of Nature Available at http://www.constitution.org/bacon/nov_org.htm

Bacon, F. 1853 The Physical and Metaphysical Works of Lord Bacon, including his Dignity and Advancement of Learning, in nine books; and his Novum Organum; or, Precepts for the Interpretation of Nature By Joseph Devey, M.A. London: Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. 1853. Available at http://www.archive.org/details/physicalandmetap032707mbp

Johann Jakob Bachofen 1815-1887 weblinks

Bahmueller, C.F. 1981 The National Charity Company. Jeremy Bentham's Silent Revolution

See Social Science History

Roy Bailey

Bailey, R. and Young, J. 1973 Contemporary Social Problems in Britain. DC Heath, Farnborough.

Joseph Ambrose Banks 5.1.1920 - 13.11.2005
Joe Bamks

Guardian obituary

Banks J. A. 1.1967 "The British Sociological Association: the first 15 years" Sociology, Volume 1, issue 1, January 1967, pp 1-9

offline)

Adam Barnhart

Barnhart A, D. 1994 Erving Goffman: The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life http://www.cfmc.com/adamb/writings/goffman.htm - (archived at http://web.archive.org/web/20041123024352/http://www.cfmc.com/ adamb/writin gs/goffman.htm)

Yolamu Barongo

Barongo, Y. 1983 (Editor) Political Science in Africa. A Critical Review Zed Books

Roland Barthes 1915-1980 weblinks

Barthes, R. 1957/1972 Mythologies Seuil: Paris 1957. Selections translated into English by Annette Lavers as Mythologies, Cape: 1972.

Barthes, R. 1964/1967 "Éléments de sémiologie" Communications 4, Seuil: Paris 1964. Translated into English by Annette Lavers and Colin Smith as Elements of Semiology. London. Cape. 1967

Barthes, R. 1967/1983 Système de la mode Editions du Seuil: Paris 1967. Translated into English by Matthew Ward and Richard Howard as The Fashion System, New York : Hill and Wang, 1983 {London, Cape 1985).

Brian M. Barry 1936-

Barry, B.M. 1998 Social Exclusion, Social Isolation and the Distribution of Income London: Centre for Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics. Available at http://sticerd.lse.ac.uk/dps/case/cp/Paper12.pdf

Monica Barry

Barry, M. 2006 Youth Offending in Transition: The search for social recognition London: Routledge,
Contents: Introduction -- Offending and desistance in theory -- Power and powerlessness in transition -- Starting offending -- Coming to terms with offending -- Desistance : breaking free -- In search of social recognition -- Conclusions.

Christine Battersby See weblinks - Price and Shildrick

See Dictionary: body - body image

Battersby, C. 1998 The Phenomenal Woman: Feminist metaphysics and the patterns of identity Cambridge: Polity Press and New York: Routledge
Battersby, C. 1998/1999 "Her Body/Her Boundaries" Chapter 6.1 in Price J and Shildrick, M. 1999, which is taken from Battersby, C. 1998 The Phenomenal Woman

Richard Bauman and Charles L. Briggs

Bauman, R. and Briggs, C. 2003 Voices of Modernity: Language Ideologies and the Politics of Inequality Cambridge University Press

Zygmunt Bauman (1925-) weblinks.

Sources about Bauman:
"essays in honour of"
2000: Peter Beilharz
2001: Dennis Smith
2005: Tony Blackshaw
2008: Mark Davis

Archive of bibliography

Bibliography on facebook

Bauman, Z. 1957 Zagadnienia centralizmu demokratycznego w pracach Lenina (Questions of Democratic Centralism in Lenin's Works). Warszawa: Ksiazka i Wiedza.

Bauman, Z. 1959

Bauman, Z. 1960a Klasa-ruch-elita. Studium Socjologiczne Dziejow Angilskiego Ruchu Robotniczego (Class, Movement, Elite: A Sociological Study on the History of the British Labour Movement) Warszawa [Warsaw]: Panstwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe. Translated into English in 1972

Bauman, Z. 1960b

Bauman, Z. 1960c Kariera: cztery szkice socjologiczne (Career: Four Sociological Sketches). Warszawa: Iskry.

Bauman, Z. 1972 Between Class and élite. The Evolution of the British Labour Movement: A Sociological Study, a translation into English of Klasa-ruch-elita... (1960) by Sheila Patterson. Manchester: Manchester University Press. xiii and 334 pages.

Bauman, Z. 1973 Culture as Praxis. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul

Bauman, Z. 1976/SAC Socialism: The Active Utopia. New York: Holmes and Meier

Bauman, Z. 1976/TCS Towards a Critical Sociology. An Essay on Commonsense and Emancipation

Bauman, Z. 1978 Hermeneutics and Social Science: Approaches to understanding London: Hutchinson. 263 pages.
Contents:
1. The rise of hermeneutics
2. Understanding as the Work of History: Karl Marx
3. Understanding as the Work of History: Max Weber
4. Understanding as the Work of History: Karl Mannheim 5.
Understanding as the Work of Reason: Edmund Husserl
6. Understanding as the Work of Reason: Talcott Parsons
7. Understanding as the Work of Life: Martin Heidegger
8. Understanding as the Work of Life: From Schutz to Ethnomethodology
9. Understanding as Expansion of the Form of Life
10. Consensus and Truth

Bauman , Z. 1983 "Industrialism, Consumerism and Power" in Theory, Culture and Society January 1983 vol.1, part 3, pp 32-43

Bauman, Z. 1987 Legislators and Interpreters : On Modernity, Post-modernity, and Intellectuals Cambridge: Polity

See Janina Bauman 1986

Bauman, Z. 1989 Modernity and The Holocaust Ithaca, New York: Cornell University Press, 1989. Later the same year, with a new afterword, Cambridge : Polity, 1989. 238 pages.
Contents: Foreword. 1. Introduction: Sociology after the Holocaust. 2. Modernity, Racism, Extermination - I. 3. Modernity, Racism, Extermination - II. 4. On the Uniqueness and Normality of the Holocaust. 5. Soliciting Cooperation of the Victims. 6. The Ethics of Obedience (reading Milgram). 7. Towards a Sociological Theory of Morality Rationality and Shame.

Attempts a sociological explanation of the Holocaust. Argues that the Holocaust should be understood as deeply involved with the nature of modernity - neither a single event nor a simple outpouring of barbarism.

"The murder of millions of Jews initiated and supervised by a few thousand top Nazi leaders and officials was a gigantic bureaucratic operation that involved the cooperation of millions of 'ordinary' people. They drove the trains which carried the victims to gas chambers and worked in the factories that produced the poisonous gases or crematoria appliances. The final results were so remote from the simple tasks which preoccupied them on a daily basis that the connections could escape their attention or be barred from consciousness" (Bauman and May 2001, p.72)

Bauman, Z. 1990 Thinking Sociologically. An Introduction for Everyone Oxford, England: Cambridge, Massachusetts: Basil Blackwell. 240 pages - See 1964 and 2001.
Contents:
1. Sociology - what for?
2. Freedom and dependence
3. Us and them
4. Together and apart
5. Gift and exchange
6. Power and choice
7. Self-preservation and moral duty
8. Nature and culture
9 State and nation
10. Order and chaos
11. Going about the business of life
12. The ways and means of sociology.

Bauman, Z. 1993 Postmodern Ethics Oxford: Blackwell.

A sequel to Legislators and Interpreters and Modernity and the Holocaust. Argues against "the end of ethics" that the postmodern era opened up the possibility of a radically new understanding of the ethical.

Bauman, Z. 1995 Life in Fragments: Essays in Postmodern Morality Oxford: Blackwell.

A continuation of themes explored in Postmodern Ethics. Bauman argues that the postmodern era may be a new dawn for ethics, emancipated from the false consciousness entailed by modernity.

Bauman, Z, 1998 Work Consumerism and the New Poor Oxford University Press.

(Second edition 2005 Open University Press - offline)

Contents: Part 1 The meaning of work - producing the work ethic; from work ethic to the aesthetic of consumption. Part 2 The rise and fall of the welfare state; the work ethic and the new poor. Part 3 Prospects for the new poor.
Summary: It is one thing to be poor in a society of producers and universal employment; it is a quite different thing to be poor in a society of consumers, in which life projects are built around the consumer choice rather than work, professional skills or jobs. If "being poor" once derived its meaning from the condition of being unemployed, today it draws its meaning primarily from the plight of a flawed consumer.

"A consumer is a person who consumes, and to consume means using things up: eating them, wearing them, playing with them and otherwise causing them to satisfy one's needs or desires. Since in our part of the world it is money which in most cases 'mediates' between desire and its satisfaction, being a consumer also means - normally means - appropriating most of the things destined to be consumed: buying them, paying for them and so making them one's exclusive property, barring everybody else from using them without the one's permission." (p.23)

In producer society:

"Identity, once selected, had to be built once and for all, for life, and so was in principle at least the employment, the vocation, the life-work. The building of identity was to be steady and consistent, proceeding through a succession of clearly defined stages (no wonder the metaphor of 'building' was picked to convey the nature of 'identity work' to be done), and so was the work-career. The fixed itinerary of work-career and the prerequisites of lifelong identity construction fit each other well." (p.26)

Bauman, Z, 1998 Globalization: the human consequences Cambridge: Polity.

Bauman, Z, 1999 In Search of Politics Cambridge: Polity.

Bauman, Z. Autumn 1999 "The Self in a Consumer Society" The Hedgehog Review, pp 35-40, Fall 1999. Available as a pdf at http://www.virginia.edu/iasc/HHR_Archives/Identity/1.1FBauman.pdf - offline)

1999: Bauman praised Jock Young's Exclusive Society

"In a properly working consumer society, consumers seek actively to be seduced. They live from attraction to attraction, from temptation to temptation- each attraction and each temptation being somewhat different and perhaps stronger than its predecessor. In many ways they are just like their fathers, the producers, who lived from one turn of the conveyer belt to an identical next." (p.38)

"This cycle of desire is a compulsion, a must, for the fully- fledged, mature consumer; yet that must, that internalized pressure, that impossibility of living one's life in any other way, is seen as the free exercise of one's will. The market might have already selected them as consumers and so taken away their freedom to ignore its blandishments, but in every successive visit to the market-place, consumers have every reason to feel that it is they who are in command." (p.39)

Bauman, Z. 2000 Liquid Modernity Cambridge, Polity Press. 228 pages.
Foreword: On Being Light and Liquid.
1. Emancipation.
2. Individuality.
3. Time/Space.
4. Work.
5. Community.
Afterthoughts: On Writing; on Writing Sociology.

Bauman, Z. and May, T. 2001 Thinking Sociologically Second edition of Bauman, Z. 1990. Revised by Tim May. Basil Blackwell.
See Thinking sociologically the Bauman and May way

"This book is about the difference that living in society makes to what we do, how we see ourselves, objects and others, and what happens as a result." (p.97)

Contents:
Introduction: The Discipline of Sociology
Sections: In search of distinction - Sociology and common sense - The content of Thinking Sociologically
Part 1: Action, Identity and Understanding in Everyday Life.
1. Oneself with Others.
Sections:
Choice, freedom and living with others
Oneself with another: Sociological perspectives
See George Herbert Mead
Socialisation, significance and action
Summary
"Socialisation never ends in our lives. For this reason sociologists distinguish between the stages of socialisation (primary, secondary and tertiary)"

2. Viewing and Sustaining Our Lives.
Sections:
Sustaining our lives: interaction, understanding and social distance
See Alfred Schütz

"... our self-identity is bound up with the social identities that we portray to others and those we encounter in our everyday existence" (p.30)

'Us' within the 'other'
"oppositions become tools that we draw upon to chart the world" (p.30)

See self and other - binary opposition
Viewing and living lives: boundaries and outsiders
Segregation and movement in the city
See Georg Simmel and Eriving Goffman

Summary
"The boundaries between 'us' and 'them' provide for the maintenance, via distinction, of identity." (p.183)

3. The Bonds that Unite: Speaking of 'We'.
Sections:
Communities: Forging consensus and dealing with conflict
See Weber and two types of social solidarity: communal and associative

Calculation, rationalisation and group life
See Weber - organisation - bureaucracy

Summary
"Manuel Castells writes, in the conclusion to the second of his three volume study on The Information Age, that we are witnessing the growth of networks, markets and organisations that are increasingly governed by 'rational expectation'. Yet if this is a summary of a dominant trend in contemporary western societies, in our survey of the bonds that unite, what is most striking is the diversity of human groupings."

Part 2: Living our Lives: Challenges, Choices and Constraints.
4. Decisions and Actions: Power, Choice and Moral Duty.
Sections:
Making decisions
See Weber and types of action

Values, power and action
See Weber and types of authority

The motivation to act
Morality and action
See Weber - modernity - Holocaust

5. Making it Happen: Gifts, Exchange and Intimacy in Relationships.
Sections:
The personal and impersonal: the gift and exchange
In pursuit of ourselves: love, intimacy, caring and commodities
The commodities of identity - Summary.
"Love and exchange are two extremes of a continuous line along which human relations may be plotted"

See Marcel Mauss - Richard Titmus - and Talcott Parsons

6. Care of Our Selves: The Body, Health and Sexuality.
Sections:
In search of security
Embodied selves: Perfection and satisfaction
The pursuit of health and fitness
The body and desire
The body, sexuality and gender
Summary
7. Time, Space and (Dis) Order.
See pre-modern - modern - hardware and software

Sections:
Experiencing time and space
See Speed annihilates distance 1839
See solid and liquid modernity
See Bentham - Panopticon - Foucault
Risk society
See Ulrich Beck
Autonomy, order and chaos
See pre- modern
See Marx and Engels and patronage to cash-nexus
Summary
8. Drawing Boundaries: Culture, Nature, State and Territory.
Sections
Nature and Culture,
State, Nations and Nationalism
Citizenship and the State
"To paraphrase Max Weber," [see Weber] "the state has a monopoly over the legitimate means of violence" (p.135)
Nations and Nationalism
Summary
9. The Business in Everyday Life: Consumption, Technology and Lifestyles.
Part 3: Looking Back and Looking Forward.
10. Thinking Sociologically.
page 170 Three strategies
1: replication of the scientific enterprise. Leading thinker Durkheim.
2: reflection and modification associated with Max Weber
That human actions are meaningful is the foundation of hermeneutics. page 172
3: demonstration by effect: pragmatism. page 173

Questions for Reflection and Further Reading.
Thinking Sociologically website

Argues we have moved from a heavy, solid, hardware-focused modernity to a light, liquid, software-based modernity. This has brought profound change to all aspects of the human condition. On the one hand, the globalised social structure is remote and un-reachable. On the other, the immediate context of life-politics and human togetherness (community?) is unstructured, under-defined and fluid. These changes mean we have to rethink how we tell our individual and collective (history) stories. He examines five basic concepts used to make sense of shared human life - emancipation, individuality, time/space, work and community - and traces their successive incarnations and changes of meaning.
Concludes the analysis made in Globalization: The Human Consequences and In Search of Politics.

"Whoever as a young apprentice took his first job at Ford could be pretty sure to finish his life of work in the same place. The time horizons of heavy capitalism were long-term. For the workers, the horizons were drawn by the prospect of life-long employment inside a company which might or might not be immortal, but whose life-span stretched nonetheless well beyond theirs." (p.146).

Bauman, Z. 2001 The Individualised Society Cambridge: Polity. 259 pages
Contents: Foreword: Lives Told and Stories Lived
Part One: The Way We Are
Chapter 1. The Rise And Fall of Labour
Chapter 2: Local Orders, Global Chaos
Chapter 3: Freedom and Security: The Unfinished Story of a Tempestuous Union
Chapter 4: Modernity and Clarity: The Story of a Failed Conquest
Chapter 5: Am I My Brother's Keeper?
Chapter 6; United in Difference
Part Two: The Way we Think
Chapter 7: Critique - Privatised and Disarmed
Chapter 8: Progress: The Same and Different
Chapter 9: On Mass, Individuals, and Peg-Communities
Chapter 10: Education: Under, for and in Spite of Postmodernity
Chapter 11: Excess: An Obituary
Chapter 12: Faith and Instant Gratification
Part Three: The Way we Act
Chapter 13: Does Love Need a Reason?
Chapter 14: Private Morality, Immoral World
Chapter 15: Democracy on Two Battlefronts
Chapter 16: Violence, Old and New
Chapter 17: On Postmodern Uses of Sex
Chapter 18: Is There Life after Immortality?

Bauman, Z. 2003 Liquid Love: On the Frailty of Human Bonds Cambridge, Polity Press

Bauman, Z. 2004 Wasted Lives: Modernity and its Outcasts Cambridge, Polity Press.
Contents: In the beginning was design (or the waste of order-building) -- Are there too many of them? (or the waste of economic progress) -- To each waste its dumping site (or the waste of globalization) -- Culture of waste.
"The global spread of modernity has given rise to growing quantities of human beings who are deprived of adequate means of survival, but the planet is fast running out of places to put them. Hence the new anxieties about 'immigrants' and 'asylum seekers' and the growing role played by diffuse 'security fears' on the contemporary political agenda."

Bauman, Z. 2005 Liquid Life Cambridge, Polity Press

Bauman, Z. 2006 Liquid Fear Cambridge, Polity Press

Bauman, Z, 2007 Consuming Life Cambridge: Polity. 160 pages.
Contents:
Introduction, or the most closely guarded secret of the society of consumers
1.Consumption vs. Consumerism
2.Society of Consumers
3.Consumerist Culture
4.Collateral Casualties of Consumerism

"Consumers 'subjectivity' is made out of shopping choices- choices made by the subject and the subject's prospective purchasers; its description takes the form of the shopping list. What is assumed to be the materialization of the inner truth of the self is in fact an idealization of the material - objectified - traces of consumer choices." (p. 15)

"The society of consumers, in other words, stands for the kind of society that promotes, encourages or enforces the choice of a consumerist lifestyle and life strategy and dislike all alternative cultural options, a society in which adapting to the precepts of consumer culture and following them strictly is, to all practical intents and purposes, the sole unquestionably approved choice; a feasible, and so also a plausible choice - and a condition of membership" (p. 53)

Bauman, Z, 2007 Liquid Times: Living in an Age of Uncertainty Cambridge, Polity Press. 115 pages
Contents: Introduction: Bravely into the Hotbed of Uncertainties -- Liquid Modern Life and its Fears -- Humanity on the Move -- State, Democracy and the Management of Fears -- Out of Touch Together -- Utopia in the Age of Uncertainty.

Bauman, Z, 2008 Does Ethics Have a Chance in a World of Consumers? Institute for Human Sciences Vienna lecture series. Cambridge, Massachusetts and London: Harvard University Press.

B.B.C. British Broadcasting Corporation

B.B.C. Religions index of "featured religions and beliefs" http://www.bbc.co.uk/religion/religions/

Cesare Beccaria
Marquis Cesare Beccaria Bonesana weblinks

Beccaria, C. 1764 Dei delitti e delle pene Monaco, 1764 [112 pages]

Beccaria, C. 1767 An Essay on Crimes and Punishments, translated from the Italian; with a commentary, attributed to Monsieur de Voltaire, translated from the French. London : J. Almon, 1767.

Beccaria, C. 1764/1986 On Crimes and Punishments, translated from the Italian by D.Young. Indianapolis, Hackett Publishing

Beccaria, C. 1764/1991 Dei delitti e delle pene First edition. With a Preface by Stefano Rodotà. Overseen by Alberto Burgio. Milan. Feltrinelli

Beccaria, C. 1764/1995 On crimes and punishments and other writings by Cesare Beccaria. Edited by Richard Bellamy and translated [from the Italian] by Richard Davies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

Lewis White Beck

Beck, L.W. 1963 (Editor) Kant on History Bobbs-Merrill

Ulrich Beck 1944-
University of Munich

Beck, U. 1986 Risikogesellschaft: auf dem Weg in eine andere Moderne Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Translated into English as Risk society: towards a new modernity by Mark Ritter in 1992, London, Sage.
Contents
Introduction (1992) by Scott Lash and Brian Wynne
Preface
Part one: Living on the volcano of civilization - The contours of the risk society:
1. On the Logic of Wealth Distribution and Risk Distribution
2. The Politics of Knowledge in the Risk Society
Part two: The individualisation of social inequality - life-forms and the demise of tradition:
3. Beyond Status and Class?
4. 'I am I': Gendered Space and the Conflict Inside and Outside the Family
5. Individualisation, Institutionalisation and Standardisation: Life Situations and Biographical Patterns
6. De-Standardisation of Labour
Part three: Reflexive modernisation: on the generalisation of science and politics
7. Science Beyond Truth and Enlightenment?
8. Opening up the Political

"The changing nature of society's relation to production and distribution is related to the environmental impact as a totalizing, globalizing economy based on scientific and technical knowledge becomes more central to social organization and social conflict."

Ulrich Beck, Anthony Giddens and Scott Lash

Beck, U., Giddens, A. and Lash, S. 1994 Reflexive modernisation: politics, tradition and aesthetics in the modern social order by Ulrich Beck, Anthony Giddens and Scott Lash. Cambridge : Polity Press. viii and 225 pages
Contents:
1. "The Re-invention of Politics. Towards a Theory of Reflexive Modernisation" by Ulrich Beck.
2. "Living in a Post-Traditional Society" by Anthony Giddens
3. "Reflexivity, Modernity and Aesthetics" by Scott Lash
4. "Replies and Critiques" by Ulrich Beck, Anthony Giddens and Scott Lash

Howard Becker weblinks

For Becker bibliography see Becker CV

Becker, H. 11.1953 "Becoming a Marihuana User" American Journal of Sociology volume 59 (November 1953) pp. 235-242.

Becker, H. 1963 Outsiders: Studies in the Sociology of Deviance New York: The Free Press

Becker, H. 1999 "The Chicago School, So-Called", Qualitative Sociology, 22 (1), 1999, pp. 3-12.

Becker, H. 11.1999 "The Politics of Presentation: Goffman and Total Institutions - The Problem of Conventional Categories" Available at http://home.earthlink.net/~hsbecker/goffman.html - archive

Peter Beilharz born 13.11.1953 Australia

Beilharz, P. 2000 Zygmunt Bauman: Dialectic of modernity London: Sage, xi, and 180 pages.
Contents: Class and Labour
Culture and Sociology
Intellectuals and Utopians
The Holocaust and the Perfect Order
Touring the Fragments
Following the Human Condition
Epilogue Mediations

Hugo Bedau Emeritus Professor of Philosophy - Tufts University

Bedau, H., 10.3.2004 Bentham's theory of punishment, origin and content, Paper given at the Bentham Seminar, University College London, 10 March 2004. Available at http://www.ucl.ac.uk/Bentham- Project/journal/Bedau.htm

Judith Bell 1930-

Bell, J. 1987? Doing Your Research Project: A Guide for First- time Researchers in Education and Social Science Milton Keynes : Open University Press. [Second edition 1993 - Third 1999 - Fourth 2005 - Fifth 2010]

CONTENTS 5th Edition:
Part One: Preparing the ground -- Approaches to research -- Planning the project -- Ethics and integrity in research -- Reading, referencing and the management of information -- Literature searching -- The review of the literature
Part Two: Selecting methods of data collection -- Introduction -- The analysis of documentary evidence / Brendan Duffy -- Designing and administering questionnaires -- Planning and conducting interviews -- Diaries, logs and critical incidents -- Observation
Part Three: Interpreting the evidence and reporting the findings -- Introduction -- Interpreting the evidence and reporting the findings -- Writing the report.

Belloc, H. 1911 The French Revolution

Jeremy Bentham 1748 - 1832 weblinks - reviews

Sources about: See Bahmueller (Charity Company) - Bedau (theory of punishment) - John Stuart Mill - Parekh - Steintrager - Swanson (a criminology paper) - Roberts 1997 chapter 5 (Social Science History) - Werrett (Panopticon)

1776 life

Bentham, J. 1776 A Fragment on Government - Being an examination of what is delivered, on the subject of government in general in the introduction to Sir William Blackstone's Commentaries: by Jeremy Bentham with a Preface, in which is given a critique on the work at large. Available at http://socserv2.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/bentham/government .html (McMaster University's Archive for the History of Economic Thought)

Available at the Library of Economics and Liberty at http://www.econlib.org/library/Bentham/bnthPML.html

1789 life

Bentham, J. 1789 An Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation

Previousl available at http://www.la.utexas.edu/research/poltheory/bentham/ipml/index .html (University of Texas at Austin's Classical Utilitarians Website)

Bentham, Jeremy. An Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 1907. 2011; Internet.

1791 life

Bentham, J. 1791 Panopticon; or, the Inspection-House: containing the idea of a new principle of construction applicable to any sort of establishment, in which persons of any description are to be kept under inspection; and in particular to penitentiary-houses, prisons, houses of industry, work-houses, poor-houses, lazarettos, manufactories, hospitals, mad-houses, and schools: with a plan of management adapted to the principle: in a series of letters, written in the year 1787, from Crecheff in White Russia. To a friend in England by Jeremy Bentham, of Lincoln's Inn, esquire. Published in 1791 by T. Payne: in London, 1791 and Thomas Byrne in Dublin. Available at http://cartome.org/panopticon2.htm

Bentham, J. 1830 History of the War Between Jeremy Bentham and George 3rd, By One of the Belligerents.

1793 life

Bentham, J. 1793 Manual of Political Economy (written, but not published)

Bentham, J. 1797/Outline Outline of a Work Entitled Pauper Management Improved. Reprinted in French in 1800; in English in 1812.

Bentham, J. 1797/Observations Observations on the Poor Bill (circulated in handwriting)

Jeremy Bentham and Pierre Étienne Louis Dumont 18.7.1759 - 29.9.1829

Bentham, J. and Dumont, P. 1802 Traité de legislation civile et pénale

Bentham, J. and Dumont, P. 1811 Théorie des peines et des recompenses

"the manuscripts from which I have extracted La Théorie des Peines, were written in 1775. Those which have supplied me with La Théorie des Récompenses are a little later" (Dumont Advertisement)

Bentham, J. and Dumont, P. 1811/1830 The Rationale of Punishment Translated by Richard Smith from Théorie des peines et des recompenses (1811) London. Available at http://www.laits.utexas.edu/poltheory/bentham/rp/

Bentham, J. and Dumont, P. 1815 Tactique des assemblées legislatives

Bentham, J. and Dumont, P. 1823 Traité des preuves judiciaires

Bentham, J. and Dumont, P. 1828 De l'organization judiciaire et de la codification

Bentham, J. 1967 A Fragment on Government and An Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation. Edited with an introduction by Wilfred Harrison. Basil Blackwell.

Peter L. Berger weblinks

Peter Berger and Thomas Luckmann

Berger, P.L. and Luckmann, T., 1966 The Social Construction of Reality. A Treatise in the Sociology of Knowledge (Penguin 1967) [Fundamental insight: Schutz p.27. Greatly influenced by G.H Mead, and Symbolic Interactionists p.29]

Berger, P.L. 1966 Invitation to Sociology. A Humanistic Perspective.

Berger, P.L. 1969 Marxism and Sociology

Peter Berger and Brigitte Berger

Berger, P.L. and Berger, B. 1972 Sociology: A Biographical Approach. (Revised edition 1976)

See Subject Index Biographical and narrative approaches

Vanja Berggren

Berggren V. 2005 Female Genital Mutilation: Studies on primary and repeat female genital cutting Karolinska University Press. 50 pages

Jessie Bernard 8.6.1903-6.10.1996

Bernard, J. 1972 The Future of Marriage New York : World Publications, 1972 ; London : Souvenir Press, 1973.

Marie-Andrée Bertrand Centre international de criminologie comparée, Université de Montréal

Bertrand, M.A. 1998 Prisons pour Femmes available in Collection Les sciences sociales contemporaines at http://dx.doi.org/doi:10.1522/24782669

Raymond F. Betts

Betts, R.F. 1979/2000 Europe in Retrospect: A brief history of the past two hundred years Lexington, Massachuusetts: D.C. Heath, 1979. 249 pages. Available Britannia 2000 at http://www.britannia.com/history/euro/index2.html

Contents:
PART ONE: The Reordering of Europe: 1789-1871
1: The Old Order - The Structure of the Old Regime. Economic Growth. Mercantilism The Enlightenment
2: The French Revolution - The Ideology of the French Revolution. The Age of Napoleon.
3: International Order and Domestic Strife - The European State System. The Age of Revolution. The National Unification of Italy and Germany
4: The Age of Power - Another Kind of Revolution. Capitalism and Entrepreneurs. Protests Against Industrialism. Urban Growth
PART TWO: Expansion & Explosion: 1871-1918
5: Concentration - The New Productivity. Toward a New Social Order. New Responses. Cultural Implications of Mass Society
6: Expansion - The Causes of Modern European Imperialsim. Europe's Imperial Age
7: Discontent and Tension - Beneath and Beyond Calculation and Reason. The Delicate Balance of Diplomacy. War Clouds
8: The War - The Changing Military Dimensions of War. The Changing Domestic Dimensions of War The Interminable War
PART THREE - Reconstruction & New Order: 1918-1945
9: Disorder: Europe in the 1920s - Modification in Social Structure. A New Mood.
10: An Era of Despair - The Depression. Fascism and Nazism The New Social Order.
11: The Precious Peace - The Spirit of International Conciliation. War, Peace, and Germany Peace and Appeasement
12: Another World War - A "More Total War". The Effects of the War. The War in a Global Setting.
PART FOUR: Europe in the Contemporary World
13: The Decade of European Recovery - Economic Reorganization. New Economic Dimensions The Cold War and Bipolarization. Politics and Classes. The Reshaping of the European Mind
14: The Retreat from Empire - The End of Empire. Decolonization. The Significance of Colonialism. After Imperialism.
15: An Era of Booming Success - The Economics of Plenty. The Politics of Europe. Europe at Home.
16: Contemporary Europe - New European Dimensions and Problems. The New Economics of Oil. Dissent and Disorder. Eurocommunism.

Betts, R.F. 1985 Uncertain Dimensions: Western Overseas Empires in the 20th Century

Bible 1611 The Holy Bible authorised to be read in churches by King James 1 of England in 1611

Tony Bilton

Bilton, T. (and others) 1981 Introductory Sociology by Tony Bilton, Kevin Bonnett, Philip Jones, Michelle Stanworth, Ken Sheard & Andrew Webster. London: Macmillan

Fourth edition 2002 - Amazon search inside

Elizabeth Bird 1945-

See Bristol Womens Studies Group

Bird, E. 2003 "Women's Studies and the Women's Movement in Britain: origins and evolution, 1970-2000" Women's History Review, Volume 12, Number 2, 2003 pages 263 - 288 available at http://www.informaworld.com/openurl?genre=article&issn=0961%2d2025&volume=1 2&issue=2&spage=263

Ronald Blackburn
Emeritus Professor of Clinical and Forensic Psychological Studies at the University of Liverpool (inaugural lecture January 1995). Previously a clinical psychologist at Ashworth Hospital, Parkbourn, Maghull, Merseyside

Max Black

Black, M. 1961 (Editor) The Social Theories of Talcott Parsons. A critical examination. Prentice Hall

Blackburn, R. 1993 The Psychology of Criminal Conduct: Theory, research, and practice The Wiley series in clinical psychology. Chichester; New York: Wiley. x and 496 pages
Contents:
Crime, Criminology, and Psychology.
The Measurement and Distribution of Crime.
Classification of Offenders.
Social and Environmental Theories of Crime.
Individually Oriented and Integrated Theories of Crime.
Biological Correlates of Antisocial Behavior.
Familial and Social Correlates of Crime.
Personal Attributes of Offenders.
Aggression and Violent Crime.
Crime and Mental Disorder.
Sexual Deviation and Sexual Offending.
Forensic Psychology and the Offender.
Psychological Interventions with Offenders.
Treatment of Dangerous Offenders.
The Effectiveness and Ethics of Intervention.

Tony Blackshaw 1960-

Blackshaw, T. 2005 Zygmunt Bauman Routledge Key Sociologists. London; New York: Routledge. xiii and 170 pages.
Contents:
An interim career report
Bauman's sociology : his theory of modernity
The ways and means of the dragoman
Freedom and security in the liquid modern sociality
Consumerism as the liquid modern way of life.

Blackstone

Blackstone, W. 1765/9 (First edition) Commentaries on the Laws of England.

Blackwell Dictionary of Sociology
Blackwell Companion to Social Theory

Blackstone, W. 1765/9 (First edition) Commentaries on the Laws of England (Original spelling) available at http://www.yale.edu/lawweb/avalon/blackstone/blacksto.htm - Avalon Project

Blackstone, W. 1765/9 (First edition) Commentaries on the Laws of England (Modernised spelling) available at http://www.lonang.com/exlibris/blackstone - Lonang Library

Blackwood B, Diane 1997 "Erving Goffman" article from Magill's Guide to 20th Century Authors (1997) Salem Press, Pasadena, California. Available at http://www.blackwood.org/Erving.htm

William Blake See Vultee - weblinks - Reviews

bibliography on American Buddha website, followed by text of many of the poems.

Blake, W. 1783 Poetical Sketches available from http://www.english.uga.edu/nhilton/Blake/blaketxt1/poetical_sk etches.html

Blake, W. 1788a There is no Natural Religion (about 1788) available from The William Blake Archive http://www.blakearchive.org,

Blake, W. 1788b All Religions Are One (about 1788) available from The William Blake Archive http://www.blakearchive.org,

Blake, W. 1789 Songs of Innocence available from the Blake Page at http://www.gailgastfield.com/innocence/soi.html

Titles of poems

Blake, W. 1791 The French Revolution: A Poem in Seven Books

Blake, W. 1792 A Song of Liberty

Blake, W. 1793m The Marriage of Heaven and Hell

Blake, W. 1793v Visions of the Daughters of Albion

Blake, W. 1794e Songs of Experience available from the Blake Page at http://www.gailgastfield.com/experience/soe.html

Titles of poems

Blake, W. 1794ie Songs of Innocence and of Experience, shewing the Two Contrary States of the Human Soul.

The order of poems varies. The usual order in modern versions was established by editions Blake prepared in 1818 and 1827. There is a digital edition at http://virtual.park.uga.edu/~wblake/SIE/begin/begin1.html that [used to allow?] allows you to explore the different orders of the poems.

Blake, W. 1794u The Book of Urizen

Blake, W. 1808 Grave

Blake, W. 1818 Everlasting Gospel

Blake, W. 1820 Jerusalem

Blake, W. 1822 The Ghost of Abel

Blake, W. 1826 Illustrations to the Book of Job

Louis Blanc 1811-1882

Blanc, L. 1861 Histoire de la Révolution française Paris 1861. Available at http://www.archive.org/details/histoiredelarvo19blangoog

Olivier Blanc French historian
weblinks

Blanc, O. 1981 Olympe de Gouges Paris: Syros. IS- 2901968546. 248 pages. In French
Olivier Blanc's first biography of Olympe de Gauges.
Blanc, O. 1987 Last letters: Prisons and Prisoners of the French Revolution, 1793-1794 London: A. Deutsch. IS-023397959X. Translated from the French. 16 pages introductory, 250 pages. Bibliography, pages 235- 250 - Includes index
Blanc, O. 1989 Olympe de Gouges: une femme de libertés Paris: Syros/Alternatives. IS- 286738415X. 244 pages. In French
Olivier Blanc's second? biography of Olympe de Gauges.
Blanc, O. (Editor) 1993 Ecrits politiques, Olympe de Gouges. 1788-1791. Paris: Côté-Femmes, 2 volumes. Des femmes dans l'histoire series.
The first critical edition of Olympe de Gouges' Political Writings. In French.
Blanc, O. 2003 Marie-Olympe De Gouges. Une Humaniste à la fin du 18e Siècle Paris: R. Vienet. 270 pages: illustrated, portraits; IS-2849830003. A biography in French. Includes bibliographical references (pages 238-252) and index. An English translation by Donald Nicholson-Smith is almost completed, (commissioned by Rene Vienet), but not yet published. See weblinks for more information

Marc Bloch 1886-1944

Bloch, M. 1961 Feudal Society An English translation from the original French

Boris Blumberg, Donald R. Cooper and Pamela S. Schindler.

Blumberg, B.; Cooper, D.R. and Schindler, P.S. 2005 Business Research Methods London : McGraw-Hill. 596 pages.

Herbert Blumer (7.3.1900 - 13.4.1987) weblinks

A Blumer bibliography

Blumer, H. 1928 Method in Social Psychology. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, University of Chicago (1928).

Blumer, H. 1933 Movies and Conduct. New York: Macmillan. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Blumer/1933/Blumer_1933_toc.html

Blumer, H. and Philip M. Hauser 1933 Movies, Delinquency, and Crime New York: Macmillan.

Blumer, H. 1936 "Social attitudes and non-symbolic interaction". Journal of Educational Psychology 9 (1936): pages 515- 523. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Blumer/Blumer_1936.html
non-symbolic interaction = "spontaneous and direct response to the gestures and actions of the other individual, without the intermediation of any interpretation". Blumer suggests that this level of interaction is the one associated with feelings.

Blumer, H. 1937 "Social Psychology." Chapter 4 in Emerson Peter Schmidt (editor) Man and Society: A Substantive Introduction to the Social Science. New York: Prentice-Hall, Inc. (1937): pp 144-198. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Blumer/Blumer_1937.html

Blumer, H. 1939 Critiques of Research in the Social Sciences: I. An Appraisal of Thomas and Znaniecki's The Polish Peasant in Europe and America. New York: Social Science Research Council (1939).

Blumer, H. 1939 "Review of Manual of Psychiatry and Mental Hygiene by Aaron J. Rosanoff." American Journal of Sociology 44 (1939): pp 767- 768.

Blumer, H. 1954 "What is Wrong with Social Theory". American Sociological Review 18 (1954): pp 3-10. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Blumer/Blumer_1954.html

Blumer, H. 1956 "Sociological Analysis and the Variable". American Sociological Review 21 (1956): pp 683-690. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Blumer/Blumer_1956.html

Blumer, H. 1962 "Society as Symbolic Interaction" in Arnold Rose (editor), Human Behavior and Social Processes. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, (1962): pp 179-192.

Blumer, H. 1966 "Sociological implications of the thought of George Herbert Mead." American Journal of Sociology 71 (1966): pp 535-548.

Blumer, H. 1969 Symbolic Interactionism: perspective and method. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.

Google books

Chapters:
1) The Methodological Position of Symbolic Interactionism (p.1)
2) Sociological implications of the thought of George Herbert Mead (p.61)
3) Society as Symbolic Interaction" (p.78)
4) Attitudes and the Social Act (p.90)
5) Psychological Import of the Human Group (p.101)
6) An Appraisal of Thomas and Znaniecki's The Polish Peasant in Europe and America (p.117)
7) Sociological Analysis and the "Variable" (p.127)
8) "What is Wrong with Social Theory?" (p.140)
9) Science without Concepts (p.153)
10) The Problem of the Concept in Social Psychology (p.171)
11) Suggestions for the Study of Mass Media Effects (p.183)
12) Public Opinion and Public Opinion Polling. (p.195)

Robert Bocock 1940 -

Bocock, R. 1976 Freud and Modern Society: An outline and analysis of Freud's sociology London : Chapman and Hall. xv and 200 pages

James Bohman

Bohman, James, 2005 "Critical Theory", The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (Spring 2005 Edition), Edward N. Zalta (editor), Available at http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/spr2005/entries/critical-theory/. With minor subsequent corrections at http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/spr2010/entries/critical- theory/

Mary (Irene) Cathcart Borer

Thomas Burton Bottomore (1920-1992)

Bottomore, T.B. 1962 Sociology. A Guide to Problems and Literature. Unwin

Bottomore, T.B. 1964 Elites and Society

Bottomore, T. and Rubel, M. 1966 (Editors) Karl Marx: Selected Writings in Sociology and Social Philosophy.

Bottomore, T.B. 1975 Marxist Sociology

Bottomore, T.B; Miliband, R. and others, 1983 (Editors) A Dictionary of Marxist Thought.

Bottomore, T.B. 1984/So Sociology and Socialism Brighton: Wheatsheaf. 212 pages.

Bottomore, T.B. 1984/Fr The Frankfurt School, Chichester [Sussex] ; London : E. Horwood; New York: Tavistock, Key sociologists series. 93 pages. Routledge edition 1989. Republished as The Frankfurt School and its critics by Routledge in 2002. (Still 93 pages)
Contents: 1. The Formation of the School 2. The High Tide of Critical Theory 3. Decline and Renewal 4.Conclusion: A Critical Assessment of the Critics 5. Biographical Notes on the Some Leading Members of the School

Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) See Webb Schirato and Danaher - Wolfreys - weblinks

Bibliography at HyperBourdieu
archive index - an archive
Bibliography in New Zealand
archive index

Pierre Bourdieu and Jean-Claude Passeron, with the collaboration of Michel Eliard.

Bourdieu P. and Passeron J-C. 1964 Les héritiers. Les étudiants et la culture, Paris: Mouton. 149 pages. Translatee in English by Richard Nice as The Inheritors: French Students and their Relations to Culture, University of Chicago Press, Chicago. 1979,

Pierre Bourdieu, Luc Boltanski, Robert Castel, Jean-Claude Chamboredon and Dominique Schnapper

Bourdieu, P., Boltanski L., Castel, R., Chamboredon J.-C. and Schnapper D. 1965 Un art moyen. Essais sur les usages sociaux de la photographie Translated into English by S. Whiteside as Photography: A Middle-brow Art. Stanford University Press, Stanford, 1990

Pierre Bourdieu with Jean-Claude Passeron and Monique de Saint Martin

Bourdieu, P., Passeron, J.-C. and de Saint Martin, M. 1965 Rapport pédagogique et communication. Translated into English by R. Teese as Academic Discourse: Linguistic Misunderstanding and Professional Power Polity Press, Cambridge 1992

Bourdieu, P. 11.1966 "Champ intellectuel et project créateur" Les temps modernes November 1966, pp 865-906. Translated as "Intellectual Field and Creative Project", available in Michael F.D. Young (editor) Knowledge and Control (1971) - "initial attempt to outline theoretically the concept of intellectual field". Also uses the term habitus (Randal Johnson p.269)

Pierre Bourdieu, Jean-Claude Chamboredon and Jean-Claude Passeron

Bourdieu, P., Chamboredon, J-C. and J-C. Passeron 1968 Le métier de sociologue. Préalables épistémologiques, Translated into English by Richard Nice as The Craft of Sociology: Epistemological Preliminaries, edited by B. Krais, Walter de Gruyter, New York, 1991,

Pierre Bourdieu, and Alain Darbel; with Dominique Schnapper

Bourdieu, P., Darbel, A., Schnapper, D. 1969 L'amour de l'art. Les musées d' art et leur public, Paris. Les Editions de Minuit, Translated into English by Caroline Beattie and Nick Merriman, as The Love of Art: European Art Museums and their Public, Polity Press, Cambridge 1997.

Bourdieu, P. and Passeron, J. 1970 La Reproduction. Translated into English as Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture (1977)

Bourdieu, P. 1972 Esquisse d'une théorie de la pratique (1972) Translated into English as Outline of a Theory of Practice (1977) by Richard Nice.

Bourdieu, P. 1972/1977 Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Translation into English of Esquisse d'une théorie de la pratique (1972) by Richard Nice.

Bourdieu, P. and Passeron, J. 1970/1977 Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture London: Sage Publications. Foreword by Tom Bottomore. Traslation in English of La Reproduction (1970)

Bourdieu, P. 1979 La distinction. Critique sociale du jugement (1979). Translated into English by Richard Nice as Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgment of Taste (1984 RKP).

Google books (English)

Bourdieu, P. 1980 Le sens pratique (1980) Translated into English as The Logic of Practice (1990)

Archive link to Brian Lande's 2005 notes
"appears to be Bourdieu's effort, 20 years after the publication of "Outline" to revisit the same material, address some of the original objections and challenges made to "Outline" and otherwise refine the expression of his ideas" (Review by "Cued" on Amazon)

Bourdieu, P. 1979/1984 Distinction. A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Translation into English by Richard Nice of La distinction. Critique sociale du jugement (1979)

Bourdieu, P. 1984 Questions de sociologie Paris: Les Editions de Minuit, 1984. Translated int English by Richard Nice as Sociology in Question (1993)

Bourdieu, P. 1988 Homo Academicus, Cambridge: Polity.

Bourdieu, P. 1980/1990 The Logic of Practice Translation into English by Richard Nice of Le sens pratique (1980)
Contents:
Preface.
Part I: Critique of Theoretical Reason. Foreword.
1. Objectifying Objectification.
2. The Imaginary Anthropology of Subjectivism.
3. Structures, Habitus, Practices.
4. Belief and the Body.
5. The Logic of Practice.
6. The Work of Time.
7. Symbolic Capital.
8. Modes of Domination.
9. The Objectivity of the Subjective.
Part Two: Practical Logics.
1. Land and Matrimonial Strategies.
2. The social uses of kinship.
3. Irresistible Analogy.
Summarises Bourdieu's anthropology. Drawing on field work, "unfolds a theoretical perspective which aims to do justice to the practical logic of everyday action as well as the objective structures within which such action takes place". Understanding practice requires moving beyond objectivism and subjectivism to grasp, by means of the concept of "habitus", "the interplay of structures and practices in the ongoing conduct of everyday life".

Bourdieu, P. 1990 In Other Words - Essays Towards a Reflexive Sociology Translation by Matthew Adamson of Choses Dites (Paris 1987) with two added essays. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Contents: Preface. Part I: Pathways: 1. 'Fieldwork in Philosophy'. 2. Landmarks. Part II: Confrontations: 3. From Rules to Strategies. 4. Codification. 5. The Interest of the Sociologist. 6. Reading, Readers, the Literate, Literature. 7. A Reply to Some Objections. Part III: New Directions: 8. Social Space and Symbolic Power. 9. The Intellectual Field: A World Apart. 10. The Uses of the 'People'. 11. Programme for a Sociology of Sport. 12. Opinion Polls: A 'Science' Without a Scientist. Conclusion. 13. A Lecture on the Lecture. Bibliography on the Works of Pierre Bourdieu, 1958-1988

Pierre Bourdieu and Loïc J. D. Wacquant

Bourdieu, P and Wacquant, L.J.D 1992 Réponses. Pour une anthropologie réflexive (Paris 1992) translated as An Invitation to Reflexive Sociology (Cambridge, Polity. 1992)
Contents: Preface. Part I: Towards a Social Praxeology: The Structure and Logic of Bourdieu's Sociology. 1. Beyond the Antinomy of Social Physics and Social Phenomenology. 2. Classification Struggles and the Dialectic of Social and Mental Structures. 3. Methodological Relationalism. 4. The Fuzzy Logic of Practical Sense. 5. Against Theoreticism and Methodologism: Total Social Science. 6. Epistemic Reflexivity. 7. Reason, Ethics and Politics. Part II: The Purpose of Reflexive Sociology (The Chicago Workshop). 1. Sociology as Socioanalysis. 2. The Unique and the Invariant. 3. The Logic of Fields. 4. Interest, Habitus, Rationality. 5. Language, Gender, and Symbolic Violence. 6. For a Realpolitik of Reason. 7. The Personal is Social. Part III: The Practice of Reflexive Sociology (The Paris Workshop). 1. Handing Down a Trade. 2. Thinking Relationally. 3. A Radical Doubt. 4. 'Double Bind' and Conversion. 5. Participant Objectivation.

Bourdieu, P. 1993 The Field of Cultural Production: Essays on Art and Literature. New York: Columbia University Press. A collection that "brings together Pierre Bourdieu's major essays on art, literature and culture, published between 1968 and 1987". Edited and introduced by Randal Johnson. The Editor's Introduction "Pierre Bourdieu on Art, Literature and Culture" is substantial, with detailed notes and references.

Bourdieu, P. 1984/1993 Sociology in question. London : Sage, 1993. viii and 184 pages. Translation into English by Rihard Nice of Questions de sociologie
Contents: The Art of Standing Up to Words - A Science that Makes Trouble - The Sociologist in Question - Are Intellectuals Out of Play? - How Can 'Free-Floating Intellectuals' Be Set Free? - For a Sociology of Sociologists - The Paradox of the Sociologist - What Talking Means - Some Properties of Fields - The Linguistic Market Censorship - 'Youth' is Just a Word - Music-Lovers Origin and Evolution of the Species - The Metamorphosis of Tastes - How Can Anyone Be a Sportsman? - Haute Couture and Haute Culture - But Who Created the 'Creators'? - Public Opinion Does Not Exist - Culture and Politics - Strikes and Political Action - The Racism of 'Intelligence'

Bourdieu, P. 1994 Raisons pratiques. Sur la theorie de l'action Paris: éditions du Seuil. Translated into English as Practical Reason: On the theory of action (1998)

Bourdieu, P. 4.1998 Contre-feux 1: Propos pour servir à la résistance contre l'invasion Néo-libérale

Bourdieu, P. 4.1998/1998 Acts of Resistance: Against the new myths of our time, Cambridge: Polity. Translation into English by Richard Nice of Contre-feux 1. Published in USA with title "Acts of Resistance. Against the Tyranny of the Market", New York 1999: The New Press; "Backfire: Against the Tyranny of the Market", New York 2000: The New Press).

Bourdieu, P. 1994/1998 Practical Reason: On the theory of action Cambridge/UK: Polity Press and Stanford/California: Stanford University Press. Translation into English of Raisons pratiques. Sur la theorie de l'action

Bourdieu, P. 2001 Contre-Feux 2. Pour un mouvement social européen, Paris/France. Raisons d�agir. January 2001.
Contents:
Pour un mouvement social européen
L'imposition du modèle américain et ses effets
Pour un savoir engagé
La main invisible des puissants
Contre la politique de dépolitisation
Une coordination ouverte,
Un syndicalisme rénové,
Associer les chercheurs et les militants,
L'Europe ambiguë retour sur le choix d'une action au niveau européen
Les grains de sable
La culture est en danger
L'autonomie menacée
Pour un nouvel internationalisme
Unifier pour mieux dominer
Le double sens de la "globalization"
L'état du champ économique mondial,

Joanna Bourke

Bourke, J. 2007 Rape: A history from 1860 to the present London: Virago, viii and 565 pages.

William Boyd

Boyd, W. 1956 Emile for Today The Emile of Jaques Rousseau selected, translated and interpreted by William Boyd, London: Heinemann. Extracts with an introduction to each part by Boyd: 1) Infancy - 2) Boyhood - 3) The Approach of Adolescence - 4) Adolescence - 5) Marriage - Epilogue by Boyd on natural education and national education.

Boyers, R. and Orrill, R. 1971 Laing and Anti-psychiatry Penguin 1972

John Briggs 1938-

Briggs, J. 1996 Crime and Punishment in England: An introductory history London: UCL Press, viii and 276 pages.

Chapters:
1 The medieval origins of the English criminal justice system - Anglo-Saxon society - The Norman conquest of England and the law -
Part one: The early modern period
2. Crime and the courts in early modern England
3. Church courts and manor courts
4. The Machinery of law enforcement
5. Imposing the law
6. Punishment
7. Socio-political crime
Part two: Crime, police and punishment in England after the Industrial Revolution, 1800- 75
8. The ordering of society
9. The changing nature of crime in the nineteenth century
10. The policing of society
11. Patterns of punishment
Part three: The making of the modern criminal, 1875 - 1960
12. Patterns of crime
13. Bad behaviour
14. Professional law
15. Ordering punishment
Epilogue

Bristol Women's Studies Group

Bristol Women's Studies Group 1979 Half The Sky: An Introduction to Women's Studies by the Bristol Women's Studies Group ... ; illustrations by Sarah Braun. London : Virago, 1979. Reprinted 1974

Bristol Women's Studies Group was formed in the late 1970s specifically to produce this collection. The nine members were Elizabeth Bird (University of Bristol) - Miriam David (University of Bristol) - Ellen Malos (University of Bristol) - Marilyn Porter (University of Bristol) - Suzanne Skevington (University of Bath) - Helen Taylor (Bristol Polytechnic) - Linda Ward (University of Bristol) - Helen Weinreich-Haste (University of Bath) - Jackie West (University of Bristol). None was teaching Womens's Studies full time, although Marilyn Porter moved on to do so at Manchester. Women's Studies at Bristol, as elsewhere, was largely extra-mural in adult education classes such as those run by the Workers Educational Association. See teaching - mental health

Broadhurst, P.L. 1967 "John B. Watson" in Alta. The University of Birmingham Review Summer 1967 pp 136-140.

Brody, M. 1975 Miriam Brody's introduction to the 1975 Penguin edition of Wollstonecraft 1792, (pages 7-72)

James A.C. Brown (1911-1965) Deputy Director of the Institute of Social Psychiatry, London

Brown, J.A.C.1961/1964 Freud and the Post Freudians

Alan Bryman

Bryman, A. 2001 Social Research Methods Oxford: Oxford University Press (Second edition 2004 - Third edition 2008)
748 pages

Contents:

Social research strategies -- Research designs -- Planning a research project and formulating research questions -- Getting started: reviewing the literature -- Ethics and politics in social research --

The nature of quantitative research -- Sampling -- Structured interviewing -- Self-completion questionnaires -- Asking questions -- Structured observation -- Content analysis -- Secondary analysis and official statistics -- Quantitative data analysis -- Using SPSS for Windows --

The nature of qualitative -- Ethnography and participant observation -- Interviewing in qualitative research -- Focus groups -- Language in qualitative research -- Documents as sources of data -- Qualitative data analysis -- Computer-assisted qualitative data analysis: using NVivo --
Breaking down the quantitative/qualitative divide -- Mixed methods research: combining quantitative and qualitative research --
E-research: using the internet as object and method of data collection
Writing up social research.

Lyman Bryson 1888-1959

Bryson, L. 1948 (Editor) The Communication Of Ideas: A Series of Addresses New York: Institute for Religious and Social Studies: distributed by Harper. Based principally on lectures delivered November 1946 to February 1947 at the institute.
Contents:
"Problems of communication", by Lyman Bryson
"Some cultural approaches to communication problems", by Margaret Mead
"Classic theories of communication", by W.J. Oates.
"The structure and function of communication in society", by H.D. Lasswell. pp 203-243?.
"Speech and personality", by Wendell Johnson.
"The psychologist's contribution to the communication of ideas", by Irving Lorge.
"Mass communication, popular taste and organized social action", by P.F. Lazarsfeld and R.K. Merton.
"Communication and the arts", by Lennox Grey.
"Communication in practical affairs", by Leo Nejelski.
"Science and writing", by J.M. Clarke.
"Radio", by C.A. Siepmann.
"Problems of freedom", by R.D. Leigh.
"A case history in cross-national communications", by Margaret Mead.
"Leadership, science and policy", by J.M. Goldsen.
"Attention structure and social structure", by H.D. Lasswell.
"Popular art", by Lyman Bryson.

Martin Bulmer

Bulmer, M. 1985 (Editor) Essays on the History of British Sociological Research Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Papers delivered at the 150th Anniversary Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, held at York from 31.8.1981 to 4.9.1981.
Contents:
1. The development of sociology and of empirical social research in Britain Martin Bulmer;
Part Two. History:
2. Social monitors: population censuses as social surveys by C. Hakim;
3. The emergence of the sociological survey, 1887-1939 by Raymond Kent;
4. Durkheim, Booth and Yule: the non-diffusion of an intellectual innovation by Hannan C. Selvin and Christopher Bernert;
5. The Governmental Social Survey by Frank Whitehead;
6. Methodological research on sample surveys: a review of developments in Britain by Gerald Hoinville;
7. Mass-Observation 1937-1949 by Angus Calder;
8. The Institute of Community Studies by Peter Willmott;
9. Provincials and professionals: the British post-war sociologists by A. H. Halsey;
10. On the eve: a prospect in retrospect by Edward Shils;
Part Three. Use:
11. The uses of British sociology, 1831-1981 by Philip Abrams;
12. Informants, respondents and citizens by Catherine Marsh;
13. Surveys of poverty to promote democracy by Peter Townsend;
14. Reading the palm of the invisible hand: indicators, progress and prediction by Lorraine F. Baric

Bulmer, M. 1997 W.I. Thomas and Robert E. Park: Conceptualising, Theorising, and Investigating Social Processes in Camic, C. 1997 pp 242-261

Burckhardt, J. 1960 The Civilisation of the Renaissance in Italy. English translation for the Italian 1929. 1958 edition.

Ernest Watson Burgess

Burgess, E.W. 1925/2 "The growth of the city: an introduction to a research project" Chapter 2 in Park, R.E. etc 1925

Burgess, E.W. 1925/8 "Can neighborhood work have a scientific basis?" Chapter 8 in Park, R.E. etc 1925

Ernest Watson Burgess and Harvey J. Locke

Burgess, E.W. and Locke, H.J. 1945/1950 The Family from Institution to Companionship. American Book Company. (Second edition 1950)
Part 1: The Family in Social Change
1 The Family in Time and Space
2 The Chinese Family
3 The Rural Family
4 The Urban Family
5 The Negro Family
6 The Russian Family
Part 2: The Family and Personality Development
7 Culture and Personality
8 Psychogenic Conditioning
9 Expectations and Roles
10 Fundamental Wishes
Part 3: Family Organisation
11 Family Unity
12 Love and Courtship
13 Mate Selection
14 Marital Success
15 Predicting Marital Adjustment
Part 4: Family Disorganisation and Reorganisation
16 The American Family in Transition
17 Mobility in the Family
18 Family Conflicts and Accommodations
19 Family Crises
20 Family Disruption
21 War and the Family
22 Family Reorganisation

Burke

Burke, E. 1790 Reflections on the French Revolution and on the Proceedings in Certain Societies in London Relative to that Event. Dent/Everyman 1910

Kathy Burrell and Panikos Panayi

Burrell, B. and Panayi, P. 2006 Histories and Memories: Migrants and their history in Britain edited by Kathy Burrell and Panikos Panayi. International library of historical studies; 37: London, New York: Tauris Academic Studies. xv and 311 pages. Originates from a conference on "Immigration, History and Memory in Britain" at De Montfort University on 6.9.2003-7.9.2003.

Judith Butler weblinks

Butler, J. 1986 "Sex and Gender in Simone de Beauvoir's Second Sex" in Yale French Studies, No. 72 (1986), pp. 35-49.

Butler, J. 1987 Subjects of Desire: Hegelian Reflections in Twentieth-Century France

Butler, J. 1990 Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity Routledge.

Wikipedia links: Gender Trouble. Note section "Bodily Inscriptions, Performative Subversions". Wikipedia link: Performativity

Butler, J. 1993 Bodies That Matter: On the Discursive Limits of "Sex" Routledge.

Butler, J. Summer 1994 "Interview with Josephine Butler" by Peter Osborne and Lynne Segal: Radical Philosophy issue 67, Summer 1994, pages 32-39. Extracts available at http://www.theory.org.uk/but-int1.htm

Butler, J. 1997 Excitable Speech: A Politics of the Performative

Butler, J. 1999 Preface to second edition of Butler, J. 1990 (Gender Trouble). pp. vii-xxiv?

Butler, J. 2004 Undoing Gender, Routledge.

"While many of Butler's books are intended for a highly academic audience, Undoing Gender reaches out to a much broader readership".

Introduction: acting in concert
Beside oneself: on the limits of sexual autonomy
Gender regulations
Doing justice to someone: sex reassignment and allegories of transsexuality
Undiagnosing gender
Is kinship always already heterosexual?
Longing for recognition
Quandaries of the incest taboo
Bodily confessions
The end of sexual difference?
The question of social transformation
Can the "other" of philosophy speak?

Butler and Salih 2004 The Judith Butler Reader edited by Sara Salih, with Judith Butler.
Variations on sex and gender: Beauvoir, Wittig, Foucault (1987)
Desire, rhetoric, and recognition in Hegel's Phenomenology of Spirit (1987)
Bodily inscriptions, performative subversions (1990)
Imitation and gender insubordination (1990)
The lesbian phallus and the morphological imaginary (1993)
The force of fantasy: Mapplethorpe, feminism, and discursive excess (1990)
Endangered/endangering: schematic racism and white paranoia (1990)
Burning acts, injurious speech (1997)
Melancholy gender/refused identification (1997)
Competing universalities (2000)
Promiscuous obedience (2000)
What is critique? an essay on Foucault's virtue? (2001)
Changing the subject: Judith Butler's politics of radical resignification (2000) Published: Malden, MA : Blackwell Pub., 2004. , Blackwell Publishing.

Butt, J. 1971 (Editor) Robert Owen, prince of cotton spinners: a symposium David & Charles: Newton Abbot.

Charles Camic

Camic, C. 1997 (Editor) Reclaiming the Sociological Classics: The State of the Scholarship Massachuusetts and Oxford. Blackwell Publishers.

Pat Carlen

Carlen, P. 1983 Women's Imprisonment: A study in social control London ; Boston : Routledge and Kegan Paul. 248 pages.

Carlen, P. 1.1989 Women's Imprisonment: A strategy for abolition Prison Reform Trust lecture January 1989. University of Keele. Centre for Criminology. Occasional paper 3. 21 pages.

Carlen, P. 1998 Sledgehammer: Women's imprisonment at the millennium Basingstoke: Macmillan. 180 pages.
Contents: Acknowledgements - Author's Preface - 1990s Statistical Profile of Women's Imprisonment - Introduction - From John Howard to Michael Howard - And Back Again - Women, Gender and Imprisonment - The 1990s: Penal Hammer of Bureaucratic Screw? - The Future of Women's Imprisonment.
Based on research completed in 1997. Develops themes of previous work, but introduces concepts such as "gender testing", and "ameliorative justice". Uses words and views of both staff and inmates of the women's prisons.

Pat Carlen and Anne Worrall

Carlen, P. and Worrall, A. 2004 Analysing women's imprisonment Cullompton: Willan, 242 pages.
Contents: Introduction -
Chapter 1. Histories of women's imprisonment - includes The modernisers - The limits to modernism - The postmodernists
Chapter 2. Women in prison: the facts - includes Sentencing women: chivalry or double jeopardy? - Discrimination and Section 95 publications - Counting women in prison - Characteristics of women in prison - International comparisons
Chapter 3. Women in prison: contemporary issues - includes A safe environment - Treating people with respect - A full, constructive and purposeful regime - Resettlement training to prevent re-offending -
Chapter 4. Theories of women's imprisonment - includes - Why do women's prisons take the forms they do? - What are women's prisons for? - Political explanations - Penological explanations - Does prison work? Practical assessments - Does prison work? Penal theorists' assessments - Cultural explanations - Classical approaches - Feminist approaches - Foucauldian feminist approaches -
Chapter 5. Alternatives to custody - includes Why aren't women criminalised as much as men? - Why are some women treated leniently by the criminal courts (or are they)? - Alternatives to prison for women - Three models of correctional change (Cohen 1983) - Three generations of intensive supervision - Women and community punishment - Women and fines - Trends in supervisory community sentences for women - Women and community rehabilitation orders (formerly probation orders) - Women and community punishment orders (formerly community service) - Women and drugs treatment - Women and electronic monitoring - Women and hostels - Women and intensive supervision - Women and restorative justice - What works for women offenders? - Women-wise penology
Chapter 6. Feminist theories of imprisonment and penal politics - includes Administrative, critical, abolitionist and feminist perspectives on punishment - Campaigns for abolition of women's imprisonment - Feminist politics and prisoner-research ethics - Theorizing the relationships between theory, penal politics and campaigning for change
Chapter 7. Investigating women's imprisonment: practical issues - includes Designing the project - Project design checklist - Gaining access - Gaining access checklist - Contacting the interviewees or research participants - Ethical issues - Leaving the research site

Thomas Carlyle 1795-1881

Carlyle, T. 1831/1838 Sartor Resartus. The Life and Opinions of Herr Teufelsdröckh Written in 1831, published in installments in Fraser's Magazine in 1834, published in USA by Emerson in 1836, published as a book in England in 1838.

See summary of argument in biography

Carlyle, T. 1837/1839 The French Revolution. Two Volumes Dent 1906

See timeline French Revolution

Carlyle, T. 1840 Chartism

Carlyle, T. 1841 Heroes, Hero-worship and the heroic in history

Carlyle, T. 1843 Past and Present

Carlyle, T. 1971 Selected Writings Edited by Alan Shelston. Penguin

Edmund Carpenter and Marshall McLuhan.

Carpenter, E. and McLuhan, M. 1960 (Editors) Explorations in Communication: An Anthology Beacon Press.

John H. Cartwright 1953- and Brian Baker 1969-

Cartwright, J.H. and Baker, B. 2005 Literature and Science: Social impact and interaction Science and society. Santa Barbara, California; Oxford: ABC-CLIO. xxi, 471 pages.
Contents:
Medieval cosmology and European literature: Dante and Chaucer
Science and literature in the Elizabethan renaissance
Science and literature in seventeenth-century England
Science and literature, 1680-1790
The touch of cold philosophy: the response to science in Romantic literature, 1790-1840
Nineteenth-century American literature and science: problems of analogy
Those dreadful hammers : geology and evolution in nineteenth-century literature
Darwin's gothic: science and literature in the late nineteenth century
Themes in science fiction
Science and literature in the twentieth century: from entropy to chaos
The two cultures debates
Science wars and imperial ambitions
Epilogue: a time for cultural exchange.

Cassirer, E. 1963 Rousseau, Kant, Goethe [Introduction by Peter Gay] The two essays it contains were translated from the German and published in English in or by 1945.

Cassirer, E. 1954 The Question of Jean Jacques Rousseau

Manuel Castells

Castells, M. 1996 The Information Age: Economy, Society and Culture volume one "The Rise of the Network Society".

Castells, M. 2001 The Internet Galaxy: Reflections on the internet, Business and Society Oxford University Press

Stephen Castles and Mark J. Miller.

Castles, S. and Miller, M.J. 1993 The Age of Migration: international population movements in the modern world. London: Macmillan. (Second edition 1998 - Third edition 2003)

Castles, S. and Miller, M.J. 2008 The Age of Migration: international population movements in the modern world. Basingstoke: Macmillan. (Fourth edition)
Contents: Introduction - Theories of Migration - Globalization, Development and Migration - International Migration before 1945 - Migration to Europe, North America and Oceania since 1945 - Migration in the Asia Pacific Region - Migration in Africa, the Middle East and North America, and Latin America - The State and International Migration: The Quest for Control - Migration and Security - Migrants and Minorities in the Labour Force - New Ethnic Minorities and Society - Migrants and Politics - Conclusion: Migration and Mobility in the Twenty-First Century

Michael Cavadino 1953 - Lecturer in Law at the Centre for Criminological and Socio-Legal Studies, Sheffield University
University of Central Lancashire

Cavadino, M. 1975 The Rights of the Mental Deviant: An examination of the law relating to mental 'health' in England and Wales MA Thesis. University of Sheffield.

Cavadino, M. 1984 An Examination and Evaluation of English Mental Health Law. Ph.D. Thesis - University of Sheffield, Faculty of Law,

Cavadino, M. 1989 Mental Health Law in Context: Doctors' Orders? Dartmouth

Michael Cavadino and James Dignan

Cavadino, M. and Dignan, J. 1992 The Penal System: An introduction London: Sage, 298pages
Contents:
Crisis? What crisis?
Justifying punishment
Explaining punishment
Court decisions: the crux of the crisis
Prisons: expansion and explosion
Early release: the penal system's safety valve
Non-custodial penalties: towards decarceration or the punitive city?
Young offenders: from system disaster to systems management?
Bias in the criminal justice system
Solving the crisis?

Cavadino, M. 1997 "A Vindication of the Rights of Psychiatric Patients" Journal of Law and Society 24 pp 235-51

Claudia Cavagna

Cavagna, C. 1.2008 "An exploration of the theories of crime and punishment in the work of Beccaria, Bentham and Foucault". Middlesex University essay January 2008.

Prue Chamberlayne, Joanna Bornat, and Tom Wengraf

Chamberlayne, P., Bornat, J., Wengraf, T. 2000 (Editors) The Turn to Biographical Methods in Social Science: Comparative Issues and Examples London: Routledge,

Publisher's information: Biographical research methods have become a useful and popular tool for contemporary social scientists. This book combines an exploration of the historical and philosophical origins of this important field of qualitative research with comparative examples of the different ways that biographical methods have been successfully applied internationally. Through these many illustrative examples of socio- biography in process, the authors show how formal textual analysis, while uncovering hidden emotional defenses, can also shed light on wider historical processes of societal transformation.

Introduction
Part One: Issues of Methodology and Theory
1, Reflections on the biographical turn in social science by Mike Rustin
2. Biographical analysis: a 'German' school? by Ursula Apitzsch and Lena Inowlocki
3. Case histories of families and social processes: enriching sociology by Daniel Bertaux and Catherine Delcroix
4. The vanishing point of resemblance: comparative welfare as philosophical anthropology by Andrew Cooper
5. Biographical work and biographical structuring in present-day societies by Wolfram Fischer-Rosenthal
6. Clinical Hermeneutics: from the ontology to self as a case example by Anthony Hazzard
7. Uncovering the general from within the particular: From contingencies to typologies in the understanding of cases by Tom Wengraf
Part Two: Examples of Biographical Methods in Use
8. Biography, anxiety and the experience of locality by Wendy Hollway and Tony Jefferson
9. Texts in a changing context: reconstructing lives in east Germany by Molly Andrews
10. Situated selves, the coming-out genre and equivalent citizenship in narratives of HIV by Corinne Squire
11. Extreme right attitutes in the biographies of west German youth Martine Schiebel
12. The metamorphosis of Habitus among east Germans Astrid Segert and Irene Zierke
13. Researching the implications of family change for older people: the contribution of a life-history approach by Joanna Bornat, Brian Dimmock, David Jones and Sheila Pearce
14. Biography and identity: life-story work in transitions of care for people with profound learning difficulties by Dave Middleton and Helen Hewitt
15. Understanding the carer's world: a biographic-interpretive case study by Chris Jones and Susanna Rupp
16. Single mothers and Berlin life-styles: a new mode of social reproduction Claudia Neususs and Eva Madje
17. Part of the system: the experience of home-based caring in west Germany bt Annette King
18. Modernisation as lived experience: contrasting case examples from the Sostris project by Prue Chamberlayne and Antonella Spano

Joel M. Charon 1939-

Charon, J.M. 1979 Symbolic Interactionism: An introduction, an interpretation, an integration Prentice-Hall sociology series. Englewood Cliffs; London [etc.]: Prentice-Hall.

Charon, J.M.1979 Symbolic Interactionism: An introduction, an interpretation, an integration (10th edition) Upper Saddle River, N.J. :Prentice Hall; London: Pearson Education. 240 pages. Contents: Chapter 1: The Nature of Perspective - Chapter 2: The Perspective of Social Science - Chapter 3: Symbolic Interactionism as a Perspective - Chapter 4: The Meaning of the Symbol - Chapter 5: The Importance of the Symbols - Chapter 6: The Nature of The Self - Chapter 7: The Human Mind - Chapter 8: Taking the Role of the Other - Chapter 9: Human Action - Chapter 10: Social Interaction - Chapter 11: Society - Chapter 12: Erving Goffman - Chapter 13: Symbolic Interactionism.

David Cheal 1945-

Cheal, D. 2002 Sociology of Family Life Basingstoke : Palgrave. xi and 192 pages
An "accessible introductory text"
Contents include - Family Complexity - Family Priorities - Entries, Exits and Voices Off-Stage - Intimate Relationships - Childcare and Caregiving - Money and the Family Economy - Family Environments - - Glossary.

Checkland S.G & E.O.A. (Editors) 1974 The Poor Law Report of 1834 Penguin

Meda Chesney-Lind

Chesney-Lind, M. 1997 The Female Offender: Girls, Women, and Crime Thousand Oaks and London: Sage Publications. 220 pages
Contents: Introduction - Girls' troubles and female delinquency - Girls, gangs, and violence: rediscovering the liberated female crook - The juvenile justice system and girls - Trends in women's crime - Drugs, violence, and women's crime - Sentencing women to prison : equality without justice - Conclusion.

Christopher S. Clapham

Clapham, C.S. 1985 Third World politics: An Introduction. London: Croom Helm. [Reprinted London: Routledge, 1990]
"Draws on examples from Latin America, Africa and Asia to analyse their role in the global political economy."

Clapham, C.S. 1996 Africa and the International System: The Politics of State Survival Cambridge University Press, 1996.

Cobban, A. 1961 (2nd edition) A History of Modern France, vol. 1: 1715- 1799. Penguin

Albert K. Cohen 15.1.1918 -

Cohen, A.K. 1955 Delinquent Boys. The Culture of the Gang Glencoe, Illinois: The Free Press. 202 pages

David Cohen

Cohen, D. 1979 J. B. Watson: The founder of Behaviourism, The biography by David Cohen, Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd, Great Britain.

Louis Cohen 1928- and Lawrence Manion

Cohen, L. and Manion, L. 1980 Research Methods in Education London: Croom Helm, 1980.

Stanley Cohen 1942 -

Cohen, S. 1972 Folk Devils and Moral Panics: the creation of the Mods and Rockers London: MacGibbon and Kee
Third edition 2011. Contents:
Moral Panics as Cultural Politics: Introduction to the Third Edition
1. Deviance and Moral Panics
2. The Inventory
3. Reaction: Opinion and Attitude Themes
4. Reaction: The Rescue and Remedy Phases
5. On the Beaches: The Warning and the Impact
6. Contexts and Backgrounds: Youth in the Sixties
Appendix: Sources of Data
Selected Reading List
Notes and References

Cohen, S. and Taylor, L. 1972 Psychological survival: the experience of long-term imprisonment Harmondsworth : Penguin, 1972

Cohen, S. and Young, Jock 1973 (Editors) The Manufacture of News. Social problems, deviance and the mass media London: Constable. Revised edition 1981
Introduction
Part One: The Process of Selection
Information and the definition of deviance by Leslie Wilkins [1964]
The selection of crime news by the press by Bob Roshier [1973]
Bias through selection and ommission: automobile safety, smoking [1971]
Structuring and selecting news by Johnan Galtung and Mari Ruge [1965]
News as eternal recurrence by Paul Rock [1973]
The complete stylization of news by Michael Frayn [1965]
The production of knowledge by crime reporters by Steve Chibnall
A world at one with itself by Stuart Hall [1970]
Part Two: Modes and Models
Majority and minority Americans: an analysis of magazine fiction by Bernard Berelson and Patricia J. Salter [1946]
Crime news in Colorado newspapers by F. James Davis [1952]
Mental illness: what do media present by Jum C. Nunnally [1961]
Theories of behaviour and the image of the alcoholic in popular magazines, 1900-1966 by Arnold S. Linsky [1970]
Political deviance : the press presentation of a militant mass demonstration by Graham Murdock [1973]
The determinations of news photographs by Stuart Hall Hall, S. [1972]
Unit headline language by Michael Frayn [1965]
LSD and the press by William Braden [1970]
Sniping - a new pattern of violence by Terry Ann Knopf [1969]
Mods and rockers: the inventory as manufactured news by Stanley Cohen [1972]
The British press and Northern Ireland [1971]
Sir, writing by candlelight... by E. P. Thompson [1970]
The mass media and racial conflict by Paul Hartmann and Charles Husband [1971]
The British press and the 'placing' of male homosexuality by Frank Pearce [1973]
Mickey Spillane: a reading by Jerry Palmer [1973]
The myth of drugtakers in the mass media by Jock Young [1971]
The press and pop festivals : steretypes of youthful leisure by Damien Phillips [1973]
Part Three: Effects and Consequences
The amplification of drug use by Jock Young [1971]
Sensitization : the case of the mods and rockers by Stanley Cohen [1972]
Part Four: Do-It-Yourself Media Sociology
article by the editors

Contents of revised edition (1981):
Information and the definition of deviance by Leslie Wilkins
The selection of crime news by the press by Bob Roshier
Structuring and selecting news by Johnan Galtung and Mari Ruge
News as eternal recurrence by Paul Rock
The complete stylization of news by Michael Frayn
The production of knowledge by crime reporters by Steve Chibnall
Crime waves as ideology by Mark Fishman
News as purposive behaviour : on the strategic use of routine events, accidents and scandals by Harvey Molotch and Marilyn Lester
The awful truth about strife in our factories : a case study in the production of news by Paul Edwards
A world at one with itself by Stuart Hall
The symbolic annihilation of women by the mass media by Gaye Tuchman
Mental illness : what do media present by Jum C. Nunnally
Theories of behaviour and the image of the alcoholic in popular magazines, 1900-1966 by Arnold S. Linsky
Political deviance : the press presentation of a militant mass demonstration by Graham Murdock
The determinations of news photographs by Stuart Hall
Unit headline language by Michael Frayn
LSD and the press by William Braden
Mods and rockers : the inventory as manufactured news by Stanley Cohen
Sir, writing by candlelight... by E. P. Thompson
The mass media and racial conflict by Paul Hartmann and Charles Husband
The British press and the 'placing' of male homosexuality by Frank Pearce
Images of women in the media by Helen Butcher et al.
The myth of drugtakers in the mass media by Jock Young
The social production of news : mugging in the media by Stuart Hall and others
Industrial conflict and the mass media by David Morley
Beyond the consensual paradigm : a critique of left functionalism in media theory by Jock Young
The amplification of drug use by Jock Young
Sensitization : the case of the mods and rockers by Stanley Cohen
News and public perceptions of industrial relations by Paul Hartmann
Enter the dragon by David Robins and Philip Cohen.

Cole

Cole, G.D.H. 1938 Persons and Periods Penguin includes (pp 99-116) A Study in Legal Repression (1989-1834)

Coleridge, S.T. 1817 Biographia Literaria

Randall Collins 1941-

Collins, R. 1985 Three sociological traditions New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press [A history of Sociology to 1984]

Collins, R. 1994 Four sociological traditions Revised and expanded edition of: Three sociological traditions. New York : Oxford University Press

Contents: Prologue: the rise of the social sciences - Social Thought in the Agrarian Empires - Medieval Universities Create the Modern Intellectual - The Renaissance: Intellectual Life Goes Secular - Religious Wars and the Enlightenment - Economics: the First Social Science - The Rise of Public Schools and the University Revolution - The Development of the Disciplines - History Becomes Professionalised - Economists Become Academics - Psychology Becomes Independent - Anthropology Gets Its Niche - And Finally Sociology 1. The Conflict Tradition The Pivotal Position of Karl Marx - Friedrich Engels, the Sociologist in the Shadows - The Theory of Social Classes - The Theory of Ideology - The Theory of Political Conflict - The Theory of Revolutions - The Theory of Sex Stratification - Max Weber and the Multidimensional Theory of Stratification - The Twentieth Century Intermingles Marxian and Weberian Ideas - Organisations as Power Struggles - Classes, Class Cultures, and Inequality: The Conflict Theorists - Class Mobilisation and Political Conflict - The Golden Age of Historical Sociology - Appendix: Simmel, Coser, and Functionalist Conflict Theory 2. The Rational/Utilitarian Tradition - The Original Rise and Fall of Utilitarian Philosophy - Bringing the Individual Back In - Sociology Discovers Sexual and Marriage Markets - Three Applications of Sociological Markets: Educational Inflation, Split Labour Markets, Illegal Goods - The Paradoxes and Limits of Rationality - Proposed Rational Solutions for Creating Social Solidarity - Economics Invades Sociology, and Vice Versa - The New Utilitarian Policy Science 3. The Durkheimian Tradition - Sociology as the Science of Social Order - Durkheim's Law of Social Gravity - Two Wings: The Macro Tradition - Montesquieu, Comte, and Spencer on Social Morphology - Merton, Parsons and Functionalism - The Second Wing: The Lineage of Social Anthropology - Fustel de Coulanges and Ritual Class War - Durkheim's Theory of Morality and Symbolism - The Ritual Basis of Stratification: W. Lloyd Warner - Erving Goffman and the Everyday Cult of the Individual - Interaction Rituals and Class Cultures: Collins, Bernstein, and Douglas - Ritual Exchange Networks: The Micro/Macro Linkage - Marcel Mauss and the Magic of Social Exchange - Lévi-Strauss and Alliance Theory - A Theory of Interaction Ritual Chains - The Future of the Durkheimian Tradition - 4. The Microinteractionist Tradition - A Native American Sociology - Philosophy Becomes a Battleground between Religion and Science - The Pragmatism of Charles Sanders Peirce - Society Is in The Mind: Cooley - George Herbert Mead's Sociology of Thinking - Blumer Creates Symbolic Interactionism - The Sociology of Consciousness: Husserl, Schutz, and Garfinkel - The Sociology of Language and Cognition - Erving Goffman's Counterattack -

Comte weblinks - reviews

A Quick Survey of Comte's Works

Comte, A. 1830-1842 Cours de Philosophie Positive (Course in Positive Philosophy)

The French text of the first and second lesson is available online at http://classiques.uqac.ca/classiques/Comte_auguste/cours_philo_positive/cou rs_philo_positive.html (Les classiques des sciences sociales) - The complete French text can be read online at Bibliothèque nationale de France - Synoptic Table of the whole of the Cours de Philosophic Positive

Comte, A. 1853 The Philosophie Positive of Auguste Comte A condensed version of Cours de Philosophie Positive, freely translated into English by Harriet Martineau. In two volumes. London: Trubner and Co.

Comte, A. 1854 Système de Politique Positive - Traité de sociologie instituant la religion de l'humanité (System of Positive Polity - A Treatise of Sociology, Instituting the Religion of Humanity) Published between 1848 (or 1851) and 1854.

Comte, A. 1875-1877 System of Positive Polity four vlomes, London, Longmans Green 1875-1877. A translation by a team of scholars of Système de Politique Positive

Comte, A. 1896 The Philosophie Positive of Auguste Comte A condensed version of Cours de Philosophie Positive, freely translated into English by Harriet Martineau. In three volumes. With an introduction by Frederic Harrison. Bohn's philosophical library. London : George Bell, 1896 (Available in pdf form from http://socserv2.socsci.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/comte/ (McMaster University)

Offline: volume one - volume two - volume three - Extracts on this site - Extracts Aiken, H.D. 1956 pp 124-137. pp 124-137.
weblinks

Comte, A. 1970 Introduction to Positive Philosophy by Auguste Comte; edited with introduction and revised translation by Frederick Ferre. Library of Liberal Arts. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1970. A translation of the first two chapters of Cours de Philosophie Positive, Paris, 1830-1842

Comte, A. 1974 The Essential Comte "Selected from Cours de Philosophie Positive by Auguste Comte ... Edited and with an introduction by Stanislav Andreski. Translated and annotated by Margaret Clarke". Croom Helm, London. Barnes and Noble Books, New York.

Comte, A. 1976 Auguste Comte - The Foundation of Sociology by Kenneth Thompson. Nelson, London. An "Introductory Essay: Auguste Comte: Founder of Sociology" followed by extracts, mostly from The Philosophie Positive of Auguste Comte (1896), but also from System of Positive Polity

Kate Cook, Mark James and Richard Lee

Cook, K. James, M and Lee, R. 2009 Core Statutes on Criminal Law 2009-2010 edition. Series: Palgrave Macmillan core statutes

Cook, T.I. 1947 Two Treatises of Government by John Locke with a supplement: Patriarcha by Sir Robert Filmer Haffner Library of Classics

Diana Coole

Coole, D.H. 1988 Women in Political Theory: From Ancient Misogyny to Contemporary Feminism. Harvester Wheatsheaf.
(subject index)

Second edition 1993
Contents: The origin of western thought and the birth of misogyny; Plato and Aristotle - the status of women in the Just State; women in medieval thought - transitions from antiquity to the Renaissance; Hobbes and Locke - natural right against natural authority; Rousseau and Wollstonecraft - female virtue and civic virtue in the liberal state; J.S. Mill - political economist, utilitarian and feminist; socialism - utopian and feminist; Hegel, Marx and Engels - familial and productive determinants of woman's role; social democrats and Bolsheviks - socialism and the woman question; contemporary feminism - postmodernism and dissonance.

Charles Horton Cooley weblinks

Bibliography at The Mead Project

Cooley, C.H. 1909 Social Organisation: A study of the larger mind. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons. Available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Cooley/Cooley_1909/Cooley_1909_toc.html [The Mead Project]

David Cooper See Laing

Cooper, D. 1967 Psychiatry and anti-psychiatry. Tavistock (Paladin 1970)

Cooper, D. 1968 (Editor) The Dialectics of Liberation. Penguin

"The Congress on the Dialectics of Liberation was held at the Roundhouse in Chalk Farm from 15 July to 30 July 1967. The present volume is a compilation of some of the principle addresses delivered on this occasion" (Cooper. Introduction)

Contents: "The Obvious" by R.D. Laing - "Conscious Purpose Versus Nature" by Gregory Bateson - "Social and Psychological Preparation for War" by Jules Henry - "Imperialism and Revolution in America" by John Gerassi - "The Future of Capitalism" by Paul Sweezy - "Objective Values" by Paul Goodman - "Criticism and Dogmatism in Literature" by Lucien Goldmann - "Black Power" by Stokely Carmichael - "Liberation from the Affluent Society" by Herbert Marcuse - "Beyond Words" by David Cooper.

Cooper, D. 1972 The Death of the Family. Penguin (1971 Allen Lane?)

Cooper, D. 1974 The Grammar of Living: an Examination of Political Acts. Penguin.

Cooper, D. 1980 The Language of Madness. Penguin.

Brian Corby (Reader in Applied Social Studies, University of Liverpool)

Corby, B. 1993/2000/2006 Child Abuse: Towards a Knowledge Base Milton Keynes, Open University - 1st, second and third editions.

External link to chapters

Notes: Part of the "Bibliothèque scientifique de l'avocat et du magistrat" (Scientific library of the lawyer and the magistrate)

Armand Marie Corre 1841-1908

Corre, A.M. 1889 Le Crime en pays créoles. Esquisse d'ethnographie criminelle. Lyon; Paris. 314 pages

Jean Corston 5.5.1942-

Corston, J. 2007 The Corston Report: A report by Baroness Jean Corston of a review of women with particular vulnerabilities in the criminal justice system : the need for a distinct, radically different, visibly-led, strategic, proportionate, holistic, woman-centred, integrated approach. London: Home Office, 2007. ii and 106 pages. Available at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.justice.gov.uk/publi cations/corston-report.htm

Lewis Alfred Coser 1913-

Coser, L.A. 1971/1977 Masters of Sociological Thought: Ideas in Historical and Social Context First edition 1971: New York : Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Second edition 1977: Illinois: Waveland Press.

[external link to contents list]

Coser, L.A. 1978 "American Trends." in A History of Sociological Analysis, edited by Tom Bottomore and Robert Nisbet. New York: Basic Books. Available at http://www.sociology.ccsu.edu/adair/american_trends_by_lewis_coser.htm

Rose Laub Coser 4.5.1916-21.8.1994

Coser, R.L. 1964 (Editor) The Family: Its structure and functions New York : St Martin's Press, xxviii and 678 pages

Sarah Coutts

Coutts, S. 2011 "Care or Custody: Where should mentally disordered offenders be placed?" Sheffield Hallam University undergraduate dissertation. April 2011. Internet Journal of Criminology Available at http://www.internetjournalofcriminology.com/Coutts_Care_Or_Custody_April_20 11.pdf

Ryan T. Cragun
Assistant Professor of Sociology, University of Tampa

Cragun, R.T. 2008 Introduction to Sociology: as appears on Wikibooks, a project of Wikipedia Seven Treasures Publications. 244 pages

Description on GoodReads

Revised edition 10.4.2010 includes chapters on health care and medicine and race and ethnicity by Deborah Cragun, MS Human Genetics and videos, slides and downloadable tools added by Piotrus Piotr Konieczny, PhD student in sociology, University of Pittsburgh. Available as a pdf at http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/16/Introduction_to_Sociolog y-v2.0.pdf

Ian Craib 12.12.1945-22.12.2003
Sociologist and psychotherapist - Essex University

Current URL http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Introduction_to_Sociology

Contents 10.4.2010
Introducing Sociology
Sociological Methods
General Sociological Theory
Society
Culture
Socialization
Groups
Demography
Aging
Deviance and Norms
Race and Ethnicity
Gender
Stratification
Economy
Family
Religion
Health and Medicine
Politics
Collective Behaviour
Social Movements
Being a Sociologist
Sociological Videos
Famous Sociologists

Wikipedia

Craib, I. 1984 Modern Social Theory: from Parsons to Habermas Brighton: Wheatsheaf

Craib, I. 1992 Modern Social Theory: from Parsons to Habermas (Second edition). New York ; London : Harvester Wheatsheaf
Contents:
1. Introduction: What's Wrong with Theory and Why We Still Need It.
2. Cutting a Path Through the Jungle.
PART 1: THEORIES OF SOCIAL ACTION.
3. Introduction.
4. Parsons: Theory as a Filing System.
5. Structural-Functionalism.
6. Neofunctionalism.
7. Rational Choice Theory: 'The Price of Everything'; Symbolic Interactionism: Society as Conversation.
8. Society as Conspiracy: Phenomenological Sociology and Ethnomethodology.
9. Structuration Theory: There's No Such Thing as Society.
10. There Is Such a Thing as Society.
PART 2: FROM ACTION TO STRUCTURE.
11. Introduction.
12. The World as a Logical Pattern: An Introduction to Structuralism.
13. Structuralist Marxism: The World as a Puppet Theatre.
14. Poststructuralism and Postmodernism: The World Gone Mad.
PART 3: FROM STRUCTURE OR ACTION TO STRUCTURE AND ACTION.
15. Introduction.
16. The Frankfurt School: There Must be Some Way Out of Here.
17. Jurgen Habermas: Back to the Filing Cabinet.
18. Conclusion: Playing with Ideas.

Craib I. 1997 Classical Social Theory: An introduction to the thought of Marx, Weber, Durkheim, and Simmel. Oxford University Press.

Eileen Crellin, M.L. Kellmer Pringle and Patrick West

Crellin, E., Kellmer Pringle, M.L. and West, P. 1971 Born Illegitimate: Social and educational implications National Children's Bureau Reports. Slough: National Foundation for Educational Research in England and Wales, 173 pages

Crew, D.F. 1994 Nazism and German Society, 1933-1945 edited by David F. Crew. London: Routledge

George Cronk
Coordinator Department of Philosophy and Religion, Bergen Community College, Paramus, New Jersey, USA

Cronk, G. 1987 The Philosophical Anthropology of George Herbert Mead American University Studies - Volume 27. New York: Peter Lang. 153 pages.

Cronk, G. 2001/2005 "George Herbert Mead (1863-1931)" The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy edited by James Fieser and Bradley Dowden, available at http://www.iep.utm.edu/mead/. Originally published: 20.4.2001. Last updated: 27.6.2005

Charles Crook
Doctoral student at Department of Experimental Psychology, Cambridge University.
Post-doctoral post at Brown University
Post-doctoral post at Strathclyde University.
Lectureship in Psychology at Durham University.
Reader in Psychology at Loughborough University.
Reader in ICT and Education, School of Education, Nottingham University
Editor: Journal of Computer Assisted Learning

publications list

Crook, C.K. 1994 Computers and the Collaborative Experience of Learning. Routledge
Part One looks at how the new technology is restructuring young children's experience of education and leisure;
Part Two explores how insights that arise from the discipline of artificial intelligence may help define new computer-based environments for human learning;
Part Three looks at the strengths and weaknesses of current computational models of learning processes.

Charles Crook (Loughborough University) and David S. Webster (Open University)

Crook, C.K. and Webster, D. 1998 "Designing for informal undergraduate computer mediated communication", Active Learning. 7 , December 1977, pp 47-51.

Alex E. Crosby, LaVonne Ortega and Cindi Melanson

Crosby AE, Ortega L, Melanson C. 2011 Self-directed Violence Surveillance: Uniform Definitions and Recommended Data Elements, Version 1.0. Atlanta, Georgia, USA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control; February 2011 Available at http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/Self-Directed-Violence-a.pdf

CPS: Crown Prosection Service - England and Wales

CPS Legal Guidance Crown Prosection Service (England and Wales) Lagal Guidance online http://www.cps.gov.uk/legal/

Edward Charles Cuff - W.W. Sharrock and D.W. Francis

Cuff, E.C., Sharrock, W.W. and Francis, D.W. 2006 (5th edition) Perspectives in Sociology London ; New York : Routledge. vi and 422 pages.
Contents:
Introduction: rethinking sociology
Karl Marx
Max Weber
Emile Durkheim
Consensus and conflict
Symbolic interaction
Ethnomethodology
Western Marxism
Structuralism
Poststructuralism: abandoning reason
Michel Foucault
Poststructuralism and postmodernity
Back to sociological theory?: theoreticism and synthesis From class to culture : a historical sketch
Emancipatory sociology: feminism, queer theory and postcolonial theory
Conclusion.

Francis T. Cullen and Pamela Wilcox 1968-

Cullen, F.T. and Wilcox, P. 2010 (Editors) Encyclopedia of Criminological Theory London and Los Angeles: Sage. Two volumes xlvi and 1176 pages.

James Daly

Daly, J. 1979 Sir Robert Filmer and English Political Thought. Toronto University Press.

Geoff Danaher, Tony Schirato and Jen Webb

Danaher, G., Schirato, T. and Webb, J. 2000 Understanding Foucault London: Sage. xv and 172 pages. Identifier: ISBN: 0761968156
Contents:
Introduction to Michel Foucault's Work
PART ONE: QUESTIONS OF KNOWLEDGE
The Order of Things
Discourses and Institutions
Discipline and Instruction
PART TWO: RELATIONS OF POWER
Power Governmentality and Liberalism
History and Geopolitics
PART THREE: THE ETHICAL SUBJECT
Technologies of the Self
The Sexual Subject
Arts of the Self

Clarence Darrow 1857-1938

Darrow, C. 1922 Crime: Its cause and treatment New York : Thomas Y. Crowell. Available http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/12027

Republished 2009 Kaplan classics of law, with a new foreword by Simon Baatz. New York : Edinburgh : Kaplan xvii and 248 pages

chapter 1 -What is crime? Chapter 2.-Purpose of punishment chapter 3.-Responsibility for crime chapter 4.-Environment chapter 5.-Adjusting heredity and environment chapter 6.-Psychology of criminal conduct chapter 7.-The criminal chapter 8.-The female criminal chapter 9.-The juvenile criminal chapter 10.-Homicide chapter 11.-Sex crimes chapter 12.-Robbery and burglary chapter 13.-Man as a predatory animal chapter 14.-Crimes against property chapter 15.-Attitude of the criminal chapter 16.-The law and the criminal chapter 17.-Repealing laws chapter 18.-Is crime increasing? Chapter 19.-Medical experts chapter 20.-Punishment chapter 21.-Effect of punishment on others chapter 22.-Evolution of punishment chapter 23.-Capital punishment chapter 24.-Stigmata of the criminal chapter 25.-The good in criminals chapter 26.-The defective and insane chapter 27.-Social control chapter 28.-Industrialism and crime chapter 29.-War and crime chapter 30.-Civilisation and crime chapter 31.-The convict chapter 32.-Isolation and sterilisation chapter 33.-Crime, disease and accident chapter 34.-Luck and chance chapter 35.-Pardons and paroles chapter 36.-Remedies

Charles Darwin weblinks

The Complete Works of Charles Darwin Online

Darwin, C. 1859 On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection London, John Murray, available on the web at http://darwin-online.org.uk

Also available at Project Gutenberg

Darwin, C. 1859/1872 On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection Sixth edition 1872. London, John Murray, available on the web at http://darwin-online.org.uk

Darwin, C. 1871 Descent of Man, and Selection in relation to Sex

Simone De Beauvoir weblinks

Leonore Davidoff

Davidoff L, Doolittle M, Fink J and Holden K 1999 The family story : blood, contract and intimacy, 1830-1960 London : Longman, 1999. 297 pages
Contents:
"Part One: Family Paradoxes"
1. INTRODUCTION 2. THE FAMILY AND THE HISTORIAN: Modernisation and the Family - Separation of home and work? - The emergence of the nuclear family? - The family becomes an emotional haven? - The increasing involvement of the state?
3. CONCEPTUALIZING THE FAMILY: The construction of the individual, self and person - The religious and secular self - Self, property and the law - The feeling and sexual self - The sociological and psychological self - Postmodern and feminist self - The construction of kinship - The construction of home and household - The construction of identity - Identity and family - Identity, naming and imagined families
"Part Two: Families 1830-1914"
4. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL CHANGE: The Nineteenth Century - Material life - Ideas, beliefs and institutions - Patterns of family life - The upper strata - Working-class families - Middle-class families - Sexuality and the fertility transition - Institutional life
5. FATHERS AND FATHERHOOD: FAMILY AUTHORITY: Rights and duties of fathers - Changing ideas about fatherly care - Public and private identities
6. DOMESTIC SERVICE AND LODGING: Doing Family Work - The service relationship - Masculine and feminine domains - Terms of service - Servants and childhood - Dynamics of power in domestic service - Lodging
"Part Three: Families 1914-1960"
7. CHANGES IN FAMILY LIFE: The Twentieth Century - Changing patterns of family life - Material and economic developments - Inheritance strategies - Social regulation of families - Family time: rituals and leisure activities
8. FAMILY SHADOWS: UNMARRIED WOMEN: The sister's tale: Daisy Brown - The daughter's tale: Bridget Perkins - The midwife's tale: Ellen Stephens - The aunt's tale: Alice Barker
9. FAMILY SILENCES: UNTOLD STORIES: Secrecy, sexuality and society - Self, family and society - A well of silence: Tony's story
10. CONCLUSION: FAMILY FUTURES
Bibliography - Appendix: Legislation Affecting the Family - Index

Malcolm Davies 1946- Hazel Croall 1947- and Jane Tyrer 1951-

Davies, M. Croall, H. and Tyrer, J. 1995 Criminal Justice : An Introduction to the Criminal Justice System in England and Wales London: Longman. 472 pages.

Third edition 2005:
Contents:
Table of Cases
Chronology of Key Dates in the Development of Criminal Justice in England and Wales
PART A INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Chapter 1 What is Criminal Justice? Chapter
2 What is Crime?
Chapter 3 Victims and the Impact of Crime Chapter
4 Governmental, Political and Administrative Context of Criminal Justice in England and Wales Chapter
5 Crime Prevention and Reduction
PART B CRIMINAL JUSTICE PROCESS: LAW ENFORCEMENT
Chapter 6 The Police
Chapter 7 Prosecution, Caution and Diversion Chapter 8 Youth Justice PART C CRIMINAL JUSTICE PROCESS: CRIMINAL COURTS Chapter 9 Criminal Courts, Judiciary and Pre-trial Procedure Chapter 10 The Trial and Establishing Guilt PART D CRIMINAL JUSTICE PROCESS: PENAL SYSTEM Chapter 11 Sentencing Aims and Process Chapter 12 Punishment Philosophies and Penal Paradigms Chapter 13 Prisons Chapter 14 Probation Service and Community Penalties Chapter 15 Conclusion Glossary Appendix Bibliography Index

Davis, D.B. 1975 The Problem of Slavery in the Age of Revolution. 1770- 1823 Cornell University Press.

Helen Davis

Davis, H. 2004 Understanding Stuart Hall London/UK and Thousand Oaks, California. Sage Publications. 222 pages
Contents:
Introduction
Encountering the Mother Country
A Deadly Serious Matter
The Media in Question
Wrestling with the Angels
The Politics of Representation
Taking the Risk of Living Dangerously
In the Belly of the Beast
`Fragmented and Concrete', in Conversation with Stuart Hall

Mark Davis 1978-

Davis, M. 2008 Freedom and Consumerism: a critique of Zygmunt Bauman's sociology Aldershot, England; Burlington, Vermont: Ashgate,

Google preview

De Beauvoir, S. 1947 Pour Une Morale de L'ambiguïté [English translation: "The Ethics of Ambiguity"]

De Beauvoir, S. 1949 Le deuxième sexe [English translation: "The Second Sex"] Paris: Librairie Gallimard

introduction

De Beauvoir, S. 1949/1953 The Second Sex. English translation by Howard Madison Parshley. New York : Alfred A. Knopf. London : J. Cape

introduction - Freud and Engels

Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari
Gilles Deleuze (1925-1995) was Professor of Philosophy at the University of Paris VIII and one of the most influential philosophers of the twentieth century. Felix Guattari (1930-1992) was a psychoanalyst at the la Borde Clinic

Wikipedia link Capitalism_and_Schizophrenia

Deleuze, G. and Guattari, F. 1973 L'anti-Odipe volume 1 of "Capitalisme et schizophrenie". In French 1973 by Les Editions de Minuit, Paris. Translated into English by Robert Hurley, Mark Seem, and Helen R. Lane in 1984 as Anti-Oedipus : capitalism and schizophrenia, with a preface by Michel Foucault. London : Athlone Press. xxiv and 400 pages

Deleuze, G. and Guattari, F. 1980/1987 Mille plateaux, volume 2 of "Capitalisme et schizophrenie". In French 1980 by Les Editions de Minuit, Paris. Translated into English by Brian Massumi as A Thousand Plateaus 1987 Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Geoff Dench

Dench, G. 1975 Maltese in London RKP

Dench, G. 1986 Minorities in The Open Society: Prisoners of Ambivalence RKP

Dench, G. 1994 Reviewing Sexual Contracts, Centre for Community Studies, Middlesex University

Dench, G. 1996a Transforming Men. Changing Patterns of Dependency and Dominance in Gender Relations. Transaction

Dench, G. 1996b The Place of Men in Changing Family Cultures Institute of Community Studies. London

Dench, G. 1997 (Editor) Rewriting the Sexual Contract. Collected Views on Changing Relationships and Sexual Divisions of Labour. Institute of Community Studies. London

Dench, G. 2000 (Editor) Grandmothers of the Revolution Hera Trust with Institute of Community Studies. London

Dench, G. and Ogg, J. 2002 Grandparenting in Britain - A Baseline Study Institute of Community Studies. London

Dench, G.; Gavron, K. and Young, M. 2006 The New East End: Kinship, Race and Conflict

Norman Dennis and George Erdos 1946-

Dennis, N. and Erdos, G. 1992 Families without Fatherhood Choice in welfare series ; no.12: London : IEA Health and Welfare Unit. xxiii and 127 pages

Dennis, N. and Erdos, G. 1992/2000 Families without Fatherhood Third edition with a foreword by A.H. Halsey and an afterword by Peter Saunders. Choice in welfare series ; no.12: London : Institute for the Study of Civil Society, 2000. xvi and 133 pages. Available at http://www.civitas.org.uk/pdf/cs03.pdf

Martyn Denscombe

Denscombe, M. 1998 The Good Research Guide for small-scale social research projects. Buckingham: Open University Press
Contents: Part 1 Strategies: surveys; case studies; experiments; action research; ethnography. Part 2 Methods: questionnaires; interviews; observation; documents. Part 3 Analysis: quantitative data; qualitative data; writing up the research. [Second edition 2003 - Third edition 2007]

Norman (Kent) Denzin 1941-

Denzin, N. K. 1970a The Research Act in Sociology: A theorectical introduction to sociological methods Chicago: Aldine. xvii and 368 pages.

Presents five major approaches to experimentation: survey research: participant observation, life histories, and unobtrusive measures from a single theoretical point of view and symbolic interaction

Denzin, N. K. 1970b (Editor) Sociological Methods: A sourcebook Chicago: Aldine.
Chapter sections:
The Interactionist Perspective and the Process of Theory Construction.
Theory to Method- Sampling and Measurement Problems;
Theory to Method- Research Strategies;
Strategies of Triangulation and the Art of Doing Sociology.

Jacques Derrida

Derrida, J. 1966 "Structure, Sign, and Play in the Discourse of the Human Sciences", available at http://hydra.humanities.uci.edu/derrida/sign-play.html

Dewey, D. 1998/1999 The Problem of Punishment London: Middlesex University, 1998. 98p.; ISBN: k2248000 - Second edition 1999: ISBN1 85924 160 3

Devereux, E.C., 1961 "Parsons Sociological Theory" in: Black, M. 1961 pp 1-64

David Dewey

John Dewey reviews - weblinks

A Dewey Bibliography

Dewey, J. 1896/Ref. "The Reflex Arc Concept in Psychology", Psychological Review 3, (1896) pages 357-370. Web copy available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Dewey/Dewey_1896.html

Dewey, J. 1903 editor. Studies in Logical Theory University of Chicago, 1903.

Dewey, J. 1903/Log. Logical Conditions of a Scientific Treatment of Morality Chicago : The University of Chicago Press, 1903 Web copy available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Dewey/Dewey_1903.html

Dewey, J. 1907/Sch. The School and Society being three lectures by John Dewey supplemented by a statement of the University Elementary School. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Web copy available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Dewey/Dewey_1907/Dewey_1907 _toc.html

Dewey, J. 1908/Prac. "Does Reality Possess a Practical Character" in Essays, Philosophical and Psychological, in Honor of William James, Professor in Harvard University, by his Colleagues at Columbia University New York: Longmans, Green, and Co., 1908, pages 53- 80. Reprinted in Philosophy and Civilisation (New York: Minton, Balch and Co., 1931), pages 36-55, with the title "The Practical Character of Reality."

Dewey, J. 1909/Dem. How We Think. Web copy available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Dewey/Dewey_1910a/Dewey_191 0_toc.html

Dewey, J. 1916/Dem. Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education New York: Macmillan. Web copy available at http://www.ilt.columbia.edu/publications/dewey.html

Dewey, J. 1916/Log. Essays in Experimental Logic University of Chicago Press. Web copy available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Dewey/Dewey_1916/Dewey_1916 _toc.html

Dewey, J. 1920/RP Reconstruction in Philosophy New York: Henry Holt

Dewey, J. 1922/HN Human Nature and Conduct. An Introduction to Social Psychology. London. George Allen & Unwin, 1922. Web copy available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Dewey/Dewey_1922/Dewey1922_ toc.html

Dewey, J. 1927/Pub. The Public and its Problems [Lectures delivered for the Larwill Foundation, Kenyon College, Ohio.] London (printed in USA): George Allen & Unwin

Dewey, J. 1931/Mead "George Herbert Mead", Journal of Philosophy, 28 (1931): pp 309-314 Web copy available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Dewey/Dewey_1931.html

Dewey, J. 1935/LS Liberalism and Social Action. New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons.

Dewey, J. 1938/Log Logic: The Theory of Inquiry. New York: Holt, 1938

Preface: "This book is a development of ideas regarding the nature of logical theory that were first presented ... in Studies in Logical Theory; that were somewhat expanded in Essays in Experimental Logic and were briefly summarised with special reference to education in How We Think".

There are substantial extracts in a pdf at:
http://www.erzwiss.uni-hamburg.de/sonstiges/dewey/DewLog38.pdf

Dictionaries

French 1798 - English 1870 - English 1887 - English 1900 - medical 1902 - political 1939 - English 1951 - American 1960 - Philosophy 1960 - Nurses 1968 - political thought 1982 - marxist thought - Penguin sociology 1984 - Oxford sociology 1994 - Blackwell Sociology 1995 - English 1995/1996 - Collins sociology 2000 - management 2008

web dictionaries

Wilhelm Dilthey 1833-1911 weblinks

Rebecca Emerson Dobash, 1943- and Russell P. Dobash, 1944-

Dobash, R.E. and Dobash, R.P. 1979 Violence against Wives: A case against the partriarchy New York : The Free Press, xii and 339 pages.

Dobash, R.E. and Dobash, R.P. 1992 Women, violence, and social change London ; New York : Routledge, 1992. 366 pages.
Contents: 1. Violence Against Women, 2. The Rise of the Movement: Orientations and Issues, 3. Refuges and Housing, 4. The State, Public Policy and Social Change, 5. Challenging the Justice System, 6. New Laws and New Reactions, 7. The Therapeutic Society Constructs Battered Women and Violent Men, 8. Knowledge and Social Change, 9. Innovation and Social Change, Notes, Selected References, Index

Darrell Dobbs Marquette University

Dobbs, D. 3.1996 "Family Matters: Aristotle's Appreciation of Women and the Plural Structure of Society" American Political Science Review Volume 90, Number 1, March 1996, available as a pdf at http://www.marquette.edu/polisci/DobbsAPSR96Women.pdf

Zoltan Dörnyei

Dörnyei, Z. 2003 Questionnaires in second language research : construction, administration, and processing Mahwah, N.J. ; London : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. viii and 156 pages.
Contents: Introduction. Questionnaires in Second Language Research. Constructin the Questionnaire. Administering the Questionnaire. Processing Questionnaire Data. Appendix: Selection of Published L2 Questionnaires.

Jack D. Douglas

Douglas, J. 1967 The Social Meanings of Suicide. Princeton University Press. (Critical summary of Durkheim's Suicide pp 73-76)

Norman Dubeski - Dundas, Ontario, Canada

John Downing and Charles Husband

Downing, J. and Husband, C. 2005 Representing 'Race': Racisms, Ethnicities and Media: London. Sage Publications Ltd.

Dubeski, N. 2001 "Durkheim's altruism as the source of his social holism: A discussion of the viability of a social basis for moral principles". Electronic Journal of Sociology 2001. Available at http://www.sociology.org/content/vol005.003/dubeski.html

Val Dunn-Toroosian
Senior lecturer and Program leader, College of Nursing, Midwifery and Healthcare, The University of West London.

Dunn-Toroosian, V. 2003 "The Family" Chapter 4. in Squire 2003 The Social Context of Birth. Oxford. Radcliffe Publishing Ltd, pages 59-84.

Emile Durkheim Alpert - Douglas - Dubeski - Fenton - Giddens - Hirst - Jones - La Capra - Lukes - Mestrovic - Nisbet - Pearce - Roberts 1997 chapter 6 - Stone and Faberman - Taylor, Walton and Young - Varenne - reviews - weblinks

There is a bibliography of the works of Durkheim on Robert Alun Jones' website - (archive) - current version

Hervé Varenne has a selected works list that includes links to some substantial extracts

1882 life

Durkheim E. 6.8. 1883 (English 1973) Address to the Lyécens of Sens English translation in Durkheim/Bellah 1973 pages 25-33. French text available at http://www.relst.uiuc.edu/durkheim/Texts/1883a.html

Durkheim, E. 1883-1884/2004 Durkheim's Philosophy Lectures: Notes from the Lycee de Sens Course, 1883-1884 English translation 2004: Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
"Consists of notes taken by André Lalande" (1867-1963) -- Translators' note.
"Moving back and forth between the history of philosophy and the contributions of philosophers in his own day, Durkheim takes up topics as diverse as philosophical psychology, logic, ethics, and metaphysics, and seeks to articulate a unified philosophical position. ... the 'social realism' that is so characteristic of his later work - where he insists, famously, that social facts cannot be reduced to psychological or economic ones, and that such facts constrain human action in important ways - is totally absent in these early lectures.

1887 life

Durkheim E. 1887 "La Science positive de la morale en Allemagne" Translated in English by Frank Pearce as "The Positive Science of Morality in Germany (1887)", Economy and Society, Vol.15: No.3, pages 346-354 August 1986

Full French text
Link to relevant lecture notes

Durkheim E. 1890 (English 1973). "The Principles of 1789 and Sociology." Revue international de l'enseignement 19 pp 450-456. Durkheim's review of Ferneuil, T., Les Principes de 1789 et la science sociale. English translation in Durkheim/Bellah 1973 pages 34-42.

1892 life

Durkheim E. 1892 Quid Secundatus Politicae Scientiae Instituendae Contulerit Durkheim's latin thesis on Montesquieu. English version in Durkheim 1960.

French text

Durkheim, E. 1893 De la division du travail social: étude sur l'organisation des sociétés supérieures. Paris: Alcan Translated into English 1933 and 1984 as The Division of Labour in Society

English translations:
Durkheim, E. 1893/1933 The Division of Labour in Society Translated by George Simpson. New York: Macmillan.

Extracts - Robert Alun Jones says "translation seriously defective"

Durkheim, E. 1893/1984 The Division of Labour in Society Translated by W.D. Halls. New York: The Free Press. With an introduction by L. Coser.

Durkheim, E. 1895 Les Règles de la méthode sociologique Paris: Alcan. Translated into English 1938 and 1982 as The Rules of Sociological Method

"Les Règles de la méthode sociologique" first published as a series of articles in Revue Philosophique 1894

French text - offline

English translations:
Durkheim, E. 1895/1938. The Rules of Sociological Method Translated by S. A. Solovay and J. H. Mueller. Edited with Introduction by G. E. G. Catlin. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Republished in 1950 by Glencoe, Illinois: Free Press of Glencoe - Also in 1966.

Extracts - full text alexanderstreet.com - Robert Alun Jones says "translation defective - note omission of paragraph crucial to the argument at foot of page 10"

Durkheim, E. 1895/1982 The Rules of Sociological Method Translated by W. D. Halls.

Chapter 5 available at http://varenne.tc.columbia.edu/bib/texts/durkheim_rules_chap5. html - Offline

Durkheim, E. 1897 Le Suicide: étude de sociologie. Paris: Alcan. Translated into English 1951/1952 and 2006

French text

Durkheim, E. 1899/1994 "Concerning the Definition of Religious Phenomena" 1994 English translation in W.S.F. Pickering (Editor) Durkheim on Religion New York: American Academy of Religion.

Durkheim, E. 1897/1951/1952 Suicide. A Study in Sociology translated by John A. Spaulding and George Simpson. Edited, with an introduction by George Simpson. Glencoe, Illinois, Free Press and London: Routledge and Kegan Paul 1952. 405/404 pages. Available online at http://archive.org/details/suicidestudyinso00durk

Extracts - offline

Durkheim, E. 1897/2006 On Suicide translated by Robin Buss ; with an introduction by Richard Sennett and notes by Alexander Riley. Penguin classics. London; New York : Penguin Books. xxvii, and 450 pages

Durkheim, E. 1898c (English 1973) "Individualism and the Intellectuals" [L'Individualism et les intellectuels] Revue Bleue 4th series 10: pp 7-13. English translation in Durkheim/Bellah 1973 pages 43-57

1900 life

Durkheim 1900b (English 1973) "Sociology in France in the Nineteenth Century" [La Sociologie en France au 19e siècle] Revue Bleue 12: pp 609-613, 647-652. English translation in Durkheim/Bellah 1973 pages 3-22

1901 life

Durkheim, E. 1901 "Deux Lois de l'évolution pénale." Année sociologique 4: pp 65-95. Translated into English (1969) as "Two Laws of Penal Evolution."

1902 life

1903 life

Durkheim, Émile and Marcel Mauss

Durkheim, E, and Mauss, M. 1903 "De quelques formes primitives de classification: contribution �l'étude des représentations collectives." Année sociologique 6: 1-72. Translated into English by Edward Sagarin in 1963 as Primitive Classification. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Edited with an Introduction by Rodney Needham.

1904 life

Durkheim 1904e "The Intellectual Elite and Democracy" [L'élite intellectuelle et la démocratie]" Revue Bleue 5th series 1, 23: pp.705-706 English translation in Durkheim/Bellah 1973 pages 58-60

1906 life

Durkheim, E. 1906 "La Détermination du fait moral." Bulletin de la sociétéfrançaise de philosophie 6. Meetings on 11.2.1906 and 22.3.1906: pp 169-212.

Durkheim, E. 1906/1953 "The Determination of Moral Facts" in Sociology and Philosophy (Free Press, Glencoe, Illinois 1953). pp. 35-62.

Offline

Durkheim, E. 1912 Les Formes élémentaires de la vie religieuse: le système totémique en Australie. Paris: Alcan. Translated into English in 1915 as The Elementary Forms of Religious Life

French text

English translation:
Durkheim, E. 1912/1915 The Elementary Forms of the Religious Life. A study in religious sociology translated by Joseph Ward Swain. New York: Macmillan and London: George Allen and Unwin
George Allen and Unwin reprinted (from the same type) in 1926, 1954, 1957 and 1964. I bought a paperback copy of the 1964 impression in the early 1970s for 35 shillings).

The only introductory material (not a translation of Durkheim) on my 1964 copy is on the back cover:

"For forty years this great work has profoundly influenced the study of religion,

By a study of the most elementary forms of religious life which we know, Professor Durkheim attempts to throw some light upon the nature of religion in general. In the course of this study of the origins we are led to see the profoundly social character of religion; it is characterised by that which is sacred, and this is shown to be that which is preeminently social. The second part of the work is devoted to a study of the primitive cult and to an exposition of its social meaning and importance. Going further, M. Durkheim points out the religious origin of the other great forms of social activity, and in particular of philosophic thought. Even the categories of thought themselves are, as he shows, of religious and consequently of social origin."

There is also a quotation from the Athenaeum that the thought is clear and the style lucid.

Durkheim 1914a (English 1960) "The Dualism of Human Nature and Its Social Conditions" Scientia 15: pp 206-221. English translation by Charles Blend in Wolff 1960 pp 325-339. Also in Durkheim/Bellah 1973 pages 149-163 [Durkheim says that reviewers of The Elementary Forms of Religious Life had not recognised that it relied a method of scientifically studying the duality of human nature.]

Pragmatisme et sociologie was originally a course of lectures given at the Sorbonne in 1913/1914. It was reconstructed from the notes of students and published in French in 1955 with a preface by A. Cuvillier. A full English translation was published by Cambridge Press in 1983. Web copy of last eight chapters available at: http://www.marxists.org/reference/subject/philosophy/works/fr/durkheim.htm

Durkheim, E. 1914/1955 Pragmatism and Sociology

Extracts - French Text

Durkheim, E. 1915 "Germany Above All"; German Mentality and the War Paris: Colon

Durkheim, E. 1918 Le `Contrat Social' de Rousseau, published. Part of lecture course given 1901-1902. English version in Durkheim 1960

French text - Extracts

Durkheim, E. 1925a L'éducation morale. Paris: Alcan. Foreword by Paul Fauconnet. English 1961) Moral Education. A study in the Theory and Application of the Sociology of Education with a forward by Paul Fauconett

From the manuscript of lectures given at the Sorbonne in 1902/1903, repeated (unedited) in 1906/1907. Does not include the first two lectures. (Includes 18 of 20) - French text - Extracts - full text offline

Durkheim, E. 1937 Professional Ethics and Civic Morals. Translation of lectures not published in Durkheim's lifetime.

Durkheim E. 1960 Montesquieu and Rousseau. Forerunners of Sociology Containing translations of Durkheim 1892 on Montesquieu and Durkheim 1918 on Rousseau's Social Contract.

Durkheim/Giddens 1972 Emile Durkheim: Selected Writings. Edited, translated, and with an introduction by Anthony Giddens. Cambridge University Press.

Durkheim/Bellah 1973 Emile Durkheim: On Morality and Society. Translated by Mark Traugott. Edited with an introduction by Robert Bellah. Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press. Includes English translations of Durkheim E. 6.8.1883 - Durkheim E. 1890 - Durkheim 1898c - 1900b - Durkheim 1904e - Durkheim 1914a - As well as extracts from Durkheim 1893 - Durkheim 1912 -

Durkheim/Giddens 1985/1986 Durkheim on Politics and the State. Translated by W.D. Halls. Edited with an introduction by Anthony Giddens. Cambridge [Cambridshire]: Polity, 1986 (copyright 1985)
Contents: Preface. Introduction: Anthony Giddens. 1. The Concept of the State. 2. Democracy and Political Representation. 3. The Concept and Nature of Socialism. 4. Socialism and Marxism: Critical Commentaries. 5. Political Obligation, Moral Duty and Punishment. 6. The State, Education and Equality. 7. Patriotism and Militarism

Easton, L. and Guddat, K, 1967 Writings of the Young Marx on Philosophy and Society

Anthony Elliott

Elliott, A. 1999 (Editor) The Blackwell Reader in Contemporary Social Theory Malden, Massachusetts, USA; Oxford, England: Blackwell Publishers.
Introduction: Anthony Elliott.
Part I: The Theory of the Subject:
1. The Obsolescence of the Freudian Concept of Man: Herbert Marcuse.
2. Language and Speech: Roland Barthes.
3. The Mirror Stage as Formative of the Function of the I in Psychoanalytic Experience: Jacques Lacan.
4. Revolution in Poetic Language: Julia Kristeva.
5. The Individual and Representation: Cornelius Castoriadis.
Part II: Social Structure and Institutional Analysis:
6. The Means of Correct Training: Michel Foucault.
7. Structures, Habitus, Practices: Pierre Bourdieu.
8. Elements of the Theory of Structuration: Anthony Giddens.
9. Society Turns Back upon Itself: Alain Touraine.
10. The Concept of Society: Niklas Luhmann.
11. Individualization and "Precarious Freedoms": Perspectives and Controversies of a Subject-Centered Sociology: Ulrich Beck and Elisabeth Beck-Gernsheim.
Part III: Contemporary Critical Theory:
12. The Uncoupling of System and Lifeworld: Jurgen Habermas.
13. Patterns of Intersubjective Recognition: Love, Rights, and Solidarity: Axel Honneth.
14. Truth, Semblance, Reconciliation: Adorno's Aesthetic Redemption of Modernity: Albrecht Wellmer.
Part IV: Race, Multiculturalism, Difference:
15. DissemiNation: Homi K. Bhabha.
16. Freud and the Epistemology of Race: Sander L. Gilman.
17. Masters, Mistresses, Slaves, and the Antinomies of Modernity: Paul Gilroy.
18. Subaltern Studies: Deconstructing Historiography: Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak.
Part V: Feminism, Gender, and Sexual Difference:
19. The Reproduction of Mothering: Nancy Chodorow.
20. This Sex which Is Not One: Luce Irigaray.
21. Gender Trouble: Judith Butler.
22. Living with Uncertainty: Jeffrey Weeks.
23. Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective: Donna J. Haraway.
Part VI: The Modernity/Postmodernity Debate:
24. Postmodernism: David Harvey.
25. The Postmodern Condition: Jean-Francois Lyotard.
26. Simulations: Jean Baudrillard.
27. Postmodernism, or The Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism: Frederic Jameson.
28. Feminism and the Question of Postmodernism: Seyla Benhabib.
29. Postmodernity, or Living with Ambivalence: Zygmunt Bauman

Anthony Elliott and Larry Ray

Elliott, A. and Ray, L. 2003 (Editors) Key Contemporary Social Theorists Malden, Massachusetts, USA; Oxford, England: Blackwell Publishers.
Contents: Theodor Adorno -- Jeffrey C. Alexander -- Louis Althusser -- Hannah Arendt -- Jean Baudrillard -- Zygmunt Bauman (by Ian Varcoe) -- Ulrich Beck -- Daniel Bell -- Jessica Benjamin -- Walter Benjamin -- Homi Bhabha -- Maurice Blanchot -- Pierre Bourdieu (by Don Miller) -- Manuel Castells -- Nancy J. Chodorow -- Gilles Deleuze -- Jacques Derrida -- Norbert Elias -- Michel Foucault (by Gerard Delanty) -- Hans-Georg Gadamer -- Anthony Giddens -- Erving Goffman -- Jürgen Habermas (by William Outhwaite) -- Stuart Hall (by Michael Kenny) -- Max Horkheimer -- Luce Irigaray -- Frederic Jameson -- Julia Kristeva -- Jacques Lacan -- Claude Lévi-Strauss -- Niklas Luhmann -- Jean-François Lyotard --Herbert Marcuse -- Claus Offe -- Richard Rorty -- Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick -- Alaine Touraine -- Bryan S. Turner -- Paul Virilio -- Raymond Williams -- Slavoj Zizek.

Frank W. Elwell (Rogers State University)

Elwell, F.W. 1996, 2002 & 2005 Macrosociology: Four Classical Theorists [Malthus, Marx, Weber, Durkheim] Available as a pdf file at: http://www.faculty.rsu.edu/~felwell/Theorists/Four/Elwell- Macrosociology.pdf

1751

The Encyclopédie (of Diderot and D'Alembert). Selected articles (in French). Edited by J. Lough 1954 (second edition 1969) The Encyclopédie of Diderot and D'Alembert. Cambridge University Press.

1886-1902 La Grande Encyclopédie, inventaire raisonné des sciences, des lettres et des arts, par une société de savants et de gens de lettres Thirty one volumes

Encyclopedia Britannica
Articles by James Mill from the supplement 1816-1823 reprinted in Mill, James 1825/1967
Britannica 9th Encyclopedia Britannica ninth edition 1875- 1889 Edited by Thomas Spencer Baynes and William Robertson Smith. Selected articles available online at http://www.1902encyclopedia.com/

Encyclopedia on Early Childhood Development Launched October 2007 by Centre of Excellence for Early Childhood Development, GRIP-Université de Montréal, Montreal, Quebec, Canada. Edited by Richard E. Tremblay, Michel Boivin and Ray DeV. Peters. Available at http://www.child-encyclopedia.com

Encyclopedias: Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy - Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy - Wikipedia

Friedrich Engels 1820-1895 weblinks

Publications with Engels alone as the author. See Marx and Engels together and Marx alone. I am going by the given author - This is not always the actual author.

Engels F. 1844 Outlines of a Critique of Political Economy. First published February 1844. English translation in Struik, D. 1970 pp 197-226

Engels F. 1845 (English translation 1892, Panther edition 1969) The Condition of the Working Class in England. Available at http://www.marxists.org.uk/archive/marx/works/1845/condition-w orking- class/index.htm [extracts]

Engels F. 1845 Principles of Communism

Engels F. 1876/1878 Anti-Dühring, quoted Draper, H. 1970 The Death of the State in Marx and Engels in Socialist Register 1970 p.303

Engels F. 1880 Socialism: Utopian and Scientific

Engels F. 1884 The Origin of the Family, Private Property and the State. available at http://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/1884/origin-family/index.htm

[Extracts] - Offline Offline Pat Brewer edition with introduction

Engels, F. 8.10.1885 On the History of the Communist League London.

Aaron Esterson 1923- See Laing

Esterson, A. 1970 The Leaves of Spring. A Study in the Dialectics of Madness Tavistock Publications. [The 1972 Pelican edition has the cover title The Leaves of Spring. Schizophrenia, Family and Sacrifice]

Elizabeth Ettore 1948-

Ettore, E. 2010 "An autoethnography of talking with women drug users: the need for researchers' reflexivity as sensitising the 'I'" http://www.nottingham.ac.uk/sociology/events/qrmh/qrmh3/keynote- addresses/index.aspx

Evans, D. 1986 Le Play House and the Regional Survey Movement in British Sociology 1920-1955, unpublished M Phil Thesis, City of Birmingham Polytechnic/CNAA. Previously available at http://www.dfte.co.uk/ios - (archive) - (subject index)

David Evans

Evans, Margaret, CCJ 5606 Biographical overview of the life of Robert Merton, with special reference to his theory of anomie published on the web by Cecil, E. Greek (Florida State University. CCJ 5606 Criminological Theory Lecture Notes) at http://www.criminology.fsu.edu/crimtheory/merton.htm

Margaret Evans

Howard Evans

John Evans

John Evelyn

Evelyn, J. 1818 The Diary of John Evelyn, edited (1818) by William Bray. Dent 1907

Hans Jürgen Eysenck (1916-1997) Taylor, Walton, and Young, 1973 chapter 2

External link to H.J. Eysenck bibliography

Eysenck, H. 1953 Uses and Abuses of Psychology Harmondsworth: Penguin

Eysenck, H. 1954 The Psychology of Politics Harmondsworth: Penguin

Eysenck, H. 1964 Crime and Personality

Eysenck, H. 1965 Fact and Fiction in Psychology Harmondsworth: Penguin

Eysenck, H. 1969 "The technology of consent" New Scientist 26.6.1969

Eysenck, H. 1970 Crime and Personality (Revised edition) London: Paladin

Eysenck, H. and Eysenck, S. 1970 "Crime and personality: and empirical study of the three-factor theory". British Journal of Criminology, 10, pages 225-239

Eysenck, H. 1971 Race, Intelligence and Education

Eysenck, H. 1973 The Inequality of Man

Leonard Fagin

Fagin, L. 1981 Unemployment and health in families: case studies based on family interviews, a pilot study DHSS 1981

Fagin, L. 1984 The Forsaken Families: The effects of unemployment on family life Penguin, 1984.

Norman Fairclough 1941-

Fairclough, N. 1992 Discourse and Social Change Cambridge: Polity Press

Raymond E. Fancher

Fancher, R.E. 1979 Pioneers of Psychology. Norton
(subject index)

James Farganis

Farganis, J. 1975 "A Preface to Critical Theory" Theory and Society, Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter, 1975), pp 483-508. Available at http://asrudiancenter.files.wordpress.com/2010/01/jamesfarganisaprefacetocr iticaltheory1.pdf
Essay seeks to explore the meaning of critical theory as an "alternative paradigm" through the works of Herbert Marcuse and Jürgen Habermas

William Farr 1807- 1883 weblinks

Farganis, J. 2004 Readings in Social Theory, New York: McGraw-Hill

Farr, W. 25.7.1868 Report on the Cholera Epidemic of 1866 in England Supplement to the twenty-ninth annual report of the Registrar General of Births Deaths and Marriages in England. London. Her Majesties Stationery Office. Introductory letter signed W. Farr 25.7.1868

David P. Farrington, Jeremy W. Coid, Louise M. Harnett, Darrick Jolliffe, Nadine Soteriou, Richard E. Turner and Donald J. West

Farrington, D.P. et al 2006 Criminal careers up to age 50 and life success up to age 48: new findings from the Cambridge Study in Delinquent Development Home Office research studies 299. London, Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate.

Second edition September 2006 available from http://www.psychblog.co.uk/ForensicPsych/OriginalStudies/164565158512478288 51.pdf - offline

Léon Leonard Joseph Faucher 8.9.1803 - 14.12.1854

De la réforme des prisons. Paris, Angé 1838. pp. vii. 290

Paul Fauconnet 1874 - 1938

1901 Marcel Mauss and Paul Fauconnet wrote the article on "Sociologie" in la Grande Encyclopédie Paris 1901, reproduced as "La sociologie, objet et méthode" in Année sociologique

1903 Émile Durkheim and Paul Fauconnet, "La sociologie et les sciences sociales." Revue philosophique, 55, 1903, pp. 465- 497.

Fauconnet, P. 1920 La Responsabilité, Etude de Sociologie [Responsibility. A sociological study], Travaux de l'Anneé sociologique. A thesis of the University of Paris. Paris: Félix Alcan. About 400 pages. Second edition (1928) Available at http://classiques.uqac.ca/classiques/fauconnet_paul/fauconnet_paul.html

Fauconnet, P. 1925 Foreword to Durkheim's L'éducation morale

Alison Faulkner

Faulkner, A. and Field, V. 1993 Six Case Studies: Information about residential care provision for people with mental health problems within six district health authorities. London: Research and Development for Psychiatry

Faulkner, A. 1997 Knowing Our Own Minds - Users Views of Alternative and Complementary Treatments in Mental Health, London, Mental Health Foundation

Summary of report

Faulkner, A. and Layzell, S. 2000 Strategies for Living: A Report of User-led Research into People's Strategies for Living with Mental Distress, Mental Health Foundation.

Faulkner, A. 2004 The ethics of survivor research: Guidelines for the ethical conduct of research carried out by mental health service users and survivors Polity Press in association with the Joseph Rowntree Foundation. - Click for access details

Faulkner, A. 2.2009 Interview in A brief history of the Mental Health Foundation - Click for copy of interview

Jessie Feinstein and Nia Imani Kuumba

Feinstein, J. and Kuumba, N.I. 2006 Working with Gangs and Young People: A toolkit for resolving group conflict Jessica Kingsley,
"While gangs may lead young people into dangerous situations and breed community division, distrust and fear, the friendship, support, security and sense of belonging they offer are often overlooked"..

Steve Fenton 1942- with Robert Reiner and Ian Hamnet

Fenton, S. 1984 Durkheim and Modern Sociology Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 1984. vi and 276 pages

Contents: Acknowledgements; Introduction; 1. Durkheim's life, public career and sociological thought; 2. The division of labour, class conflict and social solidarity; 3. Political power, democracy and the modern state; 4. Race and society: primitive and modern; 5. The sociology of education: discipline and moral autonomy; 6. Crime, law and deviance: the Durkheim legacy Robert Reiner; 7. Durkheim and the study of religion Ian Hamnett; 8. Assessing Durkheim: classical sociology and modern society; Notes; Bibliography; Selected reading; Index.

"provides an assessment of the interpretations of Durkheim as a 'radical' thinker, in contrast to the view of him as fundamentally conservative."

Paul Feyerbend

Feyerbend, P. 1965 "Problems of Empiricism" in Beyond the Edge of Certainty, Essays in Contemporary Science and Philosophy. Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

James Fieser and Bradley Dowden

Fieser, James and Dowden, Bradley (Editors) 2004
Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy
at http://www.iep.utm.edu/
Previously at http://www.utm.edu/research/iep
University of Tennessee
The articles are individually authored, so can be referenced by author. For example "Field, Richard, 2005, "John Dewey (1859-1952)" The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy edited by James Fieser and Bradley Dowden, available at http://www.iep.utm.edu/

Robert Filmer Daly - weblinks

Filmer, R 1652/Hobbes Observations Concerning the Original of Government upon Mr Hobbes' Leviathan

Filmer, R 1652/Aristotle Observations on Aristotles Politiques Touching Forms of Government

It is also reproduced in Cook, T.I. 1947 Locke Two Treatises of Government with Filmer's Patriarcha and Laslett, P. 1949 Filmer's Patriarcha and Other Political Works. There are many quotations from this in Locke's first treatise. Locke 1689 treatise 1 chapter 2 paragraph 8 is Locke's summary of Filmer. Locke refers to Filmer as "A" or "our author". When he puts "O" beside a reference it is to Filmer's Observations on Hobbs, Milton etc (see extracts section), otherwise the reference is to Patriarcha.

Filmer, R. 1680 Patriarcha or The Natural Power of Kings full text available at http://www.constitution.org/eng/patriarcha.htm

Shulamith Firestone See weblinks - Mitchell

Arthur E. Fink 1903-

Fink, A.E. 1938 Causes of Crime: Biological theories in the United States, 1800-1915 Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1938. Republished Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Press, 1985, x and 309 pages.

"The cause and causation of crime, covered from the time of Benjamin Rush, one of the most eminent of early American physicians, to Williams Healy; from the last decade of the eighteenth to the second decade of the twentieth century. The material is presented from biological, anthropological, and psychological perspectives"

Firestone, S. 1970 The Dialectic of Sex. The Case for Feminist Revolution. (UK edition 1971 Cape)

Raymond William Firth 1901-2002

succeeded Malinowski as Professor of Social Anthropology at the London School of Econmics in 1944. Remained until 1968. Wikipedia has a selected bibliography.

Firth, R.W. 1951 Elements of Social Organisation The Josiah Mason lectures delivered at the University of Birmingham in 1947. London: Watts, 1951. [Second edition 1956. Third edition copyright 1961 Watts. - reprinted with a new preface by the author. London: Tavistock Publications, 1971. In Raymond Firth collected works, volume 2, London : Routledge, 2004.]
Contents: 1. The Meaning of Social Anthropology 2. Structure and Organisation in a Small Community 3. Social Change in Peasant Communities 4. The Social Framework of Economic Organisation 5. The Social Framework of Primitive Art 6. Moral Standards and Social Organisation 7. Religion in Social Reality

Pete Fleischmann

Fleischmann, P. " Literature reviews: An example of making traditional research methods user focused", Chapter nine in Sweeney, A. and others, 2009 pages 82-97

short extracts

Ronald Fletcher Born Hoyland, Yorks, 1921. Lecturer in Sociology Bedford College from 1953. Was Professor of Sociology at the University of York. Left to be a full time writer. Editor of Nelson's Making of Sociology series.

Fletcher, R. 1962 Britain in the Sixties: The Family and Marriage. An analysis and moral assessment. Penguin

Fletcher, R. 1971 The Making of Sociology. A Study of Sociological Theory. Volume 1 Beginnings and Foundations. Volume 2 Developments. [Volume 1, chapter 3 is "J.S.Mill, A Logical Critique of Sociology"

Glossary of Paradigms and Fairy Tales

Fletcher, R. 1971/Mill John Stuart Mill: A logical critique of sociology Michael Joseph.

Fletcher, R. 1974 Evolutionary and Developmental Sociology in Rex, J. 1974
(subject index)

Fletcher, R. 1988a The Abolitionists. The Family and Marriage under Attack. RKP

Fletcher, R. 1988f The Shaking of the Foundations: Family and Society RKP

Julienne Ford

Ford, J. 1969 Social class and the Comprehensive School Routledge and Kegan Paul Ltd.

Ford, J. 1972 Ford, J. 1972 College handouts preparative for Paradigms and Fairy Tales [At the time of writing Paradigms and Fairy Tales, Julie Ford taught sociology and research methods at Enfield College of Technology as it became part of Middlesex Polytechnic]

Ford, J. 1975 Paradigms and Fairy Tales. An Introduction to the Science of Meanings. Routledge Kegan Paul. London. Two volumes

Ford, J. and Foley 199? Developing Social Science Research. Middlesex University. In the "early 1990s" this was developed into Research on a Human Scale, which, like the original, was published internally as a manual for the BA Social Science. [I have not seen the second version]

Ford, J. 2000 "The Grandmother Manqué" in Dench, G. 2000 (Editor) Grandmothers of the Revolution pp 195-199

Ford, J. 2008 Never Point at a Rainbow - An introduction to Radical Logic Newton, Powys, Superscript Books. 339 pages.

Margaret Forster

Forster, M. 1984 Significant Sisters - The Grassroots of Active Feminism 1839-1939 London, Secker and Warburg. Contains: Introduction - 1) Law: Caroline Norton 1808-1877 - 2) The Professions: Elizabeth Blackwell 1821-1910 - 3) Employment: Florence Nightingale 1820-1910 - 4) Education: Emily Davies 1830-1921 - 5) Sexual Morality: Josephine Butler 1828-1906 - 6) Politics: Elizabeth Cady Stanton 1815-1902 - 7) Birth Control: Margaret Sanger 1879-1966 - 8) Ideology: Emma Goldman 1869-1940 - Conclusion.

William James Forsythe

Forsythe, W.J. 1991 Penal Discipline, Reformatory projects and the English Prison Commission 1895-1939 Exeter : University of Exeter Press. 255 pages
Contents: Acknowledgements, vii; Abbreviations in References, viii; Introduction, 1; Chapter 1 The Transformation of Reformatory Theory 1820- 1910, 7; Chapter 2 The End of An Era, 19; Chapter 3 Sir Evelyn Ruggles- Brise and the Prison Commission, 31; Chapter 4 Juvenile Adults and the Borstal System 1895-1921, 45; Chapter 5 Penal Servitude 1895-1921, 61; Chapter 6 Preventive Detention-A Tale of Disappointment 1895-1921, 78; Chapter 7 The Local Prisons 1895-1921, 95; Chapter 8 Chaplains, Educators and Visitors in English Prisons 1895-1921, 116; Chapter 9 Staff and Prisoners 1895-1921, 132; Chapter 10 Mental and Social Diagnosis in English Prisons 1910-1939, 153; Chapter 11 Relaxation and Reformation-A Radical Policy 1921-1939, 171. Chapter 12 Conflicts and Problems 1921-1939, 189; Chapter 13 Prisons and Prisoners 1921-1939, 201; Chapter 14 The Aid Societies 1895-1939, 217; Conclusion, 233; Index, 249.

Michel Foucault
1926-1984 See weblinks - reviews -

About Foucault:
Books: Barry Smart - Danaher, Schirato and Webb - O'Farrell
Web articles: Rider - Sarbit - Thacker

External link: Foucault.info - Michel Foucault - bibliographies
has a select bibliography and an extensive one.
Link to Google html of the extensive bibliography
Foucault, M. 1961 Folie et Déraison: histoire de la folie à l'âge classique. Paris: Plon, 1961 [Became Histoire de la Folie]

Partial translation in English in 1967 - Full translation 2006

annotated extracts (English) arranged historically

Foucault, M. 1963 Naissance de la clinique PUF
Foucault, M. 1966 Les Mots et les Choses Paris: Gallimard
Foucault, M. 1961/1967 Madness and Civilisation. A History of Insanity in the Age of Reason. Tavistock. Being an abridged edition of Histoire de la Folie translated into English by Richard Howard. Introduction by David Cooper.
annotated extracts arranged historically
Foucault, M. 1969 L'Archéologie du savoir Paris: Gallimard
Foucault, M. 22.2.1969 What is an Author? in P. Rabinow (editor) The Foucault Reader: Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin (Qu'est ce qu'un auteur? 258 lecture and discussion on 22.2.1969, in: Bulletin de la société française de philosophie, 1969, no. 63, pp. 73-104).
Available online at http://www.strath.ac.uk/Departments/History/s_adams/foucault.h tm

Foucault, M. 1970 The Order of Things New York: Pantheon. being Les Mots et les Choses translated into English.
Foucault, M. 1971 L'Ordre du discours Paris: Gallimard - Translated in English 1981
Foucault, M. 11.1971 Michel Foucault (in debate with Noam Chomsky) on Dutch television. Program called Human Nature: Justice versus Power.
See quotation transcribed from You Tube

Foucault1971/1972 Course 1971/1972 "Théories et institutions pénales" Summary (Résumés) in: Annuaire du Collège de France, 72, pp 283-286.
Foucault, M. 1972 The Archaeology of Knowledge New York Pantheon, being L'Archéologie du savoir translated into English
Notes by Kristine Bruss and Greg Schneider

Foucault1972/1973 Course 1972/1973 "La société punitive" Summary (Résumés) in: Annuaire du Collège de France, 73, 1973, pp. 255-267.
Foucault, M. 1973 Birth of the Clinic New York: Pantheon. A translation of Naissance de la clinique
Foucault1973/1974a Course 1973/1974 - (Weekly lectures from 7.11. 1973 until 6.2.1974) "Le pouvoir psychiatrique" Summary (Résumés) in: Annuaire du Collège de France, 74, 1974
Foucault1973/1974b Course 1973/1974 - (Weekly lectures from 7.11. 1973 until 6.2.1974) Le pouvoir psychiatrique. Cours au Collège de France. 1973-1974. Paris: Seuil/Gallimard, 2003.

Foucault1973/1974c Course 1973/1974 - (Weekly lectures from 7.11. 1973 until 6.2.1974) Psychiatric Power. Lectures at the College of France 1973-1974 A translation into English by Graham Burchall of Foucault1973/1974b. Palgrave Macmillan, London - New York, 2006. Includes an introduction by Arnold, J. Davidson; detailed notes by someone other than Foucault, who is not identified; and a "Course Context" by Jacques Lagrange.
Foucault, M. 1975 Surveiller et Punir: Naissance de la prison Paris : Gallimard. Series: Bibliothèque des histoires. 318 pages. 12 leaves of plates.

Translated into English in 1977

annotated extracts (English) arranged historically

Foucault, M. 1976s1 Histoire de la sexualité 1 - La Volonté de savoir, Paris: Gallimard, 1976. 211 pages
Foucault, M. 1975/1977 Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison, being Surveiller et Punir translated into English by Richard Howard.
annotated extracts arranged historically
PART ONE TORTURE:
1. The body of the condemned
2. The spectacle of the scaffold
PART TWO PUNISHMENT
1. Generalized punishment
2. The gentle way of punishment
PART THREE DISCIPLINE
Docile bodies
The art of distributions
The control of activity
The organisation of geneses
The composition of forces
2. The means of correct training
Hierarchical observation
Normalizing judgement
The examination
3. Panopticism
PART FOUR PRISON
1. Complete and austere institutions
2. Illegalities and delinquency
3. The carceral
Foucault, M. 6.1976 "Truth and Power" in The Foucault Reader: pages 51-75 and in Foucault, M. 1980. An excerpted version of a June 1976 interview with Alesandro Fontana and Pasquale Pasquino published first as "Intervista a Michel Foucault" in Microfiseca del Poetere in 1977. An abridged version "Vérité et pouvoir" in: L'Arc 1977, no. 70, pages 16-26. Truth and Power is summarised by Shawn Rider
Foucault, M. 1978 "Ein Spiel um die Psychoanalyse. Gespräch mit Angehörigen des Departement de Psychoanalyse der Universität Paris/Vincennes" (Conversations with members of staff of the Departments de Psychoanalyse at the University of Paris). In: Dispositive der Macht. Über Sexualität, Wissen und Wahrheit (Dispositives of Power. About Sex, Knowledge and Truth). Berlin 1978. pp. 118-175.
Foucault, M. 1978s1 The History of Sexuality, Volume 1: An Introduction New York: Pantheon, 1978 [Also Vintage Books, March 1990] being La Volonté de savoir translated into English by Robert Hurley. Contents: Part One: We 'Other Victorians'; Part Two: The Repressive Hypothesis: Chapter 1 The Incitement to Discourse, Chapter 2 The Perverse Implantation; Part Three: Scientia Sexualis; Part Four: The Deployment of Sexuality: Chapter 1 Objective, Chapter 2 Method, Chapter 3 Domain, Chapter 4 Periodisation; Part Five Right of Death and Power over Life.

Foucault, M. 1980 Power/Knowledge Selected interviews and other writings, 1972-1977 by Michel Foucault; edited by Colin Gordon; translated by Colin Gordon and others. New York; London: Harvester Wheatsheaf
Contents: 1. On Popular Justice: A Discussion with Maoists (1972) - 2. Prison Talk (1975) - 3. Body/Power (1975) - 4. Questions on Geography (1976) - 5. Two lectures (1977) - 6. Truth and Power (1977) - 7. Power and Strategies (1977) - 8. The Eye of Power (1977) - 9. The Politics of Health in the Eighteenth Century (1976) - 10. The History of Sexuality (1977) - 11. The Confession of the Flesh (1977) -

Foucault, M. 1981 The Order of Discourse being L'Ordre du discours translated into English.
Foucault, M. 1983 "Disciplinary Society". An audio lecture available in two part on YouTube: Part One - Part Two
Offline Part 1 - Part 2 -

Foucault, M. Spring 1983 "Structuralism and post-structuralism. An interview with Michel Foucault" interview by G. Raulet, in May 1982, in: Telos spring 1983, number 55, pages 195-211. Reprinted in Foucault, M. 1988 pages 17-46
Foucault, M. Autumn 1983 "The Minimalist Self". Discussion with Sephen Riggins, in: Telos Autumn 1983. Reprinted in Foucault, M. 1988 pages 3-16
annotated extracts arranged historically

Foucault, M. 1984r The Foucault Reader edited by P. Rabinow. New York: Pantheon. Also published by Penguin in 1986
Foucault, M. 1984s2 Histoire de la sexualité 2 - L'Usage des plaisirs, Paris: Gallimard, 1984.
Foucault, M. 1984s3 Histoire de la sexualité 3 - Le Souci de soi, Paris: Gallimard, 1984.
Foucault, M. 1985s2 The History of Sexuality, Volume 2: The Use of Pleasure Random House, 1985, being L'Usage des plaisirs translated into English
Foucault, M. 1986s3 The History of Sexuality, Volume 3: The Care of the Self Random House, 1986, being Le Souci de soi translated into English
Foucault, M. 1988 (Edited by Lawrence D. Kritzman) Politics, Philosophy, Culture: Interviews and Other Writings, 1977- 1984
Foucault, M. 1961/2006 History of Madness Folie et de�raison by Michel Foucault, edited by Jean Khalfa and translated into English by Jonathan Murphy and Jean Khalfa. London; New York: Routledge. xxxix and 725 pages. 6 pages of plates
"This translation is the first English edition of the complete French text" - "An abridged English edition was published in 1967 as Madness and civilization" - "First published in French as: Folie et de�raison... 1961"
Contents:
Foreword by Ian Hacking
Introduction by Jean Khalfa
Preface to the 1961 edition
Preface to the 1972 edition
PART ONE
1. Stultifera navis
2. The great confinement
3. The correctional world
4. Experiences of madness
5. The insane
PART TWO
Introduction
1. The madman in the garden of species
2. The transcendence of delirium
3. Figures of madness
4. Doctors and patients
PART 3
Introduction
1. The great fear
2. The new division
3. The proper use of liberty
4. Birth of the asylum
5. The anthropological circle
Appendices
1. Madness, the absence of an ouvre.
Appendix 1 of 1972 edition
2. My body, this paper, this fire
Appendix 2 of 1972 edition
3. Reply to Derrida ('Michel Foucault Derrida e no kaino'. Paideia (Tokyo) February 1972)
Endnotes
Annexes
1. Documents
2. Foucault's original bibliography
3. Bibliography of English works quoted in this translation
4. Critical bibliography on Foucault's History of Madness
Index.

Elizabeth A. Foyster 1968-

Foyster, E.A. 2005 Marital violence: an English family history, 1660-1857 Cambridge: Cambridge University Press

Fraser, D. 1984 [2nd edition] The Evolution of the British Welfare State.

James George Frazer 1854-1941 weblinks

Frazer, J. 1887 Totemism Edinburgh. Adam and Charles Black

Frazer, J. 1888a "Taboo" article in Encyclopedia Britannica available online at http://www.1902encyclopedia.com/T/TAB/taboo.html

Frazer, J. 1888b "Totem" article in Encyclopedia Britannica

Frazer, J. 1890 The Golden Bough: A Study in Magic and Religion Two volumes. London. Macmillan.

There were four parts (chapters?) to the first edition. The titles of these may have been: 1) "The King of the Wood" - 2) "Killing the God" - 3) "The Scapegoat" - 4) "The Golden Bough"

Frazer, J. 1900 The Golden Bough: A Study in Magic and Religion Second edition. Revised and enlarged in three volumes. London and New York: Macmillan. Volume 1: The king of the wood. The perils of the soul -- Volume 2. Killing the god -- Volume 3. Killing the god (continued) The golden bough.

Frazer, J. 1913 Balder the Beautiful: the fire-festivals of Europe and the doctrine of the external soul

Extracts - Project Gutenberg copy]

Frazer, J. 1915 The Golden Bough: A Study in Magic and Religion Third edition. Revised and enlarged in three volumes. London and New York: Macmillan. Part one (volumes 1 and 2): The magic art and the evolution of kings first published 1911. Part two (volume 3): Taboo and the perils of the soul first published 1911. Part three (volume 4): The dying god, first published 1911. Part four (volumes 5 and 6): Adonis, Attis, Osiris : studies in the history of oriental religion (3rd edition revised and enlarged in 1914). Part five (volumes 7 and 8): Spirits of the corn and of the wild first published 1912. Part six (volume 9): The Scapegoat first published 1913. Part seven (volumes 10 and 11): Balder the Beautiful: the fire festivals of Europe and the doctrine of the external soul first published 1913. Part seven (volume 12): Bibliography and general index 1915.

Frazer, J. 1922 The Golden Bough: A Study in Magic and Religion Abridged edition 1922.

Extracts - Copy at Bartleby - Gutenberg - Most available copies of the Golden Bough are this abridgment, including : Wordsworth Reference 1993 - Penguin 1996 -

Frazer, J. 1959 The New Golden Bough "A new abridgment of the classic work by Sir James George Frazer. Edited, and with notes and foreword by Dr Theodore H. Gaster" S.G. Phillips, Inc., New York.

Frazer, J. 1998 The Golden Bough: A Study in Magic and Religion: A New Abridgement from the Second and Third Editions by Robert Fraser. Oxford World's Classics 1998.

Google Books has large parts of this

Anna Freud 1895-1982 See weblinks - Brown

Freud, A. 1931 Introduction to psycho-analysis for teachers: four lectures by Anna Freud, translated by Barbara Low. London: Allen & Unwin. "First published in German under the title Einführung in die psychoanalyse für Pädagogen". "Three lectures were given before the teachers at the Children's centers of the city of Vienna."

Freud, A. 1936 Das ich und die abwehrmechanismen Internationaler psychoanalytischer Verlag

Freud, A. 1937 The ego and the mechanisms of defence Translation of Das ich und die abwehrmechanismen (1936) by Cecil Baines The International Psycho-analytical Library; number 30. London: Hogarth Press: Institute of Psycho-analysis

Freud, A. 1986 (Editor) Sigmund Freud: The Essentials of Psychoanalysis. Penguin. [Referencing advice]

Sigmund Freud 1856-1939 See weblinks - Brown - Mitchell - Morea - reviews

Freud and Breuer 1893 Freud, Sigmund and Breuer, Joseph. On the Psychical Mechanism of Hysterical Phenomena: Preliminary Communication

Über den Psychischen Mechanismus Hysterischer Pänomene: Vorläufige Mitteilung first published in Neurologisches Centralblatt, 12, 4-10 and 43-47 on 1.1.1893 and 15.1.1893. Republished in Studien über Hysterie 1895

Freud and Breuer 1895 Freud, Sigmund and Breuer, Joseph. Studies on Hysteria

(Contains the case study of Anna O.)

Studien über Hysterie 1895, Deuticke, Vienna. Second edition, 1909. Parts of which were translated into English by Dr A. A. Brill (New York) as Selected Papers on Hysteria and other Psychoneuroses by S. Freud. No. 4 of the Nervous and Mental Disease Monograph Series, New York. 1909. [The preface to the first [Brill] edition says: "The chapters contained in this book were taken from three different volumes of the author's works, published at different intervals within the last fifteen years. Although the first four chapters appear in the "Studien über Hysterie" which was published by Breuer and Freud, still only the first chapter, "The Psychic Mechanism of Hysterical Phenomena", was written conjointly by both authors. The authorship of the other three chapters belongs exclusively to Freud. The remaining six chapters of the book were taken from Freud's Collection of short papers". Which would mean that Breuer's case study of Anna O. was not included.

Freud, S. 1900/1913 Interpretation of Dreams Translation by A. A. Brill (1913). Available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Freud/Dreams/index.htm

Also available at http://www.psywww.com/books/interp/toc.htm

Freud, S. 1900/1953 The Interpretation of Dreams by Sigmund Freud, translated from the German and edited by James Strachey. Translation originally published as Volumes 4 and 5 of 'The standard edition of the complete psychological works.' 1953.

James Strachey: The last chapter gives the first full account of Freud's dynamic view of mental processes, of the unconscious, and of the dominance of the pleasure principle

Freud, S. 1901/1914 Psychopathology of Everyday Life Translation by A. A. Brill (1914). Available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Freud/Psycho/

Freud, S. 1905/1910 Three Essays on the Theory of Sexuality Translation by A. A. Brill (1910). Available at http://www.gutenberg.org/files/14969/14969-8.txt

James Strachey: "tracing for the first time the course of development of the sexual instinct in human beings from infancy to maturity"

Freud, S. 1909 "Analysis of a Phobia in a Five-Year- Old Boy" ["Little Hans"] - See Summary in Totem and Taboo

Freud, S. 9.1909/1910 The Origin and Development of Psychoanalysis First published in American Journal of Psychology, 21, pages 181-218. [Being an English translation by H.W. Chase of five lectures given in German September 1909 at Clark University, Worcester, Massachusetts, USA.] Available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Freud/Origin/index.htm
Freud, S. 9.1909/1957 Five Lectures on Psycho-Analysis "Delivered on the Occasion of the Twentieth Anniversary of the Foundation of Clark University, Worcester, Massachusetts, September 1909" Translation by James Strachey.

Freud, S. 1913 Totem and Taboo

Freud, S. 1914/1917 The History of the Psychoanalytic Movement Translation by A. A. Brill (1917). Available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Freud/History/index.htm

Freud, S. 1923 The Ego and the Id

Freud, S. 1924 The Dissolution of the Oedipus Complex

Freud, S. 1926 The Question of Lay Analysis

Freud, S. 1930 Das Unbehagen in der Kultur (The uneasiness in the culture). Vienna. Internationaler Psychoanalytischer Verlag, 1930. Authorised translation into English, in the same year, by Joan Riviere as "Civilization and its Discontents". The International Psycho-analytical Library; no.17: London: L. & Virginia Woolf at the Hogarth press [etc. ], 1930.

Extracts - Complete text of Strachey's translation - offline - Wikipedia

Freud, S. 1931 Female Sexuality

Freud, S. 1933 New Introductory Lectures on Psychoanalysis

Lectures include:
The Dissection of the Psychical Personality
Femininity
The question of a Weltanschauung (external link)

Freud, S. 1938 An Outline of Psychoanalysis

An Outline of Psychoanalysis was begun in Vienna and what we have may have been completed in 1938. It was published in 1940, after Freud's death.

Freud S. 2003 Outline of Psychoanalysis (1938) with New Introductory Lectures on Psychoanalysis (1933). Translated by Helena Ragg-Kirkby, with an introduction by Malcolme Bowie. Penguin Modern Classics

Erich Fromm See weblinks - reviews - Brown - Morea

Fromm, E. 1942 The Fear of Freedom [USA edition, 1941, had Escape from Freedom as the title]

notes and quotes

Fromm, E. 1947 Man For Himself: an enquiry into the psychology of ethics New York. [London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1948]

Fromm, E. 1956 The Art of Loving New York: Harper, World perspectives series volume 9 [London: George Allen & Unwin, 1957, World perspectives series volume 8]

Fromm, E. 1976 To Have or To Be? New York: Harper and Row. [London: Cape, 1978]

FQS: Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research

FQS is a peer-reviewed multilingual online journal for qualitative research established in 1999. FQS is an open-access journal, so all articles are available free of charge.

http://www.qualitative- research.net/index.php/fqs

James Fulcher and John Scott

Fulcher and Scott 1999 Sociology Oxford : Oxford University Press

Fulcher and Scott 2007 Sociology Oxford: Oxford University Press. Third edition.
Contents
Part One - Thinking Sociologically: Theory and Methods
1. What is sociology? -
2. Theories and theorizing -
3. Methods and research
Part Two - Social Identities -
4. Socialisation, identity, and interaction -
5. Sex, gender, and sexuality -
6. Racial and ethnic identities -
7. Crime and deviance -
8. Body, health, and medicine. Includes "Understanding bodies" (Sex, bodies and populations - Surveillance of populations) - "Health, reproduction and disability" (Fertility and mortality - Health and disease - Disability and disadvantage) - "Medicine, minds, and bodies" (Medical control of the body - Medicalisation of the mind - Femininity, medicine and beauty)
Part Three - Culture, Knowledge and Belief -
9. Education -
10. Communication and the media -
11. Religion, belief, and meaning
Part Four - Social Organisation and Control -
12. Family and life course -
13. Cities and community -
14. Organisation, management, and control -
15. The state, social policy and welfare -
16. Globalisation
Part Five - Production, Inequalities, and Social Divisions -
17. Work, employment, and leisure -
18. Inequality, poverty, and wealth -
19. Stratification, class, and status -
20. Power, division, and protest

online resources centre

Johan Galtung and Mari Ruge

Galtung, J. and Ruge, M. 1965 "The structure of foreign news; The presentation of the Congo, Cuba and Cyprus crises in four foreign newspapers", Journal of International Peace Research, 1 (1965), pp 64-90. [Extract, "Structuring and selecting news", in Cohen and Young 1973, pp 62-22.

Johan Galtung

Galtung, J. 1967 Theory and Methods of Social Research London, Allen and Unwin

Harold Garfinkel weblinks

Garfinkel, G. 1967 Studies in Ethnomethodology. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall

Extracts ("Some essential features of common understandings") available on Larry Ridner's website at http://www2.pfeiffer.edu/~lridener/courses/ethnomet.html use case studies to outline major themes of Ethnomethodology

Peter Gaskell (Surgeon: died Camberwell 1841)

Gaskell, Peter. Baldwin & Cradock, 1833. Gaskell, P. 1833/1836 The Manufacturing Population of England: Its Moral, Social, and Physical Condition and the Changes which have Arisen from the Use of Steam Machinery, with an Examination of Infant Labour. Baldwin and Craddock 1833. Republished as Artisans and Machinery: The Moral and Physical Condition of the Manufacturing Population Considered with Reference to Mechanical Substitutes for Human Labour London: J.W. Parker 1836

Gaskell, P. 1835 Prospects of industry; being a brief exposition of the past and present conditions of the labouring classes.: With remarks on the operation of the Poor-Law Bill, workhouses, &c. ... London : Smith, Elder and Co. 1835 "Revised from the Monthly Magazine of April, May, and June, 1835"

Patrick Geddes

Geddes, P. 1904 City Development: A study of parks, gardens and culture institutes: A report to the Carnegie Dunfermline Trust. Edinburgh, Scotland: Geddes and Colleagues.

Dictionary: Human Ecology

Geddes, P. 18.7.1904 Civics: as Applied Sociology Read before the at a Meeting in the School of Economics and Political Science (University of London), Clare Market, W.C., at 5 p.m., on Monday, July 18th, 1904; the Rt. Hon. Charles Booth, F.R.S., in the Chair. Available at http://www.gutenberg.org/files/13205/13205-h/13205- h.htm

Geddes, P. 25.1.1905 Civics: as Concrete and Applied Sociology Read before the Sociological Society at a Meeting in the School of Economics and Political Science (University of London), Clare Market, W.C., on Monday, January 23rd, 1905, the Rt. Hon. Charles Booth, F.R.S., in the Chair. Available at http://www.gutenberg.org/files/13205/13205-h/13205- h.htm

Geddes, P. 1915 Cities in evolution: An introduction to the town planning movement and to the study of civics London: Williams and Norgate

Dictionary: Human Ecology

Ludwig L. Geismar and Katherine M. Wood

Geismar L.L. and Wood, K.M. 1986 Family and Delinquency: Resocializing the young offender New York: Human Sciences Press,

Loraine Gelsthorp

"Feminism and criminology" in the Oxford Handbook of Criminology

Jim Gerrie

Gerrie, J. 2003 "Was Foucault a Philosopher of Technology?" in Techné: Research in Philosophy and Technology Volum 7, number 2, Winter 2003, available at http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/ejournals/SPT/v7n2/pdf/ or article direct at http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/ejournals/SPT/v7n2/pdf/gerrie.pdf

Gerth, H.H. and Mills, C.W 1948 (Editors) From Max Weber: Essays in sociology Translated, edited and with an introduction by Hans Heinrich Gerth and Charles Wright Mills. New York: Oxford University Press, 1946. London : Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co. Ltd, 1947/1948

Rose Giallombardo 12.11.1925-17.7.2010

obituary

Giallombardo, R. 1966a Society of Women: A study of a women's prison New York ; London: John Wiley.

Giallombardo, R. 1966b (Editor) Juvenile Delinquency. A book of readings. New York ; London: John Wiley. 565 pages

Giallombardo, R. 1974 The Social World of Imprisoned Girls: A comparative study of institutions for juvenile delinquents New York ; London (etc.): Wiley-Interscience. 317 pages.

Giallombardo, R. 1975 (Editor) Contemporary Social Issues: A Reader Santa Barbara: Hamilton Publishing Co. 612 pages.

Anthony Giddens weblinks

University of Cambridge - London School of Economics

Giddens, A. 9.1968 "`Power' in the Recent Writings of Talcott Parsons" Sociology September 1968. Volume 2. Issue 3. Pages 257- 272. doi:10.1177/003803856800200301

Giddens, A. 1972 Politics and Sociology in the Thought of Max Weber.

Giddens, A, 1971 Capitalism and Modern Social Theory. An Analysis of the Writings of Marx, Durkheim and Max Weber

Giddens, A. 1989 - 1993 - 1997 - 2001 - 2006 - 2009 Sociology Cambridge. Polity

Chapters (2009 edition)
1 - What is Sociology?
2 - Asking and Answering Sociological Questions
3 - Theories and Perspectives in Sociology
4 - Globalization and the Changing World
5 - The Environment
6 - Cities and Urban Life
7 - Social Interaction and Everyday Life
8 - The Life-Course
9 - Families and Intimate Relationships
10 - Health, Illness and Disability
11 - Stratification and Class
12 - Poverty, Social Exclusion and Welfare
13 - Global Inequality
14 - Sexuality and Gender
15 - Race, Ethnicity and Migration
16 - Religion
17 - The Media
18 - Organizations and Networks
19 - Education
20 - Work and Economic Life
21 - Crime and Deviance
22 - Politics, Government and Social Movements
23 - Nations, War and Terrorism

see weblinks

Giddens, A. 1990 The Consequences of Modernity. Stanford University Press
Contents:
Part One:. Introduction. The Discontinuities of Modernity. Security and Danger, Trust and Risk. Sociology and Modernity. Modernity, Time and Space. Disembedding. Trust. The Reflexivity of Modernity. Modernity and Post-- Modernity?. Summary.
Part Two:. The Institutional Dimensions of Modernity. The Globalizing of Modernity. Two Theoretical Perspectives. Dimensions of Globalization.
Part Three:. Trust and Modernity. Trust in Abstract Systems. Trust and Expertise. Trust and Ontological Security. The Pre--Modern and Modern.
Part Four:. Abstract Systems and the Transformation of Intimacy. Trust and Personal Relations. Trust and Personal Identity. Risk and Danger in the Modern World. Risk and Ontological Security. Adaptive Reactions. A Phenomonology of Modernity. Deskilling and Reskilling in Everyday Life. Objections to Post--Modernity.
Part Four:. Riding the Juggernaut. Utopian Realism. Future Orientations. The Role of Social Movements. Post--Modernity.
Part Six: . Is Modernity and Western Project?. Concluding Observations.

Nigel Gilbert
Professor of Sociology at the University of Surrey.
A pioneer of Agent-Based Models in the social sciences
Editor Social Research Update 1993-

Gilbert, N. 1993/2001/2008 (Editor) Researching Social Life. London: Sage
Contents of third edition:
Conceptualizing Social Life - Geoff Cooper
Research, Theory and Method - Nigel Gilbert
PART ONE: BEGINNINGS
Formulating and Refining a Research Question - Nicola Green
Searching and Reviewing Literature - Mary Ebeling and Julie Lamb
Grounded Theory and Inductive Research - Paul Hodkinson
Participatory Approaches to Social Research - Christina Silver
Mixed Methods - Victoria D Alexander et al
The Ethics of Social Research - Martin Bulmer
PART TWO: INTO THE FIELD
Designing Samples - Patrick Sturgis
Questionnaires - Rosemarie Simmons
Measuring Attitudes - Mike Procter
Focus Groups - Ann Cronin
Qualitative Interviewing - Nigel Fielding and Hilary Thomas
Ethnography - Nigel Fielding
Using Documents - Keith McDonald
The Internet and Research Methods - Christine Hine
PART THREE: BACK HOME
Coding and Managing Data - Jane Fielding
Analyzing Survey Data - Mike Procter
Secondary Analysis of Survey Data - Nick Allum and Sara Arber
Computer-Assisted Qualitative Data Analysis (CAQDAS) - Ann Lewins
Narrative Analysis - Sarah Earthy and Ann Cronin
Conversation Analysis and Discourse Analysis - Robin Wooffitt
Analyzing Visual Materials - Victoria D Alexander
PART FOUR: ENDINGS
Writing about Social Research - Nigel Gilbert

Sophie Gilliat-Ray 1969-

Gilliat-Ray, S. 2010 Muslims in Britain: An introduction Cambridge ; New York : Cambridge University Press, xvii and 316 pages.
Contents:
Part I. Historical and Religious Roots: [Begins 8th century]
1. The roots of Islam in Britain;
2. The development of Muslim communities;
3. Middle Eastern religious reform movements;
4. South Asian religious reform movements;
Part II. Contemporary Dynamics:
5. Profiling British Muslim communities;
6. Religious nurture and education;
7. Religious leadership;
8. Mosques;
9. Gender, religious identity and youth;
10. Engagement and enterprise

John Lewis Gillin, 1871-1958

Gillin, J.L. 1927 Criminology and Penology London : Jonathan Cape, [First edition]
Second edition, New York/London, Appleton-Century, 1935
Third edition, New York/London, Appleton-Century, 1945

Gilmour, I. 1983 Britain Can Work Chapters 2: Political Economy, 3: The Socialist Antithesis, 4: The Synthesis and the Tory Tradition.

Miriam Glucksmann

Glucksmann, M. 1974 Structuralist Analysis in Contemporary Social Thought: A comparison of the theories of Claude-Lévi-Strauss and Louis Althusser London: Routledge and Kegan Paul Ltd.

Sheldon Glueck 1896-1980 and Eleanor T. Glueck 1898-1972

Finding aid to papers

Glueck, S. and Glueck, E.T. 1930 Five hundred criminal careers New York: A. A. Knopf. 365 pages.

William Godwin weblinks

Godwin, W. 1793 Enquiry Concerning Political Justice and its Influence on Modern Morals and Happiness (Penguin 1976) etext available at http://dwardmac.pitzer.edu/Anarchist_Archives/godwin/PJfrontpi ece.html

extracts review

Godwin, W. 1831 Thoughts on Man, his Nature, Productions, and Discoveries. Interspersed with some Particulars Respecting the Author London: Effingham Wilson, Royal Exchange. etext available at http://dwardmac.pitzer.edu/Anarchist_Archives/godwin/thoughts/ TMNPDfrontpie ce.html

Erving Goffman See weblinks - reviews -
Barnhart - Becker - Blackwood - Sedgwick

Comprehensive Goffman bibliography by Gadi Algazi - Ronald Sitton's bibliography

Goffman E. 1951 "Symbols of Class Status"

Goffman E. 1952 "On Cooling the Mark Out: Some Aspects of Adaptation to Failure" Psychiatry: Journal of Interpersonal Relations 15:4 (1952), pp 451-463. Etext available at http://www.tau.ac.il/~algazi/mat/Goffman--Cooling.htm [Gadi Algazi's website at Tel Aviv University]

Goffman E. 1953 Communication Conduct in an Island Community Unpublished Ph.D Thesis, Department of Sociology, University of Chicago.

Goffman E. 1953 "The Service Station Dealer: The Man and His Work"

Goffman E. 1956 "Interpersonal Persuasion"

The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life (monograph), University of Edinburgh Social Sciences Research Centre, 1956, revised and expanded edition, Anchor Books, 1959.

Goffman E. January 1957 "Alienation from Interaction" Human Relations 10 (1), January 1957, pp. 47-59

Goffman E. April 1957 "The characteristics of total institutions", Paper given at the Symposium on Preventive and Social Psychiatry (15.4.1957 - 17.4.1957) (Published Washington D.C.: Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, 1958, pp. 43-84). Reprinted (revised) in Goffman E. 1961

Goffman E. August 1957 "On some convergences of sociology and psychiatry", Psychiatry: journal for the study of interpersonal processes volume 20 (3), August 1957, pp 201- 203.

Goffman E. 1959 The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life Doubleday: Garden City, New York, 1959. (Penguin 1971)

Goffman E. 1961A Asylums. Essays on the social situation of mental patients and other inmates Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1968. First published New York: Doubleday Anchor, 1961

Goffman E. May 1959 "The moral career of the mental patient" Psychiatry: journal for the study of interpersonal processes 1959 May; volume 22 (2): pp 123-142.

Goffman E. 1961A/2 "The Moral Career of the Mental Patient" in Goffman E. 1961A

Contains four essays:

Goffman E. 1961A/1 "On the Characteristics of Total Institutions" in Goffman E. 1961A

(first published 1957)

(first published 1959)

Goffman E. 1961A/3 "The Underlife of a Public Institution; a study of ways of making out in a mental hospital" in Goffman E. 1961A

Goffman E. 1961A/4 "The Medical Model and Mental Hospitalisation; some notes on the vicissitudes of the tinkering trades" in Goffman E. 1961A

Goffman E. 1961E Encounters. Two Studies in the Sociology of Interaction Bobbs Merrill ["Preface" pp 7-14; "Fun in Games" pp 15-81; "Role Distance" pp 83-152]

Goffman E. 1963a Stigma. Notes on the Management of Spoiled Identity. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall 1963. Harmondsworth: Penguin 1968

Goffman E. 1963b Behaviour in Public Places, Notes on the Social Organisation of Gatherings. Glencoe: The Free Press

The Goffman Reader, edited and with preface and introduction by Charles Lemert and Ann Branaman, Blackwell (Cambrigde, MA), 1997.

Goffman E. 1967 Interaction Ritual. Essays on Face-to-Face Behaviour Doubleday [or Pantheon: New York?]

Goffman E. 1969 Strategic Interaction University of Pennsylvania Press.

Goffman E. 1971 Relations in Public: Microstudies of the Public Order Basic Books.

Goffman E. 1974 Frame Analysis: An Essay on the Organisation of Experience Harper.

Goffman E. 1979 Gender Advertisements, Harper.

Goffman E. 1981 Forms of Talk University of Pennsylvania Press,

Barry Goldson and John Muncie.

Goldson, B. and Muncie, J. 2006 (Editors) Youth Crime and Justice London : Sage Publications. xiv nd 239 pages

Rob White and Chris Cunneen

White, R. and Cuneen, C. 2006 "Social Class, Youth Crime and Justice" Chapter 2 in Goldson and Muncie 2006

Olympe de Gouges
weblinks Olivier Blanc

Ecrits politiques [Political Writings] edited by Olivier Blanc
Gouges, O. 1791 Les Droits de la Femme [The Rights of Woman]
see weblinks for online texts Extracts
English translation in Levy, D. 1979 pp 87-96. Includes Declaration of the Rights of Woman and the Female Citizen
Gouges, O. 1792 L'Esclavage des Noirs [The Slavery of Black People] Indigo & Cote-Femmes. Collection Des Femmes Dans L'histoire. ISBN 2907883100.
See Social Science History

Michael Gordon 1940-

Gordon, M. 1972 (Editor) The Nuclear Family in Crisis: The search for an alternative New York; London: Harper and Row, 9 and 224 pages
Contents:
Plato on women and the family
Family surrogates in colonial America: the Moravian experiment, by G. L. Gollin
Experimental family organization: an historico-cultural report on the Oneida community, by W. M. Kephart
Is the family universal? The Israeli case, by M. E. Spiro
Children of the kibbutz, by L. and K. Rabkin
Aging in Israel, a planned society, by Y. Talmon
The changing Soviet family, by U. Bronfenbrenner
Li Kuei-ying, woman pioneer, aged 32, by J. Myrdal
The position of Finnish women: regional and cross-national comparisons, by E. Haavio-Mannila.
Communes, by R. M. Kanter
The new arrangement, by G. Fonzi
Natural child birth and cooperative child rearing in psychedelic communes, by D. E. Smith and J. L. Sternfield
The group marriage, by L. L. and J. M. Constantine

Allan Graham

Graham, A. 1999 (Editor) The Sociology of the Family: A Reader Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, xi and 376 pages.
Contents:
Part I: Changing Families: Introduction:
1. Social Reconstruction and the Emergence of Companionate Marriage, 1945 - 1959 by Janet Finch and Penny Summerfield.
2. Liberalizing Heterosexuality? by Gail Hawkes
3. The One and the Many: Modernity and Post-Modernity by David Cheal.
Part 2: Marriage, Intimacy and Power: Introduction:
4. Love and Intimacy: The Gender Division of Emotion and 'Emotion Work': a Neglected Aspect of Sociological Discussion of Heterosexual Relationships by Jean Duncombe and Dennis Marsden.
5. Partners by Choice: Equality, Power and Commitment in Non- Heterosexual Relationships by Jeffrey Weeks, Brian Heaphy and Catherine Donovan.
6. Money, Power and Equality in Marriage by Carolyn Vogler and Jan Pahl.
7. Uncovering Gender Differences in the Use of Marital Violence: The Effect of Methodology by James Nazroo.
Part 3: Domestic Organisation:
8. Cohabitation or Marriage? - Cohabitation: by Susan McRae.
9. Women's Work by Nickie Charles and Marion Kerr.
10. The Household and the Labour Market by Lydia Morris.
Part 4: Divorce and Lone-Parenthood:
11. Diversity and Ambiguity Among Lone-Parent Households in Modern Britain by Graham Crow and Mike Hardey.
12. State, Family and Personal Responsibility: The Changing Balance for Lone Mothers in the United Kingdom by Jane Millar.
13. The Interests of Children at Divorce by Martin Richards.
Part 5: Family, Kinship and Care. Introduction:
14. The Informal Sector of Welfare: A Crisis in Caring by Hilary Graham.
15. Obligations of Kinship in Contemporary Britain: Is There Normative Agreement? by Janet Finch and Jennifer Mason.
16. Gender Differences in Informal Caring by Sara Arber and Jay Ginn.
17. Living with Disability: The Experiences of Parents and Children by Sally Baldwin and Jane Carlisle.

Ivor Grattan-Guinness 23.6.1941 -

Wikepedia

Grattan-Guinness, I. 1980 (Editor) History and Philosophy of Logic. Abacus Press.

Grattan-Guinness, I. 1994 A Companion Encyclopedia of the History and Philosophy of the Mathematical Sciences. Two volumes. Routledge,

Grattan-Guinness, I. 1997 The Fontana History of the Mathematical Sciences. Fontana

Gabriele Griffin

Griffin, G. 1995 (Editor) Feminist Activism in the 1990s London: Routledge.
Part One - Fighting for Women's Health
Chapter 1 - Doing It Ourselves: Promoting Women's Health as Feminist Action by Nicki Hastie, Sarah Porch and Lou Brown. Pages 13 - 27
Chapter 2 - Madness and Feminism: Bristol Crisis Service for Women by Tamsin Wilton. Pages 28 - 40 --- [See timeline]
Chapter 3 - The National Abortion Campaign-Changing the Law and Fighting for a Real Choice by Anja Hohmeyer. Pages 41 - 48
Part Two - Women's Rights
Chapter 4 - Rights of Women-Twenty Years of Feminist Activism by Jill Radford. Pages 51 - 64
Chapter 5 - Trials and Tribulations- Justice for Women: A Campaign for the 1990s by Julie Bindel, Kate Cook and Liz Kelly. Pages 65 - 76
Part Three - Black and Asian Women's Activism
Chapter 6 - The Struggles Continue-An Interview with Hannana Siddiqui of Southall Black Sisters by Gabriele Griffin. Pages 79 - 89
Chapter 7 - Harnessing Shakti: The Work of the Bengali Women's Support Group by Debjani Chatterjee. Pages 90 - 100
Chapter 8 - Asian Women's Activism in Northamptonshire by Anjona Roy. Pages 101 - 110
Chapter 9 - Conceptions of Power of/between Black and White Women Debbie Weekes and Terri MacDermott Pages 113 - 126
Part Four - Young Women
Chapter 10 - Invisible Women: Young Women and Feminism by Debi Morgan. Pages 127 - 136
Part Five - Lesbians Organizing Together
Chapter 11 - Lesbians Organizing Together (LOT) in Dublin by Maria Power. Pages 139 - 157
Chapter 12 - Unity Without Uniformity: Lesbians in Ireland in the 1990s by Rosemary Gibney, Patricia Carey, Izzy Kamikaze and Kate Frances Pages 158 - 168
Part Four - Women Working for Change
Chapter 13 - Making the Invisible Visible: The Rise of a Professional Women's Network in the 1990s by Frances Moss. Pages 171 - 181
Chapter 14 - Women's Studies as Feminist Activism by Alex Warwick and Rosemary Auchmuty. Pages 182 - 191
Chapter 15 - Haystacks in my Mind or How to Stay SAFE (Sane, Angry and Feminist) in the 1990s by Ailbhe Smyth. Pages 192 - 206

Elizabeth Grosz (1952 - ) See weblinks - Price and Shildrick

See Dictionary: body - body image
Grosz E. 1992 "Psychoanalysis and the Body " from E. Wright, editor Feminism and Psychoanalysis A Critical Dictionary Chapter 4.6 in Price J and Shildrick, M. 1999
Grosz, E. 1994 Volatile Bodies: Towards a Corporeal Feminism USA. Indiana University Press
Contents
Part 1 - Introduction
1. Refiguring Bodies p.3
Part 2 - The Inside Out
2. Psychoanalysis and Psychical Topographies p.27 [See Freud 1938]
3. Body Images : Neurophysiology and Corporeal Mappings p.62
4. Lived Bodies : Phenomenology and the Flesh p.86
Part 3 - The Outside In
5. Nietzsche and the Choreography of Knowledge p.115
6. The Body as Inscriptive Surface p.138
7. Intensities and Flows p.160
Part 4 - Sexual Difference
8. Sexed Bodies p.187
Notes p.211
Bibliography p.229
Index p.246

Ilan Gur-Ze'ev University of Haifa, Israel.

Gur-Ze'ev, I. 1996 (In Hebrew) The Frankfurt School and the History of Pessimism Jerusalem .

Gur-Ze'ev, I. 8.8.1999 (In English) "Max Horkheimer and Philosophy of Education" Encyclopedia of Philosophy of Education 8.8.1999 available at http://www.ffst.hr/ENCYCLOPAEDIA/doku.php?id=horkheimer_and_philosophy_of_e ducation

Jürgen Habermas (1929- weblinks

Habermas, J. 1962/1989. Strukturwandel der Öffentlichkeit. Untersuchungen zu einer Kategorie der bürgerlichen Gesellschaft (The structural transformtion of the public sphere: An inquiry into a category of bourgeois society - English translation 1989)
Described as his "most concrete" historical-sociological book. It looks at the origins, nature, and evolution of public opinion in democratic societies.
Contents:
Part 1 Introduction - preliminary demarcation of a type of Bourgeois Public Sphere: the initial question; remarks on the type representative publicness; on the genesis of the Bourgois Public Sphere.
Part 2 Social structures of the Public Sphere: the basic blueprint; institutions of the public sphere; the Bourgois family and the institutionalization of a privateness oriented to an audience; the public sphere in the world of letters in relation to the public sphere in the political realm.
Part 3 Political functions of the public sphere: the model case of British development; the continental variants; civil society as the sphere of private autonomy: private law and a liberalized market; the contradictory institutionalization of the public sphere in the Bourgeois constitutional state.
Part 4 The bourgeois public sphere - idea and ideology: publicity as the bridging principle between politics and morality, Kant; on the dialectic of the public sphere, Hegel and Marx; the ambivalent view of the public sphere in the theory of liberalism, John Stuart Mill and Alexis de Tocqueville.
Part 5 The social-structural transformation of the public sphere: the tendency toward a mutual infiltration of public and private spheres; the polarization of the social sphere and the intimate sphere; from a culture- debating (kulturrasonierend) public to a culture-consuming public; the blurred blueprint - developmental pathways in the disintegration of the bourgeois public sphere.
Part 6 the transformation of the public sphere's political function: from the journalism of private men of letters to the public consumer services of the mass media - the public sphere as a platform for advertising; the transmitted function of the principle of publicity; manufactured publicity and nonpublic opinions - the voting behaviour of the population; the political public sphere and the transformation of the liberal constitutional state into a social-welfare state.
Part 7 On the concept of public opinion: public opinion as a fiction of constitutional law - and the social-psychological liquidation of the concept; a sociological attempt at clarification.

Wikipedia - Quotations assembled by Laura Mandell

Habermas, J. 1973/1976. Legitimationsprobleme im Spätkapitalismus Frankfurt am Main : Suhrkamp, 1973 (Translated as Legitimation Crisis by Thomas McCarthy in 1976.

Habermas, J. 1981. Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns Book 1: Handlungsrationalität und gesellschaftliche Rationalisierung - Book 2: Zur Kritik der funktionalistischen Vernunft, Frankfurt am Main 1981. Translated into English by Thomas McCarthy as The Theory of Communicative Action Book 1: Reason and the rationalisation of society (1984) - Book 2: Lifeworld and system: a critique of functionalist reason (1987)

English Wikipedia - German Wikipedia

Arthur W. Frank's Notes on Habermas: Lifeworld and System

Habermas, J. 1981/tasks. "The Tasks of a Critical Theory of Society" - last chapter in Habermas, J. 1981. "This chapter addresses the question as to how the issues raised by critical theory in the 1930s can be made relevant today under different circumstances" (Footnote to Habermas, J. 1981/movements

Habermas, J. 1981/autumn "New social movements" Telos 49, Autumn, pages 33-37. "The following is taken from "The Tasks for a Critical Theory of Society", the last chapter of my new book.

Habermas, J. 1982 "A reply to my critics" In Thompson, J.B. and Held, D. 1982 pages 219- 283.

Habermas, J. 1992/1996 Faktizität und Geltung: Beiträge zur Diskurstheorie des Rechts und des demokratischen Rechtsstaats, Suhrkamp Verlag, 1992, translated as "Between Facts and Norms: Contributions to a Discourse Theory of Law and Democracy" by William Rehg. Cambridge Polity 1996.

Ann Hagell
with Catherine Shaw

Hagell, A. and Shaw, C. 1996 Opportunity and Disadvantage at Age 16. London: Policy Studies Institute.

Valerie A. Haines

Haines, V.A. 1997 Spencer and his Critics in Camic, C. 1997 pp 81-111

Catherine Hakim 30.5.1948-

Hakim, C. 1979 Occupational Segregation: A comparative study of the degree and pattern of differentiation between men and women's work in Britain, the United States and other countries Research paper (Great Britain. Department of Employment); no.9. London : Department of Employment, 1979.

Hakim, C. 2010 "Erotic Capital" European Sociological Review Available online (19.3.2010) at http://esr.oxfordjournals.org/cgi/content/full/jcq014v1

Maurice Halbwachs 11.3.1877 - 16.3.1945

Download texts in French

Halbwacks, M. 1925 Les Cadres sociaux de la mémoire, Alcan, 1925. Became La Mémoire collective, 1950

English chapters offline: 1 - 2 -

Halbwacks, M. 1930 Les Causes de Suicide, Alcan, Paris.

Chris Hale, Keith Hayward, Azrini Wahidin, Emma Wincup

Hale, C., Hayward, K., Wahidin, A., Wincup, E. 2005 (Editors) Criminology Oxford: Oxford University Press
PART I: INTRODUCING CRIME AND CRIMINOLOGY;
1. What is crime? Contrasting definitions and perspectives; by Wayne Morrison.
2. History of crime; by Heather Shore
3. What do crime statistics tell us?; by Tim Hope
4. Theoretical criminology: a starting point; by Keith Hayward and Wayne Morrison
5. Researching crime and criminal justice; by Emm Wincup
6. Psychology and crime; by Keith Hayward
7. Crime and culture; by Jeff Ferrell
8. Crime and media: understanding the connections; by Chris Greer
PART II: FORMS OF CRIME;
9. 'Volume crime' and everyday life; by Mike Presdee
10. Drugs, alcohol and crime; by Emma Wincup and Peter Traynor
11. Violent crime; by Larry Ray
12. Sex crime; by Terry Thomas
13. Corporate crime; by Steve Tombs
14. Understanding organised crime; by Paddy Rawlinson
15. Terrorism and the politics of fear; by Frank Furedi
PART III: SOCIAL DIMENSIONS OF CRIME;
16. Economic marginalisation, social exclusion and crime; by Chris Hale
17. Gender and Crime; by Catrin Smith and Emma Wincup
18. 'Race', ethnicity and crime; by Marian FitzGerald
19. Young people and crime; by Derek Kirton
20. Older offenders, crime, and the criminal justice system; by Azrini Wahadin
PART IV: RESPONSES TO CRIME;
21. The politics of law and order; by Chris Hale and Marian Fitzgerald
22. The criminal justice system; by Steve Uglow
23. Surveillance; by Richard Jones
24. Victims; by Brian Williams
25. Policing; by Trevor Jones
26. Community Sentences and Offender Management; by Anne Worrell
27. Prisons by Roger Matthews

web resources

Elie Halévy 1870-1937 Professor of Political Science, Paris, from 1898.

Halevy, E. 1949 revised, A History of the English People in the Nineteenth Century. 6 Volumes. 1961 Benn Paperback.

Volume 1 England in 1815 (Halevy, E. 1913)

Volume 2 The Liberal Awakening (1815-1830)

Volume 3 The Triumph of Reform (1830-1841) (Halevy, E. 1927)

Volume 4 Victorian Years (1841-1895)

Volume 5 Imperialism and the Rise of Labour (1895-1905) (Appears to have been called Epilogue Volume 1 originally)

Volume 6 The Rule of Democracy (1905-1914) (Halevy, E. 1934)

Stuart Hall 1932-

See Helen Davis - James Procter - Norma Schulman - Stones and Elliott and Ray weblinks

Bibliography substitute at The University of the West Indies

Hall, S. and Whannel, P. 1964 The Popular Arts by Stuart Hall and Paddy Whannel. London: Hutchinson; and Boston: Beacon Press.

Hall, S. 18.6.1970 "A world at one with itself", New Society 18.1.1970 pp 1056-8. Reprinted in Cohen and Young 1973 pp 85-94

Hall, S. 1971e "Deviancy, Politics and the Media", in Deviancy and Social Control, M. McIntosh and P. Rock (editors), London, Tavistock.

Hall, S. 1971f "People and culture: a critique", Working Papers in Cultural Studies, 1, Birmingham: CCCS.

Hall, S. 1972a "The Social Eye of Picture Post", Working Papers in Cultural Studies, number 2.

Hall, S. 1972b "The Determination of News Photographs", Working Papers in Cultural Studies, number 3. Reprinted in Cohen and Young 1973 pp 176-190

Hall, S. 1973 "Encoding and Decoding in the Media Discourse", stencilled paper no.7, Birmingham, CCCS, 1973.

Hall, S. 1974 "Encoding and Decoding in the Television Discourse", Culture and Education, no.25, Council of Europe, Strassburg, 1974.

Hall, S. 1974 "Encoding and Decoding", Broadcasters and the Audience Venice, 1974.

Stuart Hall and Tony Jefferson

Hall, S. and Jefferson, T. 1976 (Editors) Resistance through Rituals: Youth Subcultures in Post-War Britain London: Hutchinson, 287 pages.

Hall, S. 1978 "Racism and Reaction" Five Views of Multi-Racial Britain (Full text of five talks, extracts from which were first broadcast by BBC TV in July 1978) London, British Broadcasting Corporation and Commission for Racial Equality, 1978 77 pages. Stuart Hall's talk pages 18-19.

Stuart Hall, Chas Critcher, Tony Jefferson, John Clarke and Brian Roberts,
"All the authors have either taught or researched at the Center for Contemporary Cultural Studies at the university of Birmingham.

Hall S., Critcher C., Jefferson T., Clarke J. and Roberts B, 1978 Policing the Crisis: "Mugging" the State and Law and Order, London: Macmillan, 1978.
Contents:
Part One
1. The Social History of a 'Moral Panic'
2. The Origins of Social Control
3. The Social Production of News
Part Two
4. Balancing Accounts: Cashing in on Handsworth
5. Orchastrating Public Opinion
6. Explanations and Ideologies of Crime
Part Three
7. Crime, Law and the State
8. The Law and Order Society: the Exhaustion of 'Consent'
9. The Law and Order Society: Towards the 'Exceptional State'
Part Four
10. The Politics of 'Mugging'

Hall, S. 1980 (Editor) Culture, Media, Language: working papers in cultural studies, 1972-1979 London: Unwin Hyman, 1980. Republished 1992 by Routledge in association with the Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies, University of Birmingham. Includes chapter 10, by Stuart Hall, on "Encoding/Decoding"

See media

June 1986 Issue of Journal of Communication Inquiry devoted to Stuart Hall.

introduction offline

Hall, S. 6.1986a " Gramsci's Relevance for the Study of Race and Ethnicity", Journal of Communication Inquiry, vol. 10, no.2, June 1986. pp 5-27 [Paper originally delivered to the Colloquium on "Theoretical Perspectives in the Analysis of Racism and Ethnicity" organized in 1985 by the Division of Human Rights and Peace, U.N.E.S.C.O, Paris. The original title was "Gramsci's Relevance to the Analysis of Racism and Ethnicity"]

Hall, S. 6.1986b "The Problem of Ideology - Marxism without Guarantees" Journal of Communication Inquiry vol. 10, no.2, June 1986. pp 28-44.

Hall, S. and Grossberg, L. 6.1986b "On Postmodernism and Articulation: An Interview with Stuart Hall" [Conducted by Lawrence Grossberg] Journal of Communication Inquiry vol. 10, no.2, June 1986. pp 45-60.

Lawrence Grossberg "History, Politics and Postmodernism: Stuart Hall and Cultural Studies" Journal of Communication Inquiry vol. 10, no.2, June 1986. pp 61-77, offline

Hall, S. 1988 'New Ethnicities' in Black Film, British Cinema, British Film Institute/Institute for Contemporary Arts, Document 7. [Based on ICA Conference, February 1988]

Stuart Hall, David Held and Tony McGrew

Hall, S., Held, D. and McGrew, T. 1992 (Editors) Modernity and its Future. Cambridge : Polity Press in association with the Open University

Hall, S., 1996. "The global, the local, and the return of ethnicity in modernity. In S. Hall, D. Held, D. Hubert, and K. Thompson, editors Modernity: an introduction to modern societies. Cambridge: Blackwell, pages 634 to 628.

Hall, S. etc 1996 Stuart Hall: "Critical Dialogues in Cultural Studies", A collection of writings by and about Stuart Hall, edited by D Morley and K-H Chen. Routledge.
Essays by Stuart Hall include
"What Is this Black in Black Popular Culture"
"Metaphors of Transformation"
"New Ethnicities" Chapter 21, pp. 441-49.

Amazon search inside

Stuart Hall and Paul Du Gay

Hall, S. and Du Gay, P. 1996 (Editors) Questions of cultural identity London: Sage,

Hall, S. 1997 (Editor) Representation: Cultural Representations and Signifying Practices, London; Sage in association with the Open University

Hall, S. 2010 "Life and Times of the First New Left" New Left Review 61, January-February 2010 available at http://www.newleftreview.org/?page=article&view=2826

Hall, S. and Taylor, L. 3.2011 Stuart Hall interviewed by Laurie Taylor on Thinking Allowed BBC Radio 4. 16.3.2011. Available at http://www.bbc.co.uk/iplayer/console/b00zfkfn

Halliday, R.J. 1976 John Stuart Mill

Andrew Halliday -

A. H. Halsey

Halsey A. H. 2004 A History of Sociology in Britain: Science, Literature, and Society Oxford : Oxford University Press, xii and 279 pages.
Contents: Preface; PART I: CONTEXT; 1. Literature or Science?; 2. The Rise of Scientific Method; PART II: NARRATIVE; 3. Sociology before 1950; 4. The British Post-War Sociologists; 5. Expansion 1950-1967; 6. Revolt 1968-1975; 7. The Years of Uncertainty 1976-; PART III: ANALYSIS; 8. The Professor: A Survey by Birth Cohort; 9. Celebrated Sociologists; 10. The Shape of Sociology; PART IV: CONCLUSION; Epilogue : in Eight Essays Zygmunt Bauman, Colin Crouch, Anthony Giddens, A. H. Halsey, Ann Oakley, Jennifer Platt, W. G. Runciman, John Westergaard; Appendixes

Begins with L.T. Hobhouse's election to the first chair in sociology in London in 1907, but traces earlier origins of the discipline to Scotland and the English provinces. Incudes an account of nineteenth-century battles between literature and science for the possession of the third culture of social studies, setting the context for a narrative history of rapid expansion in the second half of the twentieth century. LSE had a virtual monopoly before World War II. The educational establishment of Oxford and Cambridge opposed its introduction into the undergraduate curriculum. Only the expansion of sociology to the Scottish, Welsh, provincial, and 'new' universities after the Robbins Report of 1963 brought reluctant acceptance of the subject to Oxford and Cambridge. The student troubles of 1968 are then described and the subsequent doubts, confrontations, and cuts of the 1970s and 80s. Then, paradoxically by a Conservative Government, there was a new university expansion incorporating polytechnics and other colleges, with a consequent doubling of both staff and students in the 1990s. Yet the end of the century left sociology riven by intellectual conflict. It had survived the Marxist subversions of the 70s and the feminist invasion. Yet the renewed challenges of various forms of relativism (especially enthno- methodology and post-modernism) still threatened, and at root the war was, as it began, between a scientific quantifying and explanatory subject and a literary, interpretative set of cultural studies.

Talcott Parsons 1902-1979

Peter Hamilton 1947-

Hamilton, P. 1983 Talcott Parsons. Chichester: Ellis Horwood Limited. 152 pages.

Hamilton, P. 1985 Readings from Talcott Parsons Key texts. Chichester : Ellis Horwood. 222 pages..

Hamilton, P. 1992 (Editor) Talcott Parsons: Critical assessments Four volumes. London; New York: Routledge.

Jalna Hanmer and Catherine Itzin; with Sheila Quaid and Debra Wigglesworth.

Hanmer, J. and Itzin, C. 2000 (Editors) Home Truths about Domestic Violence: Feminist influences on policy and practice: A Reader edited by Jalna Hanmer and Catherine Itzin ; with Sheila Quaid and Debra Wigglesworth. London: Routledge. xiv and 408 pages.
Contents:
Introduction.
Women's Experiences of Violence from Known Men in the Home.
1. Domestic Violence and Gender Relations: Contexts and Connections by Jalna Hanmer
2. Findings from the North London Domestic Violence Study by Jayne Mooney
3. Violence Against Black Women in the Home by Amina Mama
4. Marital Rape and Marital Murder by Sue Lees
The Experience of Children of Violence in the Home.
5. Children's and Mothers' Experiences of Support and Protection Following Domestic Violence by Caroline McGee
6. Child Protection and Domestic Violence: Findings from a Rowntree/ NSPCC Study by Marianne Hester
7. Unsung Innovation: The History of Work with Children in the UK Domestic Violence Refuges by Gill Hague, Audery Mullender, Liz Kelly and Ellen Malos with Thangam Debbonaire
Women Who Fight Back: Experiences and Outcomes.
8. Women, Angerand Domestic Violence: The Implications for Legal Defences to Murder by Sue Griffiths
9. The criminal Justice Response to Women Who Kill, Helena Kennedy interview by Catherine Itzin and Sheila Quaid
10. Southall Black Sisters: Domestic Violence Campaigns and Alliances Across the Division of Race, Gender and Class by Pragna Patel
Influencing State Policies on Violence Against Women from Known Men.
11. The Politics and Policies of Responding to Violence Against Women by R. Emerson Dobash and Russell J. Dobash
12. Domestic Violence and Social Policy: Perspectives from Women's Aid by Nicola Harwin and Jackie Barron
13. Domestic Violence and Housing, Rebecca Morley Partnership Approaches by Statutory and Voluntary Agencies.
14. Developing Policies and Protocols by Ellen Pence and Coral McDonnell
15. Enhancing Multi-Agency Work by Davina James Hanman
Decreasing the Violence of Men.
16. Confronting Violent Men by Russell P. Dobash, R. Emerson Dobash, Kate Cavangh and Ruth Lewis
17. The EMERGE Programme by David Adams
18. Policing Repeat Violence by Men: A New Approach
19. Government Policy on Domestic Violence: The Influence of Feminism by Catherine Itzin
20. Families Without Fear: Women's Aid Agenda for Action on Domestic Violence

Hansard: The record of Parliamentary Debates

Haralambos, M. and Heald, R.M. 1980 Sociology: Themes and Perspectives University Tutorial Press, Slough
Contents: Part 1 The sociological perspective: culture and society; theories of society; positivism and phenomenology; sociology and ideology. Part 2 Social stratification: social versus natural inequalities; social stratification - a functionalist perspective; social stratification - a Marxian perspective; social stratification - a Weberian perspective; class in capitalist society; the middle class in capitalist society; class and capitalism - a Marxian perspective; social mobility in capitalist society; stratification in socialist societies; sociology; ideology and social stratification. Part 3 Power and politics: power - a functionalist persepctive; power - a Marxian perspective; managers and corporations; political recruitment; political participation; the democratic ideal; sociology, ideology and politics and power. Part 4 Poverty: the definition and measurement of poverty; the extent of poverty; social poverty - solutions and ideology. Part 5 Education: education - a functionalist perspective; education - a liberal perspective; education - a Marxian perspective; differential educational attainment; education - an interactionist perspective; knowledge, power and education; education, opportunity and inequality; sociology, ideology and education. Part 6 Work and leisure: work and leisure - a Marxian perspective; Emile Durkheim - "the division of labour in society" technology and work experience; sociology, ideology and work and leisure. Part 7 Organizations and bureaucracy: Max Weber - bureaucracy and rationalization; bureaucracy - a Marxian perspective; Robert Michels - bureaucracy and democracy; managerial organizations - an interactionist perspective; the problem of organization, sociology, ideology and organizations. Part 8 The family: is the family universal?; the family - a functionalist perspective; critical views of the family; the family - a Marxian perspective; the family and industrialization; marital breakdown; sociology, ideology and the family. Part 9 Women and society: the role of women - genes and biology; the role of women - culture and society; women and industrial society; women's liberation - proposals and prospects; sociology and ideology and women. Part 10 Deviance: physiological and psychological theories of deviance; deviance - a functionalist perspective; - a cautionary note on delinquency; deviance and offical statistics; deviance and power; deviance and power - a Marxian perspective; sociology, ideology and deviance. Part 11 Religion: the origin and evolution of religion; religion - a functionalist perspective; religion - a Marxian perspective; religion and the sociology of knowledge; religion, stratification and change; sociology, ideology and religion. Part 12 Methodology: positivism and sociology; phenomenology and sociology. Part 13 Sociological theory: functionalism; Marxism; symbolic interactionism; ethnomethodology.

This (and other editions) is a book designed to help students pass school examinations in Sociology. It is dogmatic, and students who use it before university should realise that they need to treat its assertions as arguments.

Haralambos, M. and Heald, R.M. 1985 Sociology: Themes and Perspectives (Second edition)

Haralambos, M. and Holborn, M. 1990 Sociology: Themes and Perspectives (Third edition)

"Updated to include material on topics of sociological debate, such as: family diversity and feminist perspectives on the family; the National Curriculum and the new vocationalism; gender and crime, and a new chapter on race and ethnicity."

Haralambos, M. and Holborn, M. 1995 Sociology: Themes and Perspectives. (4th edition) Collins Educational.
Contents: The sociological perspective; social stratification; poverty; work, unemployment and leisure; organizations and bureacracy; families and households; crime and deviance; religion; power, politics and the state; sex and gender; race, ethnicity and nationality; education; methodology; sociological theory

Haralambos, M. and Holborn, M. 2000 Sociology: Themes and Perspectives. (5th edition) Collins Educational.
Contents: 1. Sociological Perspectives - 2. Social Stratification - 3. Sex and Gender - 4. Race, Ethnicity and Nationality - 5. Poverty and Social Exclusion - 6. Crime and Deviance - 7. Religion - 8. Families and Households - 9. Power, Politics and the State - 10. Work, Unemployment and Leisure - 11. Organisations and Bureaucracy - 12. Education - 13. Culture and Identity - 14. Methodology - 15. Theory

Dennis Hardy

Hardy D. 1979 Alternative Communities in Nineteenth Century England Longman. London and New York.

Contents: 1) Context: 1.1 Alternative communities as practical utopis; 1.2. New communities on 19th century England; 1.3 Typology; 1.4 Allopia. 2) The communities of utopian socialism: 2.1 Utopian socialism and community; 2.2. Ideas for the new society; 2.3. Communities and the cooperative movement; 2.4 New frontiers; 2.5 Community profiles. 3) the communities of agrarian socialism: 3.1 Land and community; 3.2 The roots of agrarian socialism; 3.3 Nineteenth-century land movements; 3.4 Community profiles. 4) The communities of sectarianism; 4.1 Sectarianism and community; 4.2 The spread of sectarian communities; 4.3 Nineteenth- century sectarianism in England; 4.4 Community profiles. 5) The communities of anarchism: 5.1 Anarchism and community; 5.2 Society without the State; 5.3 Anarchist communism; 5.4 Religious anarchism; 5.5 Community profiles. 6) Appraisal: 6.1 The communities and nineteenth century change; 6.2 Communities and twentieth century decentralisation; 6.3 Alternative society; 6.4 Concluding note.

Hardy, D. and Davidson, l. (Editors) 1989 Utopian Thought and Communal Experience.

Rom Harré and Paul F. Secord

Harré, R. and Secord, P.F. 1972 The explanation of social behaviour Oxford : Blackwell, 1972.

Harré, R. 1979 Social Being: A Theory for Social Psychology Totowa, New Jersey, Rowan and Littlefield.

Harré, R. 1983 Personal Being: A Theory for Individual Psychology. England: Basil Blackwell

Harris, Ben 1979 "Whatever Happened to Little Albert?" [By Ben Harris of Vassar College] American Psychologist February 1979, Volume 34, Number 2, pp. 151- 160. available at: http://htpprints.yorku.ca/archive/00000198/01/BHA RRIS.HTM

Robert Harris 1947- and Noel Timms

Harris, R. and Timms, N. 1993 Secure accommodation in child care : between hospital and prison or thereabouts? London: Routledge. x and 196 pages.

Tom Harrison 17.1.1947-

Tom Harrison's website - "I am fascinated by complexity theory". For a while I worked in a Therapeutic Community.

Harrison, T. 2000 Bion, Rickman, Foulkes and the Northfield experiments: Advancing on a different front Therapeutic communities seies: 5. London : Jessica Kingsley Publishers. 319 pp. Foreword by Bob Hinshelwood.
Contents: The psychological offensive; social fields - social psychological theory before 1942; battle fields - military psychiatry; the mind field - clinical military psychiatry; the Northfield Military Hospital; strange meetings at Hollymoor; ABCA to psychodrama - the development of group therapy at Northfield; the sum of our gifts - overview and future.

Ingrebourne

Chris Hart 1970-

Hart, C. 1998 Doing a Literature Review: Releasing the social science research imagination. London: Sage. 230 pages
Published in association with the Open University.
Chapters: 1. The Literature Review in Research - 2. Reviewing and the Research Imagination - 3. Classifying and Reading - 4. Research Argumentation Analysis - 5. Organizing and Expressing Ideas - 6. Mapping and Analysing Ideas - 7. Writing the Review

Hart, C. 2001 Doing a Literature Search: A comprehensive guide for the social sciences London: Sage. 194 pages
Contents: Part A: Basic knowledge: organization of the literature, planning techniques and search management -- Part B: Literature types: working through the bibliographical framework -- Part C: Using information communications technology: more advanced knowledge and techniques.

Heidi Hartmann 1945

Hartmann, H. 1976 "Capitalism, Patriarchy, and Job Segregation" Signs, Volume 1, No. 3, Women and the Workplace: The Implications of Occupational Segregation (Spring, 1976), pp. 137-169. The University of Chicago Press.

Paul Hartmann and Charles Husband

Hartmann, P. and Husband, C. 1971 "The mass media and racial conflict", Race Vol.12, No 3 January 1971 pp 268-282. Institute of Race Relations: Oxford University Press. [Extract in Cohen and Young 1973, pp 270-284]

David Harvey

External link to website

Harvey, D. 1989 The Condition of Postmodernity. An Enquiry into the Origins of Cultural Change.. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Basil Blackwell

External link to:
Steve Best's review
Richard Richter's analysis

Philip M. Hauser

Hauser, P.M. 1932 "How Do Motion Pictures Affect the Conduct of Children?: Methods employed in Movies and Conduct and Movies, Delinquency and Crime " - Journal of Educational Sociology 6 (1932): pp 231-237. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Payne_sundry/Hauser_1932.html

"These studies assume, then, that personal accounts of experience, if secured under satisfactory conditions and interpreted with caution and judgment, are a quite adequate basis for describing and generalizing upon various phases of human conduct."

Friedrich Hayek 1889-1992 weblinks

Hayek, F. 1950 John Stuart Mill and Harriet Taylor. Their Correspondence and Subsequent Marriage. RKP

Hayek, F. 1952 The Counter Revolution of Science

Hayek, F. 1983 Knowledge, Evolution and Society. Adam Smith Institute

Hayek, F. 1988 The Fatal Conceit: Errors of Socialism RKP

Susan Hekman

Hekman, S. Winter 1996 "Radical Plural Democracy : A New Theory For the Left?" published by Negations at http://www.datawranglers.com/negations/issues/96w/96w_hekman.html

Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel [1770- 1831]

Hegel, F. 1807 (English 1844) The Phenomenology of Mind

Hegel, F. 1812/1816 Science of Logic (3 volumes: 1812, 1813, 1816) (English 1829)

Hegel, F. (1817-1818?) Who Thinks Abstractly?

Hegel, F. 1817 (1st edition) Encyclopedia of the Philosophical Sciences. 2nd edition 1821 has paragraphs of students' lecture notes added.

Hegel, F. 1821 Philosophy of Right

Hegel, F. 1821/1896 1896 English translation by S.W. Dyke - available at
http://socserv2.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/hegel/right.pdf

Hegel, F. 1821/1952 1952 English translation with notes by T.M. Knox - Extracts on family, civil society and state

Hegel, F./History The Philosophy of History. Based on lectures given first in 1822-1823. He discuses the French Revolution in part 4, section 2, chapter 3: The Eclairissement and Revolution.

Frances M. Heidensohn

Heidensohn, F.M. 1985 Women and Crime London : Macmillan Education.

"Gender and crime" in the Oxford Handbook of Criminology

David Held.

Held, D. 1980 Introduction to Critical Theory, Horkheimer to Habermas London : Hutchinson: Hutchinson university library. 511 pages [Deals particularly with the Frankfurt School]

David Held and Anthony McGrew.

Held, D. and McGrew, A. 2000 (Editors) The Global Transformations Reader: An introduction to the globalization debate Cambridge: Polity Press. 480 pages
Contents:
The great globalization debate: an introduction by David Held and Anthony McGrew
Part One: Conceptualizing globalization.

Globalization by George Modelski

Rethinking globalization by David Held and Anthony McGrew, David Goldblatt and Jonathan Perraton

World history in a global age by Michael Geyer and Charles Bright

Globalization: a necessary myth? by Paul Hirst and Grahame Thompson

The network society by Manuel Castells

Time-space compression and the postmodern condition by David Harvey

The globalizing of modernity by Anthony Giddens

What is globalization? by Ulrich Beck
Part Two: The reconfiguration of political power?

Sovereignty in international society by Robert O. Keohane

Compromising Westphalia by Stephen D. Krasner

Has globalization ended the rise and rise of the nation-state? by Michael Mann

The declining authority of states by Susan Strange

Global market versus regionalism by Bjöe;rn Hettne

International law by David Held

Globalization and legal certainty by Volkmar Gessner

Governance in a globalizing world by James N. Rosenau
Part Three: The fate of national culture

Encountering globalization by Kevin Robins

The globalization of communication by John B. Thompson

The global media by Edward Herman and Robert McChesney

Disjuncture and difference in the global cultural economy by Arjun Appadurai

Towards a global culture? by Anthony D. Smith
Part Four: A global economy?

A new geo-economy by Peter Dicken

The global economy by Manuel Castells

Globalization and the history of the international economy by Paul Hirst and Grahame Thompson

Economic activity in a globalizing world by Jonathan Perraton, David Goldblatt, David Held and Anthony McGrew

Global markets and national politics by Geoffrey Garrett

The woven world by Daniel A. Yergin and Joseph Stanislaw

Has globalization gone too far? by Dani Rodrik

The passing of social democracy by John Gray

Welfare state limits to globalization by Elmar Rieger and Stephan Leibfried
Part Five: Divided nations, unruly world

Globalization with a human face - UNDP Report 1999

The rise of the fourth world by Manuel Castells

Globalization and the postcolonial world by Ankie Hoogvelt

The West and the Third World by D.K. Fieldhouse

The gender dimension by Jill Steans

Environmental issues and the compression of the globe by Steven Yearley

Order, globalization and inequality in world politics by Ngaire Woods
Part Six: World orders, normative futures

Democracy beyond borders? by Anthony McGrew

Regulating globalization? by David Held

Global governance: prospects and problems by Fred Halliday

Transnational justice by Onora O'Neill

The idea of world community by Chris Brown

Beyond the states system? by Hedley Bull.

Anne B. Hendershott

Hendershott, A.B. 2002 The Politics of Deviance San Francisco, California: Encounter Books. 194 pages
"asserts the value... of... norms and the commitment to accept them. ... maintains that definitions of deviance that rely upon reason, and not emotion or political advocacy, are indispensable to the process of generating and sustaining cultural values and reaffirming the moral ties that bind us together.

Endorsed by the Pope

William Otto Henderson, 1904-

Henderson, W. O. 1976 The Life of Friedrich Engels: in two volumes. London: Frank Cass.

Hennis, Wilhelm 1987 A Science of Man: Max Weber and the Political Economy of the German Historical School in Mommsen 1987 pp 25-58

Carol P. Herbert

Herbert, C.P. 11.1983 "Wife Battering" Canadian Family Physician 1983 November; 29: pp 2204-2208 available at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2154298/

Jeffrey Herbst and Richard Joseph

Herbst, J. and Joseph, R. 1997 "Responding to State Failure in Africa" International Security Volume 22, Number 2, pp. 175-184

JSTOR Link

"In pre-colonial Africa, a wide variety of political organisations - villages, city states, nation states, empires - rose and fell. However the formal colonisation of Africa and the demarcation of the continent into national states between 1885 and 1902 replaced that diversity of forms with the European model of the national state." (Reference is to "Pre and post-colonial forms of Polity in Africa" 1983 by I.M. Lewis)

Jeffrey Herbst

Herbst, J. 2002 States and Power in Africa: Comparative Lessons in Authority and Control New Jersey: Princeton University Press

Alastair Heron

Heron, A. 1963 (Editor) Towards a Quaker View of Sex. An essay by a group of Friends. Edited by A. Heron. London: Friends Home Service Committee, 75 pages.

Marianne Hester 1955-

Marianne Hester - Liz Kelly - and Jill Radford 1947-

Hester, M. Kelly, L. Radford, J. 1996 (Editors) Women, Violence and Male Power: Feminist Research, Activism and Practice, Buckingham: Open University Press. ix and 194 pages
Contents include
1. Introduction by Jill Radford, Liz Kelly and Marianne Hester
2. 'Nothing really happened': the invalidation of women's experiences of sexual violence by Liz Kelly and Jill Radford
3. When does the speaking profit us?: reflections on the challenges of developing feminist perspectives on abuse and violence by women by Liz Kelly
4. Reading danger: sexual harassment, anticipation and self-protection by Elizabeth A. Stanko
5. Violence against women and children: the contradictions of crime control under patriarchy by Jill Radford and Elizabeth A. Stanko
6. Contradictions and compromises: the impact of the Children Act on women and children's safety by Marianne Hester and Lorraine Radford
7. Unreasonable doubt: the outcomes of rape trials by Sue Lees
8. Sexual experiences and sexual abuse women with learning disabilities by Michelle McCarthy
9. Researching prostitution and violence: towards a feminist praxis by Maggie O'Neill.
10. Rape crisis centres and 'male rape': a face of the backlash by Terry Gillespie
11. Who is in control?: changing responses to women who have been raped and sexually abused by Marian Foley
12. Close to home: the experience of researching child sexual abuse by Jo Moran-Ellis.

Hiden J. and Farquharson, J. 1983 Explaining Hitler's Germany. Historians and the Third Reich. London. Batsford.

Gertrude Himmelfarb

Himmelfarb, G. 1959 Darwin and the Darwinian Revolution Chatto and Windus. London

"it is likely that the idea first came to him even before his examination of the shores of South America" (Himmelfarb, G 1959 p.100)

Barry Hindess his website

Hindess, B. 1977a Philosophy and Methodology in the Social Sciences Brighton, Sussex: Harvester Press.

Hindess, B. 1977b (Edited by) Sociological Theories of the Economy London: Macmillan.

Hillerbrand, H.J. (Editor) 1968 The Protestant Reformation. Harper & Row

Robert (Bob) D. Hinshelwood

bibliographical website

Bob Hinshelwood and Nick Manning

Hinshelwood, R D. and Manning, D. 1979 (Editors) Therapeutic communities : reflections and progress London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, xv and 336 pages.
Selected contents:
Chapter 13: "The therapeutic community and social network theory" by Richard Crocket

Travis Hirschi

Hirschi, T. 1969 Causes of Delinquency Berkeley: University of California Press.

Paul Quentin Hirst 1946-2003

Hirst, P.Q. 1975 Durkheim, Bernard and Epistemology. London: Routledge Kegan and Paul

Hirst, P.Q. 1976 Social Evolution and Sociological Categories. London: George Allen and Unwin

Susan Tyler Hitchcock

her website

Hitcock, S. T. 2004 Geography of Religion: Where God Lives, Where Pilgrims Walk. Susan Tyler Hitchcock with John L. Esposito. Washington, D.C.: National Geographic.

Hitcock, S. T. 2005 Mad Mary Lamb: Lunacy and murder in literary London New York: W.W. Norton.
Contents: Prelude. The Dreadful Scene Imagined - 1. The Only Daughter - 2. Their Verdict: Lunacy - 3. In the Madhouse - 4. Reading, Writing, and Mantua Making - 5. Charles Alone - 6. Double Singleness - 7. The Circle Forms - 8. Children's Books - 9. Tales from Shakespear - 10. Schoolgirl Tales - 11. Poetry for Children - 12. The Politics of Needlework - 13. Elia Appears - 14. Her Twilight of Consciousness - Epilogue.

Hitcock, S. T. 2007 Frankenstein: A Cultural History New York and London: W.W. Norton.
Contents: Conception - Birth and lineage - Reception and revision - The monster lives on - Making more monsters - A monster for modern times - A brave new world of monsters - The horror and the humour - Monsters in the living room - Taking the monster seriously - The monster and his myth today.

Adolph Hitler 1889-1945 weblinks

Hitler, A. 1920 24 point NAZI party programme

Mein Kampf Wikipedia - Richard Cohen on English publication

Hitler, A. 1925/1927 Mein Kampf - Zwei Bände in einem Band München : F. Eher Nachf., 2 volumes 1925-1927. Volume one: Eine Abrechnung. Volume two: Die nationalsozialtistiche Bewegung. Available at http://www.adolfhitler.ws/lib/books/dkampf/dkampf.htm

Hitler extracts: Extracts from English translations of Mein Kampf - plus notes
http://studymore.org.uk/ynazi.htm

Hitler, A. 1939 Mein Kampf Translated into English by James Murphy (died 1946). First published on March 21st, 1939 by Hurst and Blackett Ltd. Available at http://gutenberg.net.au/ebooks02/0200601.txt

also available at http://www.magister.msk.ru/library/politica/hitla002.htm

Hitler, A. 1943/2001 Mein Kampf Translated into English by Ralph Manheim. Translation originally published Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1943. New editions - 2001.

Hitler, A. 1969 Mein Kampf Translated into English by Ralph Manheim, with an introduction by David Cameron Watt. London: Hutchinson, 1969. United Kingdom edition of translation originally published Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1943. Original German published in two volumes 1925-1927. This edition 48 introductory and 629 main pages. [The current publisher is Random House and the imprint is either Pimlico or Vintage]

HM Inspectorate of Prisons

HMIP 1997 Women in Prison: A Thematic Review by HM Chief Inspector of Prisons July 1997. Available at http://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ERORecords/HO/421/2/hmipris/wippref.htm

HMIP 2001 Follow-up to Women in Prison A Thematic Review by HM Chief Inspector of Prisons for England and Wales Available at http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate- reports/hmipris/women-prison-followup-rps.pdf

HMIP 2005 Women in prison by HM Inspectorate of Prisons
Contents:
1 Literature review (by Dr Julia Fossi)
2 The imprisonment of women: reflections from the UK (Speech given by Anne Owers to the 'What works with women offenders?' conference, Prato University, Italy, June 2005. Available at http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate- reports/hmipris/women_in_prison2-rps.pdf

HMIP 2010 Women in prison. A short thematic review July 2010. Available at http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate- reports/hmipris/Women_in_prison_short_thematic_2010_rps_.pdf

Thomas Hobbes weblinks

Texts on George MacDonald Ross's website

Hobbes, T. 1640 (manuscript) Elements of Law

Hobbes, T. 1644 Optical Treatise (Tractatus Opticus), translated from the original Latin by George MacDonald Ross, available at http://www.philosophy.leeds.ac.uk/GMR/hmp/texts/modern/hobbes/ optics/gmrint ro.html Leeds University

Hobbes, T. 1651 Leviathan, or The Matter, Form and Power of a Commonwealth Ecclesiastical and Civil.

Leonard Trelawney Hobhouse 1864-1929

Hobhouse, L.T. 1901 Mind in Evolution London: Macmillan and Co. xiv and 415 pages. Second edition 1915

Hobhouse, L.T. 1906 Morals in Evolution: A study in comparatice ethics London : Chapman and Hall, Ltd. Two volumes.

Hobhouse, L.T. 1911 Social Evolution and Political Theory "Columbia University Lectures/ Julius Beer Foundation; 1910-1911". New York : Columbia University Press. ix and 218 pages.

Hobhouse, L.T. 1913 Development and Purpose. An essay towards a philosophy of evolution xxix plus 383 pages
Chapter 9 summary: The development of thought is roughly co-ordinate with that of social life in general. On all sides a certain net movement in the same direction may be verified. (2) The control of the physical environment passes through four stages, closely comparable with those of the movement of thought, (3) and the same parallelism can be traced in ethics and religion, (4) and, with exceptional irregularities, in art. (5) Political development corresponds to the ethical in net result though not in all intermediate stages, (6) and a corresponding net movement may be traced in the main departments of law and custom. (7) Progress is irregular because its conditions do not harmonise until a High stage is reached, and because it proceeds from many independent centres.

Hobhouse, L. T., Wheeler,G. C. and Ginsberg, M. 1915 The material culture and social institutions of the simpler peoples: an essay in correlation

Bruce L. Hoffman
Ohio University, Department of Sociology and Anthropology since 2003
Previously at Indiana University

Hobsbawm, E.J. 1969 Introduction to Engels 1845 (Panther edition 1969)

Hollin, C.R. 1989 Psychology and Crime: An Introduction to Criminological Psychology London: Routledge
Main contents: Psychology and Crime - Psychological Approaches to Understanding Crime - Psychological Approaches to Understanding Serious Crime - Mental Disorder and Crime - Psychology and the Police - Psychology in the Courtroom - Psychology and Crime Prevention

" Crimetheory.com is my larger site for the learning, researching, and teaching of theoretical criminology. It aims to point students back to the original texts, and includes an extensive bibliography of criminology texts and journals."

Hoffman, Bruce 1998 www.crimetheory.com An Educational Resource for the Learning and Teaching of Theoretical Criminology Archive available at http://web.archive.org/web/19990125094456/http://www.crimetheory.com/

Clive R. Hollin

See Google books

Axel Honneth

Honneth, A. 1991 The Critique of Power: Reflective Stages in a Critical Social Theory. Cambridge: MIT Press,

Richard Hooker (1554-1600)

Hooker, R. 1593-1648 (8 Volumes) Laws of Ecclesiastical Polity. Quoted Locke, J. 1689. Extracts in Hillerbrand 1968

Quoted by Locke on equality

Roger Hopkins Burke

Hopkins Burke, R. 2008 Young people, crime and justice Cullompton: Willan.
Contents: 1 Introduction - The Problem of Youth Crime; Part 1: Young People, Criminality and Criminal Justice; 2 Children, Young People and Modernity; 3 From Justice to Welfare and its Malcontents; 4 Youth Justice and the New Conservatism; Part 2: Explaining Youth Criminal Behaviour; 5 Youth Offending as Rational Behaviour; 6 Biological Explanations of Youth Offending; 7 Psychological Explanations of Youth Offending; 8 Sociological explanations of youth crime; Part 3: The Contemporary Youth Justice System and its Critics; 9 New Labour and the New Youth Justice; 10 The Contemporary Youth Justice System; 11 Effective Youth Justice in Practice; 12 Reflections on the Management of Contemporary Youth Crime;

Hopkins Burke, R. 2001 An Introduction to Criminological Theory Cullompton, Devon. Willan Publishers. [Second edition 2005]

Hopkins Burke, R. 2009 An Introduction to Criminological Theory Third edition. Cullompton, Devon. Willan Publishers.
Contents: 1 Introduction: crime and modernity; Part One: The rational actor model of crime and criminal behaviour; 2 Classical criminology; 3 Populist conservative criminology; 4 Contemporary rational actor theories; Part Two: The predestined actor model of crime and criminal behaviour; 5 Biological positivism; 6 Psychological positivism ( Psychodynamic - Behavioural - Cognitive); 7 Sociological positivism; 8 Women and positivism; Part Three: The victimised actor model of crime and criminal behaviour; 9 Labelling theories; 10 Conflict and radical theories; 11 The gendered criminal; 12 Critical criminology; Part Four: Integrated theories of crime and criminal behaviour; 13 Socio-biological theories; 14 Environmental theories; 15 Social control theories; 16 Left realism; Part Five: Crime and criminal behaviour in the age of moral uncertainty; 17 Crime and the postmodern condition; 18 Cultural criminology and the schizophrenia of crime; 19 Crime, globalisation and the risk society; 20 Conclusion: crime radical moral communitarian criminology

John Hostettler

Hostettler, J. 2009 A History of Criminal Justice in England and Wales Hook, Hampshire: Waterside Press; Portland, Oregon: North American distributor, International Specialised Book Services. x, 347 pages.
Contents:
Origins of Criminal Justice in Anglo-Saxon England
Saxon Dooms - Our Early Laws
The Norman Influence and The Angevin Legacy
Criminal Law In Medieval and Early Modern England
The Common Law in Danger
The Commonwealth
The Whig Supremacy and Adversary Trial
The Jury in the Eighteenth Century
Punishment and Prisons
Nineteenth Century Crime and Policing
Victorian Images
A Century of Criminal Law Reform
Criminal Incapacity
A Revolution in Procedure
Early Twentieth Century
Improvement After World War Two
Twenty-First Century Regression?
The Advent of Restorative Justice
Conclusion
Select Bibliography

Max Horkheimer 1895-1973 weblinks

Horkheimer, M. 1937 "Traditional and Critical Theory" available at http://www.sfu.ca/~andrewf/hork.doc

offline - See Max Horkheimer's biography

1944 See Adorno and Horkheimer 1944

Horkheimer, M. 1972, Critical Theory: selected essays, Seabury Press.

Henri Hubert and Marcel Mauss

Hubert, H and Mauss, M. 1899 "Essai sur la nature et la fonction du sacrifice" (Essay on the nature and function of sacrifice) Année Sociologique, 2, 1899, pp. 29- 138. Available online from Les Classiques des sciences sociales at http://classiques.uqac.ca/classiques/mauss_marcel/oeuvres_1/oeuvres_1_3/ess ai_sacrifice.html

Hufton, O. 1971 Women in Revolution, 1789-1796 Past and Present no.53, November 1971. Reprinted as Chapter 6 in Johnson, D. 1976 (pp 148- 166)

James J. Hughes

Hughes, J. 1994 "The Doctor Patient Relationship: A Review". Chapter one of Organization and Information at the Bed-Side: The Experience of the Medical Division of Labor by University Hospitals' Inpatients. Thesis: Department of Sociology, University of Chicago. November 1994. Available at http://www.changesurfer.com/Hlth/DPReview.html

Joan Hughes

Hughes, Joan 1999 - What is Science? Summaries and Reviews available at http://studymore.org.uk/science.htm

John A Hughes 1941 -
University of Lancaster

John A. Hughes, Peter J. Martin and W. W. Sharrock

Hughes, J.A., Martin, P.J. and W. W. Sharrock 1995 Understanding Classical Sociology : Marx, Weber, Durkheim London and Thousand Oaks, California: Sage. viii and 230 pages.

Hughes, J.A., W. W. Sharrock and Martin, P.J. 2003 Understanding Classical Sociology : Marx, Weber, Durkheim London and Thousand Oaks, California: Sage. viii and 246 pages. Second editon

CONTENTS
Introduction
Sociology's Intellectual Character
Conclusion Select Bibliography and Further Reading
Karl Marx
Biography and Social Background
Early Years: The Critique of Hegel's Idealism
Turning Hegel the Right Way Up
The Critique of Political Economy
The Partnership with Engels
The Materialist Conception of History
The Priority of Society
The Material Basis of Social Organisation
Economic Production and Social Organisation
The Shaping of Consciousness
The Sources of Social Change
The Nature of Social Change
Social Revolution
The Economic Sources of Social Change
Issues of Interpretation
Changes in the Nature of Capitalism
Conclusion: Marx's Legacy
Select Bibliography and Further Reading
Max Weber
The Early Career
Weber and Modern Capitalism
The Organisation of Society
Capitalism, Rationality and Social Change
The Methodological Weber
The Legacy
Select Bibliography and Further Reading
Emile Durkheim
The Study of Social Action
[Notes that Weber is usually associated with social action, but that Parsons included Durkheim in his Structure of Social Action]
The Reality of Society
The Unity of Society
Autonomy and Constraint
The Solidarity of Society
Thought and Society
The Diagnosis of Society
The Aftermath
Select Bibliography and Further Reading
Conclusion
Towards a Postmodern Marx?
The Durkheimian Legacy
Which Weber?
Concluding Remarks

Hunt, A. 1978 The Sociological Movement in Law, London, Macmillan.

Joseph McVicker Hunt 19.3.1906-9.1.1991
Developmental psychologist. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

See Profile by E.A. Kral

Hunt, J.M. 1944 (Editor) Personality and the Behaviour Disorders: A handbook based on experimental and clinical research New York: The Ronald Press Company.

Hunt, J.M. 1961 Intelligence and Experience New York: Ronald Press Co. ix and 416 pages.
Contents:
The belief in fixed intelligence
The belief in predetermined development
Information-processing and experience
Piaget's observations: the sensorimotor period
Piaget's observations: from sensorimotor schemata to formal operations
Some implications of Piaget's work and other evidence
Some reinterpretations
Recapitulation and conclusion.

Hunt, J.M. 1969 The Challenge of Incompetence and Poverty: Papers on the role of early education Urbana; London : University of Illinois Press. xiii and 289 pages.
Seven essays on cultural deprivation, intellectual development, equality of opportunity and related subjects.

David Hume

Hume, D. 1739/1740 A Treatise of Human Nature: Being an Attempt to Introduce the Experimental Method of Reasoning into Moral Subjects. Three books, each divided into parts and sections: Book 1 Of the Understanding; Book 2 Of the Passions; Book 3 Of Morals.

Inglis, B. 1972 Poverty and the Industrial Revolution. Panther

Hunt, L. 1992 The Family Romance of the French Revolution

Michael Ignatieff

Ignatieff, M. 1981 "State, civil society and total institutions: a critique of recent social histories of punishment". Crime and Justice 1981 The University of Chicago Press

Abstract: Three books published during the seventies, by Michel Foucault, Michael Ignatieff, and David Rothman, greatly revised the history of the penitentiary. Contrary to the received wisdom which located the penitentiary's origin in the altruism of Quakers and other humanitarian reformers, and portrayed it as a humane advance from the squalid jails and workhouses, corporal and capital punishment, and transportation that preceded it, the revisionist accounts characterized the penitentiary, and other nineteenth-century "asylums" as weapons of class conflict or instruments of "social control." Social theories on a grand scale, such as Marxism or structural-functionalism, however, claim too much. The revisionist historiography of the prison followed these theories into three major misconceptions: that the state controls a monopoly over punitive regulation of behavior, that the state's moral authority and practical power are the major sources of social order, and that all social relations can be described in terms of power and subordination. The next generation of historical writing on crime and punishment must subject these distorting misconceptions to empirical examination.

Institute of Contemporary Arts

ICA7 1988 Black Film, British Cinema ICA documents 7. London: Institute of Contemporary Arts,
Contents include:
Recoding Narratives of Race and Nation, by Kobena Mercer. pp 4-14
New Ethnicities by Stuart Hall. pp 27-31
Black Film in 80s' Britain, by Colin MacCabe. pp 31-32

Internet Journal of Criminology
Nottingham Trent University,

http://www.internetjournalofcriminology.com

Catherine Jackson

Hughlings Jackson

Nicky Ali Jackson

Jackson, N.A. 2007 (Editor) Encyclopedia of Domestic Violence New York; London : Routledge. xxix and 789 pages.

Stevi Jackson and Sue Scott

Jackson, S. and Scott, S. 2002 (Editors) Gender: A Sociological Reader Routledge student readers. London: Routledge, xiv and 465 pages. Contents:
Introduction: The Gendering of Sociology.
Part One - Gender and Knowledge.
1. Should 'sex' really be 'gender' - or 'gender' really be 'sex'? by Liz Stanley
2. Doing sex by Candice West and Don H. Zimmerman
3. Performative subversions by Judith Butler
4. Rethinking sex and gender by Christine Delphy
5. Hegemonic masculinity by Bob Connell
6. Women's perspective as a radical critique by Dorothy E. Smith
7. Learning from the outsider within: The sociological significance of black feminist thought
8. The heterosexual imaginary by Chrys Ingraham
Part Two - Class, Gender and the Labour Market
9. Women and social stratification: A case of intellectual sexism by Joan Acker
10. Gender, class and stratification: Towards a new approach by Sylvia Walby
11 Capitalism, patriarchy and job segregation by sex by Heidi Hartman
12 Women working world wide by Swasti Mitter
13 Black women, sexism and racism by Gemma Tang Nain (1991)
14 Patriarchy and the professions: The gendered politics of occupational closure by Ann Witz
15 Full wages and component wages by Janet Siltanen
16 Lesbians in manual jobs by Gillian Dunne
17 A single or segregated market? Gendered and racialised divisions by Annie Phizarcklea
Part Three - Paid and Unpaid Work.
Part Four - Marriage and Intimate Relationships.
Part Five - Becoming Gendered.
Part Six - Gendered Embodiment.

Thomas Alfred Jackson 1879-1955 Jackson, T.A. 1935 A Great Socialist-Frederick Engels. National Council of Labour Colleges pamphlet.

Jackson, T.A. 1945 (2nd edition. 1st: 1940) Trials of British Freedom. Being studies in the history of the fight for democratic freedom in Britain. Lawrence and Wishart.

James, C.L.R. 1938/1980 The Black Jacobins. Toussaint L'Ouverture and the San Domingo Revolution.

William James 1842-1910

James, W. 1907 Pragmatism: a new name for some old ways of thinking: popular lectures on philosophy. London and New York: Longman.
Lectures delivered at the Lowell Institute in Boston in November and December, 1906, and in January, 1907, at Columbia University, in New York.
Available at http://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=uva.x001053802
Contents
Lecture one: The Present Dilemma in Philosophy
Chesterton quoted. Everyone has a philosophy. Temperament is a factor in all philosophizing. Rationalists and empiricists. The tender-minded and the tough-minded. Most men wish both facts and religion. Empiricism gives facts without religion. Rationalism gives religion without facts. The layman's dilemma. The unreality in rationalistic systems. Leibnitz on the damned, as an example. M. I. Swift on the optimism of idealists. Pragmatism as a mediating system. An objection. Reply: philosophies have characters like men, and are liable to as summary judgments. Spencer as an example.
Lecture two: What Pragmatism Means
The squirrel. Pragmatism as a method. History of the method. Its character and affinities. How it contrasts with rationalism and intellectualism. A 'corridor theory.' Pragmatism as a theory of truth, equivalent to 'humanism.' Earlier views of mathematical, logical, and natural truth. More recent views. Schiller's and Dewey's 'instrumental' view. The formation of new beliefs. Older truth always has to be kept account of. Older truth arose similarly. The 'humanistic' doctrine. Rationalistic criticisms of it. Pragmatism as mediator between empiricism and religion. Barrenness of transcendental idealism. How far the concept of the Absolute must be called true. The true is the good in the way of belief. The clash of truths. Pragmatism unstiffens discussion.
Lecture three: Some Metaphysical Problems Pragmatically Considered
The problem of substance. The Eucharist. Berkeley's pragmatic treatment of material substance. Locke's of personal identity. The problem of materialism. Rationalistic treatment of it. Pragmatic treatment. 'God' is no better than 'Matter' as a principle, unless he promise more. Pragmatic comparison of the two principles. The problem of design. 'Design' per se is barren. The question is WHAT design. The problem of 'free-will.' Its relations to 'accountability.' Free-will a cosmological theory. The pragmatic issue at stake in all these problems is what do the alternatives PROMISE.
Lecture four: The One and the Many
Total reflection. Philosophy seeks not only unity, but totality. Rationalistic feeling about unity. Pragmatically considered, the world is one in many ways. One time and space. One subject of discourse. Its parts interact. Its oneness and manyness are co- ordinate. Question of one origin. Generic oneness. One purpose. One story. One knower. Value of pragmatic method. Absolute monism. Vivekananda. Various types of union discussed. Conclusion: We must oppose monistic dogmatism and follow empirical findings.
Lecture five: Pragmatism and Common Sense
Noetic pluralism. How our knowledge grows. Earlier ways of thinking remain. Prehistoric ancestors DISCOVERED the common sense concepts. List of them. They came gradually into use. Space and time. 'Things.' Kinds. 'Cause' and 'law.' Common sense one stage in mental evolution, due to geniuses. The 'critical' stages: 1) scientific and 2) philosophic, compared with common sense. Impossible to say which is the more 'true.'
Lecture six: Pragmatism's Conception of Truth
The polemic situation. What does agreement with reality mean? It means verifiability. Verifiability means ability to guide us prosperously through experience. Completed verifications seldom needful. 'Eternal' truths. Consistency, with language, with previous truths. Rationalist objections. Truth is a good, like health, wealth, etc. It is expedient thinking. The past. Truth grows. Rationalist objections. Reply to them.
Lecture seven: Pragmatism and Humanism
The notion of THE Truth. Schiller on 'Humanism.' Three sorts of reality of which any new truth must take account. To 'take account' is ambiguous. Absolutely independent reality is hard to find. The human contribution is ubiquitous and builds out the given. Essence of pragmatism's contrast with rationalism. Rationalism affirms a transempirical world. Motives for this. Tough-mindedness rejects them. A genuine alternative. Pragmatism mediates.
Lecture eight: Pragmatism and Religion
Utility of the Absolute. Whitman's poem 'To You.' Two ways of taking it. My friend's letter. Necessities versus possibilities. 'Possibility' defined. Three views of the world's salvation. Pragmatism is melioristic. We may create reality. Why should anything BE? Supposed choice before creation. The healthy and the morbid reply. The 'tender' and the 'tough' types of religion. Pragmatism mediates.

David Jary and Julia Jary

Jary, D. and Jary, J. 2000 Sociology (Collins Dictionary)

Philip Jenkins 1952-

Jenkins, P. 1998 Moral Panic: Changing concepts of the child molester in modern America New Haven, Connecticut; London: Yale University Press. xii and 302 pages

Attempts to document attitudes towards sexual offenders interested in children have fluctuated in North America since the late nineteenth century. In the 1970s many experts thought molestation was very rare and that molesters were merely confused individuals unlikely to repeat their offenses. In the 1990s sexual abuse of children is widely considered a grave and pervasive problem and child molesters as predators who compulsively repeat their crimes and have little hope of cure.

Richard Jenkins 1952-

Jenkins, R. 1992 Pierre Bourdieu Key sociologists series. London: Routledge. 190p (Revised edition in 2002).
Contents: A Book for Reading; Anthropology and Structuralism; Experiments in Epistemology; Practice, Habitus and Field; Symbolic Violence and Social Reproduction; Culture, Status and Distinction; Uses of Language; Using Bourdieu; Reading Bourdieu.

Jenkins, R. 1996 Social identity Routledge Key ideas series. London: Routledge. Second edition 2004 - Third edition 2008.0
Contents: 1. Knowing Who We Are 2. A Sign of the Times 3. Common Sense 4. Theorising Social Identity 5. Selfhood and Mind 6. Social Selves 7. Entering Society 8. Self-image and Public Image 9. Groups and Categories 10. The Social Organisation of Difference 11. The Symbolic Construction of Similarity 12. Predictability 13. Institutionalising Identity 14. Organising Identities 15. Allocation and Classification 16. Modernity, Rationality and Identity.
Summary: Social identity provides frameworks of similarity and difference that enable people to relate in a consistent and meaningful fashion. It makes society possible. Social identity should be seen as both individual and collective. Explores theorists of identity including George Herbert Mead - Erving Goffman - Roland Bathes - and Pierre Bourdieu is examined.

Hans Joas 1948-

Joas, H. 1980 Praktische Intersubjektivität : die Entwicklung des Werkes von George Herbert Mead Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp, 1980. 258 pages [1979 Thesis for Freie University Berlin]

Joas, H. 1980/1985 G.H. Mead, A contemporary re-examination of his thought by Hans Joas. A translation into English, by Raymond Meyer, of Joas, H. 1980. Studies in contemporary German social thought. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press. 266 pages

Joas, H. 1997 George Herbert Mead and the Renaissance of American pragmatism in Social Theory in Camic, C. 1997 pp 262-281

Allan G. Johnson

Johnson, A.G. 1995 The Blackwell Dictionary of Sociology : A user's guide to sociological language. Oxford : Blackwell, 1995 xi and 378 pages

Second edition: Oxford : Wiley-Blackwell, 2000. xii and 412 pages

Douglas Johnson

Johnson, D. 1976 (Editor) French Society and the Revolution. Essays published in "Past and Present" 1966-1976.

Suzie and Jean Johnson

Norman Johnston

Johnston, N. 3.2009 "Evolving Function: Early Use of Imprisonment as Punishment" The Prison Journal Volume:89 Issue:1 March 2009 Pages:10S to 34S

Ernest Jones 1879-1958

Edgar Jones

Jones, E. 1953/1955/1957 (3 Volumes) The Life and Work of Sigmund Freud.

Jones, E. 1961/1964 The Life and Work of Sigmund Freud. One volume abridgement, 1961, by Lionel Trilling and Steven Marcus. Re- published by Penguin in 1964

Extract on John Stuart Mill

Greta Jones

Greta Jones, 1980 Social Darwinsim and English Thought. The Interaction Between Biological and Social Theory. Harvester.

Kathleen Jones

Robert Jones

Robert Alun Jones
Professor emeritus of religious studies, history, and sociology at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign

See The Durkheim Pages

Jones, R.A. 1986 Emile Durkheim: An Introduction to Four Major Works. Beverly Hills, California. Sage Publications. 165 pages. Series: Masters of Social Theory (Volume 2)
Contents
Between Two Wars
The Moral Basis of the Social Order
The Division of Labor in Society (1893)
Studying Social Facts
The Rules of Sociological Method (1895)
The Social Conditions of Psychological Health
Suicide (1897)
Reason, Religion, and Society
The Elementary Forms of Religious Life (1912)
Why Read the Classics?

Extracts on R.A. Jones website: pages 12-23 Emile Durkheim: His Life and Work (1858-1917) - pages 24-59: The Division of Labour (1893) - pages 60-81 The Rules of Sociological Method (1895) pages 82-114 - Suicide (1897) - pages 115-155 Elementary Forms of Religious Life (1912)

Jones, R.A. 1997 The Other Durkheim: History and Theory in the Treatment of Classical Sociological Thought in Camic, C. 1997 pp 142-172

Jones, T., MacLean, B. & Young, J. 1986 The Islington Crime Survey: crime, victimization and policing in inner-city London. Aldershot: Gower.

Tim Jordan

Jordan, T. 2005 "Social Movements and Social Change" CRESC Working Paper Series - Working Paper No. 7. Centre for Research on Socio-Cultural Change (CRESC). Faculty of Social Sciences, The Open University, Milton Keynes. September 2005. Available at http://www.archive.cresc.ac.uk/documents/papers/wp7.pdf

Immanuel Kant See Beck, Cassirer, Reiss, Williams, weblinks

Stephen Kallberg

Kallberg, S. 1997 Max Weber's Sociology: Research Strategies and Modes of Analysis in Camic, C. 1997 pp 208-241

External link Kant's writings on the web

Kant, I. 1781 Critique of Pure Reason Translation from German into English by J. M. D. Meiklejohn available at http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext03/cprrn10.txt

Kant, I. 11.11.1784 "Idea for a Universal History with a Cosmopolitan Purpose" First published 11.11.1784 as Idee zu einer allgemeinen Geschichte in weltbürgerlicher Absicht. English translation by Lewis White Beck, 1963, available at http://www.marxists.org/reference/subject/ethics/kant/universal-history.htm

In print in Beck, L.W. 1963 pp 11-26 and Reiss, H. 1970 pp 41-53.

Kant, I. 12.12.1784 An answer to the question: What is Enlightenment? First published in Berlinische Monatsschrift 4, 12.12.1784 as Beantwortung der Frage: Was ist Aufklärung available at http://studymore.org.uk/xKan1784.htm

The above translation begins
"Enlightenment is man's emergence from his self-imposed immaturity"
Another translation:
http://en.wikisource.org/wiki/What_is_Enlightenment%3F
begins
"Enlightenment is man's release from his self-incurred tutelage"

In print in Beck, L.W. 1963 pp 3-10, and Reiss, H. 1970 pp 54-60.

Kant, I. 1785 Fundamental Principles of the Metaphysic of Morals

Kant, I. 1788 Critique of Practical Reason Translation from German into English by Thomas Kingsmill Abbott available at http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext04/ikcpr10.txt

Kant, I. 1790 Critique of Judgement

Kant, I. 1795 "Perpetual Peace. A Philosophical Sketch". In Reiss, H. 1970 pp 85-135 and Reiss, H. 1970 pp 93-130.

Kant, I. 1797 The Metaphysics of Morals

Kelly, Linda 1987 Women of the French Revolution. Hamish Hamilton.

Ian Kershaw

Kershaw, I. 1985 The Nazi Dictatorship. Problems and Perspectives of Interpretation. London: Edward Arnold

Kershaw I, 1987? or 1989? The Hitler Myth: Image and Reality in the Third Reich, Oxford University Press

Kershaw I, 1991 Hitler: Profiles in Power, Pearson Education Ltd

Kershaw I, 1998 Hitler: 1889 - 1936. Hubris, Allen Lane, London

Kershaw I, 2000 Hitler: 1936 - 1945 Nemesis, Allen Lane, London

John Maynard Keynes 1883-1946

Keynes, J. M. 1926 "The End of Laissez-Faire". From Collected Writings: Essays in Persuasion Part 4, Chapter 2 pages 272-294

Keynes, J. M. 1936 The General Theory of Employment Interest and Money. Macmillan.

Majid KhosraviNik

KhosraviNik, M. 2009 "The representation of refugees, asylum seekers and immigrants in British newspapers during the Balkan conflict (1999) and the British general election (2005)" Discourse & Society July 2009 20: pp 477-498

Richard Kilminster and Ian Varcoe

Kilminster, R. and Varcoe, I. 1996 Culture, Modernity, and Revolution: Essays in honour of Zygmunt Bauman edited by Richard Kilminster and Ian Varcoe. London : Routledge. xi and 285 pages
Essays by
Richard Kilminster and Ian Varcoe: "Introduction: Intellectual migration and sociological insight"
S. N. Eisenstadt:
Gianfranco Poggi:
Ian Varcoe:
Agnes Heller:
Tom Bottomore:
Lewis A. Coser:
Edmund Mokrzycki:
Jerzy J. Wiatr
Richard Kilminster and Ian Varcoe: "Addendum: Culture and power in the writings of Zygmunt Bauman

Kline, M. 1953 Mathematics in Western Culture. Page numbers from Pelican 1972 edition.

Knies, Karl 1853 Die Politische Oekonomie vom Standpunkte der geschichtlichen Methode [Political Economy from the Historical Point of View]

Laura Knight and Mike Stephens

Knight, L. and Stephens, M., 2009 "Mentally Disordered Offenders in Prison: A tale of neglect?" Internet Journal of Criminology

Leszek Kolakowski

Kolakowski, L. 1968 Positivist Philosophy From Hume to the Vienna Circle New York, Doubleday and Co. (Harmondsworth, Penguin Books 1972). Translated from Polish (1966) Filozafia Pozytwistyczma (ad Hume, a do kola Wiedenskiego

Includes sections on Hume, Comte, Pragmatism, Logical Empiricism, Wittgenstein

William Kornhauser

Kornhauser, W. 1959/1960 The Politics of Mass Society New York, Free Press 1959 and London, Routledge and Kegan Paul 1960.

Elmer Altman Kral (E.A.Kral) 1935-

Kral, E.A. 2008 "Profile: Joseph McVicker Hunt: Psychologist stimulated America's mid-20th century focus on children's intellectual development and helped influence educational research and Project Head Start" available at http://nsea.org/news/JMHunt.htm

Kroes, R. 2000 Them and Us: Questions of Citizenship in a Globalising World Urbana: University of Illinois Press.
Contents: Supranationalism and its discontents -- Trespassing in America: American views of borders, boundaries, and frontiers -- Between globalism and regionalism: a comparison of trends in North America and Europe -- Immigrants and transnational localism: a focus on photography -- The human rights tradition in the United States -- Ideology: black box or the logic of our ideas? -- Neopopulism and Neoconservatism in the United States: social drift and sociological dilemmas -- National American studies in Europe, transnational American studies in America? -- Traveling theories, traveling theorists: French views of American modernity -- America and the European sense of history -- Citizenship and cyberspace.

Rob Kroes

Krüger, D. 1987 Max Weber and the Younger Generation in the Verein für Sozialpolitik in Mommsen 1987 pp 71-87.

Thomas Kuhn

Kuhn, T.S. 1962 (2nd edition 1970) The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. University of Chicago.

Jacques Lacan weblinks

Lacan, J. 1968 The Language of Self New York: Dell

Lacan, J. 1977 Ecrits: A Selection London: Tavistock Publications.

Dominick LaCapra

LaCapra, D. 1972 Emile Durkheim: Sociologist and Philosopher. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

LaCapra, D. 1987 History and Criticism. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Pat N. Lackey

Lackey, P.N. 1987 Invitation to Talcott Parsons Theory. Houston: Cap and Gown Press

Extracts from chapter one (pages 3-15) "A Survey of Parsons' Career and Work" available on Larry Ridener's website at http://www2.pfeiffer.edu/~lridener/DSS/Parsons/parsbio2.html
archive

Ronald Laing See weblinks - Cooper - Esterson - reviews

Laing, R.D. 1960 The Divided Self: An existential study in sanity and madness. Tavistock (Penguin 1965)

Laing, R.D. 1961 Self and Others. Tavistock (Revised edition 1961/1969)

Laing, R.D. and Esterson, A. 1964 Sanity, Madness and the Family, Volume 1: Families of Schizophrenics. Tavistock (Penguin 1970) (Second edition 1964/1970 contains a Preface to second edition).

Laing, R.D. and Cooper, D.G. 1964 Reason and Violence: A decade of Sartre's philosophy 1950-1960. Tavistock

[1965 Philadelphia Association formed. Kingsley Hall established]

Laing, R.D; Lee, A.R. and Phillipson, H. 1966 Interpersonal Perception

Laing, R.D. 1967 The Politics of Experience and the Bird of Paradise. Penguin

Roundhouse Congress on the Dialectics of Liberation 15.7.1967-30.7.1967

Laing, R.D. 7.1967 The Obvious in Cooper, D. 1968

Laing, R.D. 5.1968 "Intervention in Social Situations" lecture at the Association of Family Caseworkers, published 1972

Laing, R.D. 1970 Knots

Laing, R.D. 1972 The Politics of the Family and other essays. Vintage containing:
The Family and the `Family' revised from individual and Family Structure in Lomas, P. 1967 The Predicament of the Family
Intervention in Social Situations Lecture given at the Association of Family Caseworkers, May 1968
The study of Family and Social Contexts in Relation to `Schizophrenia' Revised version of a paper given at first Rochester International Congres (March 1967)
The Politics of the Family revised version of five radio talks broadcast by the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation, November to December 1968.

Laing, R.D. 1976 Series and Nexus in the Family in Worsley 1976.

Laing, R.D. 1977 The Facts of Life. Penguin

Laing, R.D. 1985 Wisdom, Madness and Folly: the Making of a Psychiatrist, 1927-1957. Macmillan.

Scott Lash
University of Lancaster

Laslett, P. 1963 Locke, J. 1689 Two treatises of government. A critical edition with an introduction and apparatus criticus by Peter Laslett.

Paul Lafargue (1842-1911)

Lafargue, P. 9.1890 "Reminiscences of Marx" (Written September 1890) in Marx and Engels Through the Eyes of Their Contemporaries Progress Publishers, 1972. Online Version: Lafargue Internet Archive (marxists.org) 2002 avaliable at http://www.marxists.org/archive/lafargue/1890/xx/marx.htm

Mamman Lawan
University of Warwick, UK & Bayero University, Kano, Nigeria
Ibrahim N. Sada Ahmadu Bello University, Zaria Nigeria
Shaheen Sardar Ali University of Warwick, UK & University of Oslo, Norway

Lawan, M., Sada, I.N. and Ali, S.S. 2008 An Introduction to Islamic Criminal Justice - A Teaching and Learning Manual UK Centre for Legal Education. First draft copy. Available from http://www.ukcle.ac.uk/resources/teaching-and-learning- strategies/islamiclaw/

Mark M. Leach
Co-Coordinator. Department of Psychology, University of Louisville

John Lea

Lea, J. and Young, J. 1984 What is to be Done About Law and Order? Penguin Books, London

Leach, M 2006 Cultural Diversity and Suicide: Ethnic, religious, gender, and sexual Haworth series in clinical psychotherapy. New York: Haworth Press. xv and 258 pages

Chapter 1. Introduction: How Does Culture Affect Suicide? A Brief History of Suicide. Definitions. Typical Risk Factors Associated with Suicide. Suicide Assessment. Why this Book? Additional Terms.
Chapter 2. European Americans: Data. Gender. Age. Religion: Christianity, Judaism, Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints. Gay/Lesbian/Bisexual/Transgender Issues: Unique Factors for Counselors, Religious Views of GLBTs. Suicide Prevention. Crisis Intervention and Culture. Traditional Counseling & Psychotherapy Approaches. Summary.
Chapter 3. African Americans: Methodological Issues. Data & Gender. Age. Strains. GLBT Issues. Cultural Buffers. Suicide prevention and intervention.
Chapter 4. Asian Americans: Introduction. Rates. Age & Gender. Religion & Spirituality (Buddhism, Hinduism & Suicide). Specific Groups (Chinese Americans, Japanese Americans, Vietnamese Americans, Filipino Americans, Korean Americans, Cambodian Americans, Hmong Americans), GLBT Issues, Buddhist & Hindu Views of Death & Dying, Prevention & Intervention, Summary.
Chapter 5. Hispanic Americans: Demographics. Rates & Gender. Acculturation. Age. Cultural Buffers. Religion & Spirituality. Curanderismo. Fatalismo. Social Support Systems. GLBT Issues. Prevention & Intervention. Summary.
Chapter 6. Native Americans: Definitions. History. Rates. Why the High Rates? Gender. Tribal Affiliation and Culture. Methods & Concomitant Factors. Spirituality & Religion. Views of Death, Suicide, & the Afterlife. Death Rituals & Mourning. GLB (Two-Spirit) Issues. Suicide Prevention. Summary.

Claude Lévi Strauss (1908- 2009) weblinks

Lee, R and Stanko, E 2003 Researching Violence. London: Routledge

Levi Strauss, C. 1948 La Vie Familiale et Sociale des Indiens Nambikwara, Paris, Société des américanistes, 1948.

Levi Strauss, C. 1949 Les Structures élémentaires de la parenté. The second French edition, of 1967, was translated into English by J. H. Bell, J. R. von Sturmer, and Rodney Needham in 1969 as "The Elementary Structures of Kinship".

Anthony D Buckley's review

Levi Strauss, C. 1955 Tristes Tropiques

Levi Strauss, C. 1958 Anthropologie structurale ("Structural Anthropology" - English translation Claire Jacobson and Brooke Grundfest Schoepf, 1963)

External link to archive of English extract - (external links).

Levi Strauss, C. 5.1.1960 Collège de France, Chaire d'anthropologie sociale: ç inaugurale faite le Mardi 5 Janvier 1960 par Claude Lévi-Strauss Published: Nogent-le-Rotrou: 1960. 47 pages. Translated into English as The Scope of Anthropology by Sherry Ortner Paul and Robert A. Paul. London: Cape, 1967. 56 pages

Levi Strauss, C. 1962a Le Totemisme aujourdhui ("Totemism today". English translation Totemism by Rodney Needham, 1963)

Levi Strauss, C. 1962b La Pensée sauvage - (English translation The Savage Mind 1966)

Mythologiques in four volumes 1964-1966-1968-1971. Translated into English by John and Doreen Weightman 1969-1973-1978-1981)

Levi Strauss, C. 1964 Le Cru et le cuit. English translation 1969 "The Raw and the Cooked".
Examines myths of South American Indians to demonstrate that they can be reduced to a comprehensible psychological pattern. Argues that there is no fundamental break between the primitive mind and more evolved attitudes. Analyzes 250 myths to reveal their interrelation and basic structure and, by cross-referencing to European customs, sets them in a general cultural context.

Levi Strauss, C. 1966 Du miel aux cendres. English translation 1973 "From Honey to Ashes".

Levi Strauss, C. 1968 L'Origine des manières de table. English translation 1978 "The Origin of Table Manners".

Levi Strauss, C. 1971 L'Homme nu. English translation 1981 "The Naked Man"

"Talks were broadcast on the CBC Radio series, Ideas, in December, 1977." Translated from the French. Responds to questions including "Can there be meaning in chaos?", "What can science learn from myth?" and "What is structuralism?". First published in the United Kingdom by Routledge and Kegan Paul in 1978. Republished 2001.

Donald N. Levine

Levine, D.N. 1997 Simmel Reappraised: Old Images, New Scholarship in Camic, C. 1997 pp 173-207

Peter Levin 1936

Levin, P. 2005 Excellent dissertations!: planning, managing and writing a dissertation project for undergraduates and taught postgraduates Maidenhead : Open University Press.

Levy D., Applewhite H.B., Johnson M.D. (Editors) 1979 Women in Revolutionary Paris, 1789-1795. Selected documents translated with notes and commentary. University of Illinois Press

An in-text reference for this could just be (Levy, D. and others 1979, p.-)

Alison Liebling and Shadd Maruna

Liebling, A. and Maruna, S. 2005 (editors) The Effects of Imprisonment Cambridge criminal justice series. Cullompton, Devon, UK; Portland, Oregon, USA: Willan
Contents:
Part One: The harms of imprisonment: thawing out the 'deep freeze' program
Part Two: Revisiting the society of captives
Part Three: Coping among prisoners
Part Four: Expanding the prison effects debate beyond the prisoner.

Bradley Lewis

Ioan Myrddin Lewis 1930-

Lewis, I.M. 1983 (Editor) Nationalism and Self Determination in the Horn of Africa London, Ithaca Press. 226 pages

Includes (p.74) "Pre and post-colonial forms of Polity in Africa" by Ioan Myrddin Lewis

Ann Lloyd

Lloyd, A. 1995 Doubly Deviant, Doubly Damned: Society's treatment of violent women Series: Penguin social sciences. London: Penguin Books
Contents: Tales of two women - Men, women and aggression - Stereotypes, biology and female crime - What kind of crimes do women commit and do they get off lightly? - Battered women who kill - Women in prison - Women in special hospitals - Self-harm - the silent scream.

David Lloyd Thomas

Lloyd Thomas, D. 1995 Locke on Government. Routledge

weblink to some information

John Locke weblinks

Published works of John Locke

Written 1660/1662: Two Tracts on Government, which are not the same as Two Treatises of Government (below)

Locke, J. 1689 Two Treatises of Government. In the former, the false principles and foundation of Sir Robert Filmer and his followers are detected and overthrown. The latter is an essay concerning the true original, extent and end of civil government. Available in pdf form from http://socserv2.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/locke/government.p df at McMaster University.

Locke, J. 1690 An Essay Concerning Human Understanding

Logan, R.W. 1963 Haiti and the Dominican Republic. Oxford University Press.

Locke, J. 1967 Two Tracts on Government, edited by Philip Abrams. London, Cambridge University Press, 1967. These are early essays, not Two Treatises of Government. They are thought to have been written between 1660 and 1662 and express different ideas from the two treatises.

Cesare Lombroso 1835-1909 weblinks

External link to Lombroso's work in the Internet Archive

1872 life

Lombroso, C. 1872 "Sull'istituzione dei manicomi criminali in Italia". [Establishment of criminal asylums in Italy]. Milano. In Rendiconti del Regio Istituto Lombardo di scienze [Proceedings of the Royal Lombard Institute of Science] 1872, volume 5. Scientific papers given at meetings on 25.1.1872 and 8.2.1872.

1876 life

Lombroso, C. 1876 L'uomo delinquente studiato in rapporto alla antropologia, alla medecina legale, ed alle discipline carcerarie (The criminal man studied in connection with anthropology, forensic medicine and penology) by professor Cesare Lombroso. Milano: Hoeppli, 1876. 255 pages.

Contents list and brief extracts from 2006 translation

1878 life

Lombroso, C. 1878 Second edition. 746 pages

1884 life

Lombroso, C. 1884 Third edition. 610 pages

1889 life

Lombroso, C. 1889 (Fourth edition) L'uomo delinquente: in rapporto all'antropologia, alla giurisprudenza ed alle discipline carcerie Torino: Fratelli Bocca, 1889. Two volumes. 1,241 pages

1896 life

Lombroso, C. 1896/1897 (Fifth edition) L'uomo delinquente: In rapporto all'antropologia, alla qiurisprudenza ed alle discipline carcerarie Torino: Fratelli Bocca Editori, 1896-1897. Three volumes with 1,902 pages plus a fourth volume (the Atlas?) with 102 plates and 43 pages of text)

Lombroso, C. 1876/ 1911 (with Gina Lombroso-Ferrero) Criminal Man, According to the Classification of Cesare Lombroso Briefly summarised by his daughter, Gina Lombroso Ferrero, with an introduction by Cesare Lombroso. New York and London Putnam. The Knickerbocker Press. Available in the Internet Library at http://www.archive.org/details/criminalmanaccor00lomb

Criminal Man went through five (Italian) editions during Lombroso's lifetime. In each edition he expanded on his ideas about innate criminality. Mary Gibson and Nicole Hahn Rafter's translation into English combines excerpts from all five editions in order to represent the development of Lombroso's thought.The volume includes some of Lombroso's illustrations of the criminal body along with several photographs of his personal collection. See Google books

Lombroso, C. 1876/2006 Criminal Man / Cesare Lombroso translated and with a new introduction by Mary Gibson and Nicole Hahn Rafter, with translation assistance from Mark Seymour. Duke University Press

Lombroso, C. 1893 La donna delinquente la prostituta e la donna normale by Cesare Lombroso and Guglielmo Ferrero. Torino, Roux, 1893.

Lombroso, C. 1893/ 1895 The Female Offender by Cesare Lombroso and Guglielmo Ferrero, with an introduction by W. Douglas Morrison, Her Majesty's Prison, Wandsworth. Illustrated. New York. D. Appleton and Company. 1895

Guglielmo Ferrero (1871-1942) was a law student who worked with Lombroso on the research for La donna delinquente. He married Gina Lombroso (Gina Ferrero), Lombroso's daughter in 1901.

Lombroso, C. 1893/2004 Criminal Woman, the Prostitute, and the Normal Woman by Cesare Lombroso and Guglielmo Ferrero. Translated with new introduction by Nicole Hahn Rafter and Mary Gibson. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2004

Lombroso, C. 1899 Le crime; causes et remédes

Lombroso, C. 1899/1911 Crime, its Causes and Remedies Boston

Brian Longhurst 1956- also Greg Smith - Gaynor Bagnall - Gary Crawford - Miles Ogborn - Elaine Baldwin - Scott McCracken

First edition (1999) had Elaine Baldwin as lead author

Longhurst, B. and others 2008 Introducing Cultural Studies Second edition. Harlow. Pearson Longman.
Contents 1. Culture and Cultural Studies 2. Culture, Communication and Representation 3. Culture, Power, Globalisation and Inequality 4. Researching Culture 5. Topographies of Culture 6. Politics and Culture 7. The Postmodernisation of Everyday Life: consumption and information technologies 8. Cultured Bodies 9. Subcultures, Postsubcultures and Fans 10. Visual Culture

Kenneth Lovell 1915-1996

Lovell, K. 11.8.1966 "The Philosophy of Jean Piaget", New Society 11.8.1966, pages 222-226

Lowes Dickinson

Lowes Dickinson, G. 1927 (2nd edition) Revolution and Reaction in Modern France George Allen and Unwin

John Randolph Lucas 18.6.1929

See home page -

Lucas, J.R. 1990 "Plato's Philosophy of Sex", in Craik, E.M. 1990 (editor) Owls to Athens: essays on classical subjects presented to Sir Kenneth Dover, edited by Elizabeth M. Craik. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990, pp. 223-231. Available at http://users.ox.ac.uk/~jrlucas/libeqsor/platsex.html

Lukes, S. 1973, Emile Durkheim, His Life and Work. A Historical and Critical Study. Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin Books.

Luria, A.R. and Yudovich, F. 1956 Speech and the Development of the Mental Processes of the Child. USSR Penguin edition 1971

David Lyon

Lyon, D. 2003 (Editor) Surveillance as Social Sorting: Privacy, Risk, and Digital Discrimination London ; New York : Routledge,

"Most of the chapters of this book were originally papers presented at an international research workshop at Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario, Canada, in May 2001." (Preface)

Contents:
Surveillance as social sorting: computer codes and mobile bodies by David Lyon
Theorizing surveillance: the case of the workplace by Elia Zureik
Biometrics and the body as information: normative issues of the socio- technical coding of the body by Irma van der Ploeg
Electronic identity cards and social classification by Felix Stalder and David Lyon
Surveillance creep in the genetic age by Dorothy Nelkin and Lori Andrews
"Racial" categories and health risks: epidemiological surveillance among Canadian First Nations by Jennifer Poudrier
Privacy and the phenetic urge: geodemographics and the changing spatiality of local practice by David Phillips and Michael Curry
People and place: patterns of individual identification within intelligent transportation systems by Colin Bennett, Charles Raab, and Priscilla Regan
Netscapes of power, convergence, network design, walled gardens and other strategies of control in the information age by Dwayne Winseck
Categorizing the workers: electronic surveillance and social ordering in the call center by Kirstie Ball
Private security and surveillance: from the "dossier society" to database networks by Greg Marquis
From personal to digital: CCTV, the panopticon, and the technological mediation of suspicion and social control by Clive Norris.

Jean-François Lyotard weblinks

Lyotard, J.F. 1959 (English 1984) The Postmodern Condition A Report on Knowledge English 1984 published by Manchester University Press

First five chapters available at marxists.org

Macaulay, T. B. 1829 Review of Mill's Essay on Government. Edinburgh Review, vol.49, 1829. Page numbers as reprinted in appendix to Mill, J.S. 1976.

John J. Macionis and Ken Plummer weblinks - reviews

Macionis and Plummer, 1997 Sociology - A Global Introduction Pearson. Prentice Hall. [First edition]

Macionis and Plummer, 2002 Sociology - A Global Introduction Pearson. Prentice Hall. [Second edition]

Macionis and Plummer, 2005 Sociology - A Global Introduction Pearson. Prentice Hall. [Third edition]

Chapters:
1 The Sociological Imagination -
2 Thinking Sociologically, Thinking Globally -
3 Doing Social Science: an Introduction -
4 Societies [Includes Marx, Weber and Durkheim] -
5 Culture -
6 Groups, Organisations and the Rise of the Network Society -
7 Micro-sociology: the Social Construction of Everyday Life [includes Erving Goffman and drama]
8 Social Stratification -
9 Global Inequalities and Poverty -
10 Class, Poverty and Welfare in the UK -
11 Racism, Ethnicities and Migration -
12 The Gender Order and Sexuality -
13 Age Stratification: Children and Later Life -
14 Economies, Work and Consumption -
15 Power, Governance and Social Movements -
16 Control, Crime and Deviance -
17 Families, Households and Personal Cultures -
18 Religion -
19 Education -
20 Health and Medicine -
21 The Mass Media -
22 Science, Cyberspace and the Risk Society -
23 Populations, Cities and the Shape of Things to Come -
24 Social Change and the Environment -
25 Futures: the Challenges for Sociology in the Twenty-first Century

Natasha Mack, Cynthia Woodsong, Kathleen M. MacQueen, Greg Guest, and Emily Namey

Mack, N; Woodsong, C; MacQueen, K.M; Guest, G; and Namey, N. 2005 Qualitative Research Methods: A Data Collector's Field Guide Family Health International, North Carolina. Available from http://www.fhi.org/en/rh/pubs/booksreports/qrm_datacoll.htm

Mack, P. 1991 Visionary Women: Ecstatic Prophecy in Seventeenth- Century England Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press

Phyllis Mack

Review by Christine Kooi

Macpherson, C.B. 1968 Introduction to the Penguin edition of Hobbes' Leviathan.

Mike Maguire, Rod Morgan and Robert Reiner

Maguire, M., Morgan, R., and Reiner, R. 1994 (Editors) The Oxford Handbook of Criminology Oxford: Oxford University Press

Maguire, M., Morgan, R., and Reiner, R. 1997 (Editors - Second edition) The Oxford Handbook of Criminology Oxford: Oxford University Press

Maguire, M., Morgan, R., and Reiner, R. 2002 (Editors - Third edition) The Oxford Handbook of Criminology Oxford: Oxford University Press
Contents:
Part 1 Criminology: history and theory
Of crimes and criminals: the development of criminology in Britain by David Garland
Sociological theories of crime by Paul Rock
Contemporary landscapes of crime, order, and control: governance, risk, and globalisation by Ian Loader and Richard Sparks
Feminism and criminology by Loraine Gelsthorp
Criminological psychology by Clive R. Hollin
Comparing criminal justice by David Nelken
The History of crime and crime control institutions by Clive Emsley
Part 2 The Social construction of crime and crime control
Punishment and control by Barbara Hudson
Legal constructions of crime by Nicola Lacey
The Skeletons in the cupboard: the politics of law and order at the turn of the millennium by David Downes and Rod Morgan
Crime statistics: the 'data explosion' and its implications by Mike Maguire
Media made criminality: the representation of crime in the mass media by Robert Reiner
Part 3 Dimensions of crime
Victims by Lucia Zedner
Crime and social exclusion by Jack Young
Gender and crime by Frances Heidensohn
Young people, crime, and youth justice by Tim Newburn
Racism, ethnicity, crime and criminal justice by Coretta Phillips and Ben Bowling
Environmental criminology by Anthony E. Bottoms and Paul Wiles
Developmental criminology and risk-focused prevention by David P. Farrington
Crime and the life course by David J. Smith
Mentally disordered offenders, mental health, and crime by Jill Peay
Part 4 Forms of crime
Violent crime by Michael Levi with Mike Maguire
White-collar crime by David Nelken
The Organisation of serious crime by Michael Levi
Drugs, alcohol, and crime by Nigel South
Part 5 reactions to crime
Crime reduction by Ken Pease
Policing and the police by Ben Bowling and Janet Foster
From suspect to trial by Andrew Sanders and Richard Young
Sentencing by Andrew Ashworth
Imprisonment: a brief history, the contemporary scene, and likely prospects by Rod Morgan
Community penalties: probation, punishment, and 'what works' by Peter Raynor

Bronislaw Malinowski 1884-1942 weblinks

Malinowski, B. 1913 The Family Among the Australian Aborigines: A sociological study University of London. Monographs on sociology Available at http://www.archive.org/details/familyamongaustr00mali

Malinowski, B. July 1920 "Kula; the Circulating Exchange of Valuables in the Archipelagoes of Eastern New Guinea". Man vol. 20, (July 1920), pp. 97-105 Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland Available at http://www.ksa.zcu.cz/studium/podklady-kfs/cvat/Malinowswki_Kula.pdf

"we reserve the term family for an undivided group living in the closest unity, and consisting of a man, his wife and his children." (footnote p.136)

Malinowski, B. 1922 Argonauts of the Western Pacific available at http://www.archive.org/details/argonautsofthewe032976mbp (in which the Trobriand results are recorded)

Thomas Malthus weblinks

Malinowski, B. 1926 Crime and Custom in Savage Society

Malinowski, B. 1944 A Scientific Theory of Culture

Ellen Malos

Malos, N. 1972 "Notes on the History of the Women's Liberation Movement", in Enough: The Journal of the Bristol Women's Group (unnumbered edition from 1972), first appearing in the International Marxist Review, 3, April 1972. (source)

Malthus, T. 1798 An Essay On the Principle of Population as it Affects the Future Improvement of Society, With Remarks on the Speculations of Mr Godwin, M. Condorcet, and Other Writers. [full text]

The second (much enlarged and altered) edition of Essay on the Principle of Population "may be considered as a new work" (Preface)
Malthus, T. 1803 An Essay on the Principle of Population; or, a View of its Past and Present Effects on Human Happiness; with an Inquiry into our Prospects respecting the Future Removal or Mitigation of the Evils which it occasions.

Ernest Mandel

Mandel, E. 1977 Ende der Krise oder Krise ohne Ende? Bilanz der Weltwirtschaftsrezession und der Krise in der Bundesrepublik [End of the crisis or crisis without end? Balance of the world economy recession and the crisis in the Federal Republic] by Ernst Mandel and Winfried Wolf. K. Wagenbach: Berlin.

Mandel, E. 1978 The Second Slump: A Marxist analysis of recession in the seventies by Ernest Mandel; translated from the German by Jon Rothschild. London : NLB, 1978. 212 pages. [Revised translation of Mandel, E. 1977

Tahira Manji

Manji, Tahira 2005 "Binary Oppositions", online article, The Dr. Z Network, http://www.zamaros.net (archive)

Manuel, F.E. 1963 The New World of Henri Saint-Simon. University of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, Indiana.

Ruqaiyyah Waris Maqsood 1942-

her website - Wikipedia

Maqsood, R.W. 1994 Teach yourself Islam Teach yourself books - World faiths. London : Hodder & Stoughton. 218 pages
Second edition 2003 viii and 263 pages
Contents: introduction; muhammad; 1 - the life of the blessed prophet muhammad / 2 - the succession; the qur'an and its teachings; 3 - the qur'an / 4 - the key teachings of islam revealed in the qur'an; islamic worship; 5 - worship - ibadah / 6 - the pillars of islam / 7 - the practical worship of islam / 8 - hajj - pilgramage to makkah / 9 - jihad / 10 - festivals and special days; places of worship; 11 - mosques; shariah - the islamic way of life; 12 - shariah - the prophet's way / 13 - sufism / 14 - human rights / 15 - the sanctity of life / 16 - justice, crime and punishment / 17 - work and wealth / 18 - sex / 19 - women's rights / 20 - drugs, alcohol and tobacco / 21 - friendship and hospitality / 22 - unity and khilafah / 23 - green islam / 24 - islamic ethics; rites of passage; 25 - birth / 26 - marriage and divorce / 27 - the twilight years / 28 - death and burial; social islam; 29 - islamic dress / 30 - islamic diet / 31 - muslims in the united kingdom / 32 - islam in the twenty-first century glossary; taking it further; index

Marcus Aurelius, translated by A.S.L Farquharson. Dent 1961. Meditations.

Herbert Marcuse weblinks

Marcuse, H. 1941/1955 Reason and Revolution. Hegel and the Rise of Social Theory. (2nd edition with Supplementary Chapter 1955) Routledge

Marcuse, H. 1941 "Some Social Implications of Modern Technology" Studies in Philosophy and Social Sciences Volume 9, no. 3 (1941): pp 414-439. Available at http://users.ipfw.edu/tankel/PDF/Marcuse.pdf

Henri François Marion 1846-1896

Marcuse, H. 1964 One Dimensional Man. Boston: Beacon Press.

Marcuse, H. 1969 An Essay on Liberation Boston: Beacon Press.

Marcuse, H. 1972 Counterrevolution and Revolt Boston: Beacon Press.

Marcuse, H. 1978 The Aesthetic Dimension Boston: Beacon Press.

Marion, H.F. 1878 J. Locke, sa vie et son ouvre d'apre's des documents nouveaux, Paris, Germer-Baillière et cie.

In Library of Congress catalogue

Marion, H.F. 1880 De la solidarite morale - essai de psychgologie appliquee (Of moral solidarity - An essay in applied psychology) Librairie Germer Baillière

Second edition 1883
Contents, Chapitres : Préface de la 2eme - Introduction - 1. Solidarité individuelle : Constitution native et composition du caractère - Formation du caractère - Développement et modification du caractère - Solidarité historique dans une même vie - 2. Solidarité sociale : Sympathie et sociabilité, formes vives de la sympathie - Sympathie diffuse - L'opinion et la coutume - Les phénomènes de réaction - Les sociétés organisées - Solidarité internationale et solidarité historique proprement dite - Conclusion et table des matières

Fifth edition 1899 available at http://www.archive.org/details/delasolidaritemo00mariuoft (offline)

Ronald W. Maris, Alan L. Berman and Morton M. Silverman

Maris, R.W., Berman, A.L. and Silverman, M.M. 2000 Comprehensive Textbook of Suicidology New York; London: Guilford Press. xxii and 650 pages

Chapters
1. Introduction to the study of suicide
2. The theoretical component in suicidology
3. The empirical foundations in suicidology
4. A historical perspective on suicide
5. Age and the lifespan
6. Suicide, gender, and sexuality
7. Racial, ethnic, and cultural aspects of suicide
8. Work and the economy
9. Marriage, family, family therapy, and suicide
10. The social relations of suicides
11. Suicide notes and communications
12. Suicide attempts and methods
13. Psychiatric diagnoses and suicidal acts
14. Physical illness and suicide
15. Alcoholism, substance abuse, and suicide
16. The biology of suicide
Aggression, Violence, and suicide
18. Indirect self-destructive behavior
19. Ethical, religious, and philosophical issues in suicide
20. Suicide and the law
Treatment and prevention of suicide
22. In the wake of suicide: survivorship and postvention.

Marsh, I. 2002 (Editor) Theory and Practice in Sociology Harlow: Prentice Hall.
PART 1. SOCIOLOGICAL PRACTICE
1. Nature of social research and social knowledge by Julie F. Scott
2. Doing social research by Julie F. Scott
PART 2. SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY.
3. The nature of social theory by Sam Pryke
4. The origins of classic social theory by Sam Pryke
5. The nature of the sociological enterprise and the strains of modernity by Tony Finnegan
6. American sociology and the interactive self by Mike Keating
7. Contemporary theorising - Post-modernism by Dawn Jones
8. Feminist theory - a question of difference by Jayne Raisborough

Ian Marsh 1952-

Ian Marsh 1952- with Gaynor Melville and others

Marsh, I. and Melville, G. 2006 Theories of Crime London : Routledge. viii and 205 pages.
Crime: the historical context
Biological explanations for criminal behaviour
Psychological explanations for criminal behaviour
Sociological explanations for criminal behaviour
Explaining the criminal behaviour of women
Explaining the criminal behaviour of ethnic minorities

Alfred Marshall

Marshall, A. 1890 Principles of Economics. An Introductory Volume. Page 634 in Macmillan (1966) reset reprint of 8th (1920) edition. This appendix was part of the Introduction in the 1890 edition.

Gordon Marshall 1952 -

Marshall, G. 1994 (Editor) Concise Oxford Dictionary of Sociology. Oxford Reference Series. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 571 pages.

Marshall, G. 1998 (Editor) A Dictionary of Sociology Oxford Reference Series. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 710 pages.

John Scott 1949- and Gordon Marshall

Scott, J and Marshall, G. 2005, Oxford Dictionary of Sociology, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 707 pages.

Thomas Humphrey Marshall 1893-1981

Marshall, T. H. 1950 Citizenship and Social Class and other essays" Cambridge: University Press.

Elena Martellozzo

Martellozzo, E. 2012 Online Child Sexual Abuse. Grooming, Policing and Child Protection in a Multi-Media World Routledge [Published 19.3.2012 - Launched at Scotland Yard, Thursday 24.5.2012]

Martineau, Harriet 1834 "The Hanwell Lunatic Asylum" Tait's Edinburgh Magazine June 1984. Available from http://studymore.org.uk/xmad1834.htm

Harriet Martineau

Marx and Engels weblinks

Publications with Marx and Engels together or Marx alone as the author. See Engels alone. I am going by the given author - This is not always the actual author.

[1842-1843: News articles from the Rheinische Zeitung]
"The Philosophical Manifesto of the Historical School of Law"
"The Centralization Question" (not published)
"Religion, Free Press and Philosophy" (early July 1842)
"Communism and the Augsburg Allgemeine Zeitung"
"On a Proposed Divorce Law"
"Defense of the Moselle Correspondent: Economic Distress and Freedom of the Press" (First weeks of 1843).

1844 life

Karl Marx and Arnold Ruge February 1844

Marx, K. and Ruge A. 1844 (Editors) Deutsch-Franzosische Jahrbucher (German-French Year Book)

MARX, K. 2-1844/Jewish "On the Jewish Question" Deutsch-Franzosische Jahrbucher

MARX, K. 2-1844/Critique "Towards a Critique of Hegel's Philosophy of Right: Introduction" Deutsch-Franzosische Jahrbucher [Also called "Contribution to the Critique of Hegel's Philosophy of Law. Introduction"]

Extract

1845 life

Marx, K. March 1845 Theses on Feuerbach. First published in 1888. Easton and Guddat pp 400-402.

1846 life

Marx and Engels 1846 The German Ideology

Extract and link to full text

1847 life

Marx 1847 The Poverty of Philosophy Answer to the Philosophy of Poverty by M. Proudhon Available http://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/download/pdf/Poverty- Philosophy.pdf

(offline) - extracts

1848 life

Marx and Engels 1848 The Communist Manifesto. The first English translation of The Communist Manifesto, by Miss Helen Macfarlane, was published in George Julian Harney's Red Republican in 1850. Others followed in the USA, and some of these were reprinted in England. The Samuel Moore translation, jointly revised with, and with notes by, "Fredrich Engels", appeared in 1888

German - English translation

31.5.1848 to 18.5.1849: Articles in the Neue Rheinische Zeitung - Organ der Demokratie (edited by Marx) by Marx and Engels.

Early March 1850: The first Neue Rheinische Zeitung - Political-Economic Review was published in Hamburg in 2,500 copies. From Marx, the issue contained the article on The Defeat of June 1848 - "Marx's first attempt to interpret a piece of contemporary history in the light of his materialist philosophy from the economic situation prevailing at the time." (Engels)

Marx, K. 1849/1850 Between December 1849 and November 1850: A series of articles in the Neue Rheinische Zeitung by Marx. "Repackaged" by Engels into a more complete book in 1895 as The Class Struggles in France 1848 to 1850 [In German]. Translated and published in English in 1969. In highlighting the importance of this work in the development of Marx's thought, Engels wrote:

"The work here republished was Marx's first attempt to explain a section of contemporary history by means of his materialist conception, on the basis of the given economic situation. In the Communist Manifesto, the theory was applied in broad outline to the whole of modern history.... Here, on the other hand, the question was to demonstrate the inner causal connection in the course of a development which extended over some years... to trace political events back to effects of what were, in the final analysis, economic causes."

Marx, K. 1851/1852 The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Napoleon

On 2.12.1851, followers of President Louis Bonaparte (Napoleon's nephew) broke up the Legislative Assembly and established a dictatorship. A year later, Louis Bonaparte proclaimed himself Emperor Napoleon Third.

Marx wrote The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Napoleon between December 1851 and February 1852. The "eighteenth Brumaire" refers to November 9, 1799 in the French Revolutionary Calendar -- the day Napoleon Bonaparte made himself dictator by a coup d'etat.

Originally published in Die Revolution (a New York German-language monthly established by Joseph Weydemeyer). Later editions (such as a 1869 Hamburg edition) were titled The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte.

Marx K. 1857/1861 [written] Grundrisse der Kritik der Politischen Ökonomie [Outlines of the Critique of Political Economy] available in English at http://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/1857/grundrisse/.

Originally unpublished manuscripts in German. Published in Moscow 1939 and 1941, but not taken much notice of. Reprinted Berlin 1953. Part publication in English in 1964 (Pre-capitalist economic formations). Full text 1971.

Marx K. 1859 A contribution to the critique of political economy

Extracts from Preface and link to full text

Marx, K. 1867 Das Kapital. Volume 1. Manuscript finished April 1867 1st published September 1867 in Hamburg. 1,000 copies. Published in English as Capital in 1887.

Marx, K. 1885 Capital. Volume 2. (edited by Engels from Marx's drafts)

Marx, K. 1894 Capital. Volume 3. (edited by Engels from Marx's drafts)

Heinz Maus 21.3.1911 - 8.9.1978

German Wikipedia

Maus, H. 1948 Geschichtsphilosophie und Soziologie (Philosophy of History and Sociology)

Maus, H. 1956/1962 Geschichte der Soziologie in Werner Ziegenfu� Handbuch der Soziologie Stuttgart: Enke. pp 1-120. Translated and published in English as A Short History of Sociology London: Routledge & Keagan Paul, 1962. 226 pages.

Is "Harry Morton Johnson" an English pseudonym for Heinz Maus?

Marcel Mauss 1872-1950.

The works of Marcel Mauss

Mauss, M. 1923/1924 "Essai sur le don. Forme et raison de l'échange dans les sociétés archaïques" l'Année Sociologique Second series, 1923-1924. Translated into English by I. Cunnison as The Gift: Forms and functions of exchange in archaic societies with an introduction by E.E. Evans-Pritchard. London : Cohen & West, 1954. xiv and 130 pages. English available at http://www.archive.org/details/giftformsfunctio00maus

offline D - offline GF - offline G - extracts

Contents (French headings then the English version):
Introduction. Du don, et en particulier de l'obligation à rendre les présents
Introductory. Gifts and Return Gifts
Chapter 1: Les dons échangés et l'obligation de les rendre (Polynésie)
Gifts and the obligation to return gifts [Polynesia omitted]
1 Prestation totale, biens utérins contre biens masculins (Samoa)
Total prestation: Masculine and feminine property (Samoa)
2 L'esprit de la chose donnée (Maori)
The spirit of the thing given (Maori)
3 Autres thèmes: l'obligation de donner, l'obligation de recevoir
The obligation to give and the obligation to receive
4 Le présent fait aux hommes et le présent fait aux dieux
Gifts to men and gifts to God
Chapter 2: Extension de ce système (libéralité, honneur, monnaie)
Distribution of the system: generosity, honour and money
1 Règles de la générosité. Andamans
Rules of generosity (Andaman Islands)
2 Principes, raisons et intensité des échanges de dons (Mélanésie)
Principles, motives and intenstity of gift exchange (Melanesia)
3 Nord-Ouest américain: L'honneur et le crédit
Honour and credit (North-west America)
The three obligations : giving, receiving, repaying
The power in objects of exchange
'Money of Renown' [Renommiergeld)
Primary conclusion ....
Chapter 3: Survivances de ces principes dans les droits anciens et les économies anciennes
Survivals in early literature
1 Droit personnel et droit réel
Personal law and real law (Ancient Rome)
2 Droit hindou classique
Theory of the gift (Hindu Classical period) .
3 Droit germanique
Pledge and gift (Germanic societies)
Chapter 4: Conclusion
Conclusions ....
1 Conclusions de morale
Moral conclusions
2 Conclusions de sociologie économique et d'économie politique
Political and economic conclusions
3 Conclusion de sociologie générale et de morale
Sociological and ethical conclusions

Melanie Mauthner

Mauthner, M; Birch, M; Jessop, J; and Miller, T. 2002 Ethics in Qualitative Research. London: Sage publications.
Contents: "Ethics and feminist research: theory and practice" by Rosalind Edwards and Melanie Mauthner -- "The ethics of intention: research as a political tool" by Val Gillies and Pam Alldred -- "Consenting to what? Issues of access, gate-keeping and 'informed' consent" by Tina Miller and Linda Bell -- "Divided loyalties, divided expectations: research ethics, professional and occupational responsibilities" by Linda Bell and Linda Nutt -- "Encouraging participation: ethics and responsibilities" by Maxine Birch and Tina Miller -- "'Doing rapport' and the ethics of 'faking friendship'" by Jean Duncombe and Julie Jessop -- "Knowing responsibly: linking ethics, research practice and epistemology" by Andrea Doucet and Natasha Mauthner -- "Eliciting research accounts: re/producing modern subjects" by Pam Alldred and Val Gillies.

May, R. 1961 Existential Psychology, New York, Random House

Tim May 1957 -
Previously Lecturer in Sociology and Social Policy at the University of Durham - A Director of the Centre for Sustainable Urban and Regional Futures at Salford University since September 1999.

Bauman and May 2001Thinking Sociologically

May, T. 1996 Situating Social Theory Open University Press, Buckingham.

See second edition below

"Utilizing a basis in the history of social theory and traditions of social thought, this book situates contemporary schools of thought and discuses their strengths and weaknesses" ( Bauman and May 2001, p. 189)

May, T. 2003 Social Research: Issues, Methods and Practice (Third edition) Buckingham: Open University Press
Introduction
Part one: Issues in social research Perspectives on social scientific research Social theory and social research Values and ethics in the research process
Part two: Methods of social research Official statistics topic and resource Social surveys design to analysis Interviewing methods and process Participant observation perspectives and practice Documentary research excavations and evidence Comparative research potential and problems

Tim May and Jason Powell

May, T and Powell, J 2008 Situating social theory second edition (first 1996) Maidenhead: Open University Press. 342 pages

"begins by charting the history of social theory, examining its development in terms of the Enlightenment project and the cultural and intellectual contexts in which theorists worked and constructed their ideas. It goes on to critically examine traditions in social thought, including hermeneutics, phenomenology, pragmatism, critical theory, structuralism, actor network theory, systems theory and feminisms."

Contents:
Introduction
Part One Situating Social Theory
1: The Enlightenment and the development of social theory
2: Seven traditions of renewal, modification and critique
Part Two: Contemporary Theories on Society and Social Life
3: Symbolism and performance in everyday life
4: Social life as accomplishment
5: Reproducing society in social relations
6: Habitus, capital and field: society in social relations
7: Action, networks and intermediaries
8: The linguistic turn in critical theory
9: Where did all the women go?
10: The making of the modern subject
11: Beyond modernity?
Part Three: Theories in action
12: Emotion in social relations
13: Globalisation
Conclusion: Looking back and looking forward

Wendy Maycraft Kall

Maycraft Kall, W. 2010 The Governance Gap: Central-local steering and mental health reform in Britain and Sweden Uppsala: Uppsala University PhD Thesis. 385 pages. Examined 28.1.2011

weblink

John Samuel Mbiti 1931-

Mbiti, J.S. 1969/1990 African Religions and Philosophy. Heinemann International. Second revised and enlarged edition 1990.

McCulloch, J.R. 1828 "On the poor laws" Edinburgh Review May 1828

Joan McDonald

McDonald, J. 1965 Rousseau and the French Revolution, 1762- 1791 University of London. Historical Studies 17. London: Athlone 190 pages. "Began as a thesis ... approved by the University of London."

Lynn McDonald

McDonald, L. 1997 Classical Social Theory with the Women Founders Included in Camic, C. 1997 pp 112-141

William McDougall (1871-1938)
Sometime Professor of Psychology in Harvard University, Wilde Reader in Mental Philosophy in the University of Oxford, Professor of Psychology, Duke University.

McDougall, W. 1908 An Introduction to Social Psychology London: Methuen and co., xv and 355 pages.

Subsequent editions were published in the United Kingdom and the United States for many decades. A "14th edition" was published in Boston, by J.W. Luce & co., in 1921. A "30th edition" was published in London, by Methuen, in 1950,

McDougall, W. 1920/1926 (Second edition 1926) The Group Mind. A Sketch of The Principles of Collective Psychology with some Attempt to Apply Them to The Interpretation of National Life and Character. Cambridge University Press

Mcdougall, W. 1936 Psychoanalysis and Social Psychology. Methuen

Mary McIntosh

McIntosh, M. Autumn 1968 "The Homosexual Role" Social Problems Volume 16, No. 2 (Autumn, 1968), pp. 182-192 Stable URL: http://www.jstor.org/stable/800003

Part of text available at http://lysis.blogsport.de/the-homosexual- role/

Roderick D. McKenzie

McKenzie, R. 1921 The neighborhood: A study of local life in Columbus, Ohio. Reprinted in McKenzie, R.D. 1968 pages 51 to 93

McKenzie, R.D. 1925/3 "The ecological approach to the study of the human community" Chapter 3 in Park, R.E. etc 1925 [May have been published separately in 1924. Reprinted in McKenzie, R.D. 1968 pages 3 to 18.

McKenzie, R. 1933a "Industrial expansion and the interrelations of peoples" Reprinted in McKenzie, R.D. 1968

McKenzie, R. 1926 "Movement and the ability to live", Reprinted in McKenzie, R.D. 1968 pages 134 to 140.

McKenzie, R. 1933b The Metropolitan Community. New York: McGraw- Hill.

McKenzie, R. 1936 "The ecology of institutions" Reprinted in McKenzie, R.D. 1968

McKenzie, R.D. 1968 Roderick D. McKenzie on human ecology : selected writings edited by Amos Henry Hawley, University of Chicago Press

Ian McIntosh 1960

McIntosh, I. 1997 (Editor) Classical Sociological Theory: A Reader Edinburgh : Edinburgh University Press. 259 pages. Identifier: ISBN: 0748608095 (pbk)
Texts by Marx, Weber and Durkheim in English translation.

Eugene McLaughlin 1959- and John Muncie

McLaughlin, E. and Muncie, J. 1996 (Editors) Controlling Crime

McLaughlin, E. and Muncie, J. 2001 (Editors) Controlling Crime (Second Edition) London : SAGE in association with the Open University. 362 pages.

Contents: Introduction - Eugene McLaughlin and John Muncie
The Origins and Development of the Police - Clive Emsley
Key Issues in Policework - Eugene McLaughlin
Critical Decisions and Processes in the Criminal Courts - Loraine Gelsthorpe
Prison Histories - John Muncie
Reform, Repression and Rehabilitation Prisons, Punishment and Penality - Richard Sparks
The Competing Logics of Community Sanctions - Gordon Hughes Welfare,
Rehabilitation and Restorative Justice Community and Crime Prevention - Sandra Walklate

Gregor McLennan

McLennan, G. 2011 Story of Sociology: A first companion to social theory. London: Bloomsbury Academic. xiii and 177 pages.
Contents
Acknowledgements
Introduction
Why Sociology?
Sociology as Understanding Modernity
Legacies of Enlightenment
Three Founders
Three Classics
Three other Classics
American Hegemony
Conflict, Contention, Synthesis
From the Past to the Posts
Twenty-first-century Sociology
Next steps

George Herbert Mead 1863-1931 See weblinks

Marshall McLuhan

1960 See Carpenter and McLuhan

McLuhan, M. 1964 Understanding Media: The Extension of Man
PART ONE: Introduction - Chapter: 1) The Medium Is the Message, 2) Media Hot and Cold, 3) Reversal of the Overheated Medium, 4) The Gadget Lover; Narcissus as Narcosis, 5) Hybrid Energy: Les Liaisons Dangereuses, 6) Media as Translators, 7 Challenge and Collapse: The Nemesis of Creativity. PART TWO: Chapter: 8) The Spoken Word: Flower of Evil, 9) The Written Word: An Eye for an Ear, 10) Roads and Paper Routes, 11) Number: Profile of the Crowd, 12) Clothing: Our External Skin, 13) Housing: New Look and New Outlook, 14) Money: The Poor Man's Credit Card, 15) Clocks: The Scent of Time, 16) The Print: How to Dig It, 17) Comics: Mad Vestibule to TV, 18) The Printed Word: Architect of Nationalism, 19) Wheel, Bicycle, and Airplane, 20) The Photograph: The Brothel without Walls, 21) Press: Government by News Leak, 22) Motorcar: The Mechanical Bride, 23) Ads: Keeping Upset with the Joneses, 24) Games: The Extension of Man, 25) Telegraph: The Social Hormone, 26) The Typewriter: Into the Age of the Ion Whim, 27) The Telephone: Sounding Brass or Tinkling Symbol, 28) The Phonograph: The Toy that Shrank the National Chest, 29) Movies: The Reel World, 30) Radio: The Tribal Drum, 31) Television: The Timid Giant, 32) Weapons: War of the Icons, 33) Automation: Learning a Living.

About Mead:
John Dewey 1931
Arnold Rose 1962
Herbert Blumer 1966
Alan Swingewood 1984
Peter Morea 1990
Richard Jenkins 1996
Hans Joas 1997
Fred Pampel 2000
Wes Sharrock 2003
Mitchell Aboulafia 2008

Mead, G.H. 1909 "Social Psychology as Counterpart to Physiological Psychology", Psychological Bulletin 6 (1909): pp 401-408. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Mead/pubs/Mead_1909a.html

Mead, G.H. 1913 "The Social Self", Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and Scientific Methods 10, (1913): 374- 380. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Mead/pubs/Mead_1913.html

Mead, G.H. 1932 The Philosophy of the Present The Paul Carus Foundation Lectures 3. Edited with an introduction by Arthur E. Murphy and prefactory remarks by John Dewey. Chicago, London : Open Court Publishing Co., xl and 199 pages. Available (not the introduction) at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Mead/pubs2/philpres/Mead_1932_toc.html

Charles William Morris 1903-1979.
John Monroe Brewster 1904-1965.
Albert Millard Dunham 1906-
David L. Miller 1903

Mead, G.H. 1934 Mind, Self and Society, From the Standpoint of a Social Behaviourist. Edited with an introduction by Charles W. Morris. Chicago University Press. xxxviii and 401 pages Available (not the introduction) at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Mead/pubs2/mindself/Mead_1934_toc.html [The Mead Project, Brock University, Ontario, Canada]

(offline) - extracts

"a construction from various sets of students' lecture notes (1927, 1930) ... So popular was Mead's course in Social Psychology that a number of students attended it over and over again... Besides four "Supplementary Essays" the material is divided into four divisions: "The Point of View of Social Behaviorism," "Mind," "The Self," and "Society." source

Mead, G.H. 1936a Movements of Thought in the Nineteenth Century, edited, with an introduction, by Merritt H. Moore. Works of George Herbert Mead volume 2. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxxix and 518 pages.
Available (not the introduction) at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Mead/pubs2/movement/Mead_1936 _toc.html. Available with the prefatory note and introductuon at http://www.archive.org/details/movementsofthoug017754mbp [Date on prefatory note is 1.11.1933]

Contents:
Chapter 1: From Renaissance to Revolution
Chapter 2: Kant -- The Philosopher of the Revolution
Chapter 3: The Revolution Breaks Down; Romanticism is Born
Chapter 4: Kant and the Background of Philosophic Romanticism
Chapter 5: The Romantic Philosophers -- Fichte
Chapter 6: The Romantic Philosophers -- Schelling
Chapter 7: The Romantic Philosophers -- Hegel
Chapter 8: Evolution Becomes a General Idea
Chapter 9: The Industrial Revolution -- The Quest for Markets
Chapter 10: The Social Renaissance -- Utilitarianism
Chapter 11: The Social Renaissance -- Karl Marx and Socialism
Chapter 12: Industry a Boon to Science -- Mechanism the Handmaid of Finality
Chapter 13: Modern Science is Research Science
Chapter 14: Science Raises Problems for Philosophy -- Vitalism; Henri Bergson
Chapter 15: Sciences Raises Problems for Philosophy -- Realism and Pragmatism
Chapter 16: The Problem of Society -- How We Become Selves
Chapter 17: Mind Approached Through Behavior -- Can Its Study Be Made Scientific?
Chapter 18:. Individuality in the Nineteenth Century
Appendix. French Philosophy in the Nineteenth Century

Mead, G.H. 1936b The Philosophy of the Act edited, with an Introduction, by Charles W. Morris, in collaboration with John M. Brewster, Albert M. Dunham and David L. Miller. Works of George Herbert Mead volume 3. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, lxxxiv and 696 pages
Available (not the introduction) at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Mead/pubs2/philact/Mead_1938_toc.html
"consists almost entirely of unpublished papers which George H. Mead left at his death in 1931." (Preface)
Contents: Introduction.--Biographical notes.--General analysis of knowledge and the act.--Perceptual and manipulatory phases of the act.-- Cosmology.--Value and the act.--Supplementary essays.

Mellor, A. K. 1989 Mary Shelley: her life, her fiction, her monsters London, Routledge

Meltzer, Petras and Reynolds 1975 Symbolic Interactionism: Genesis, Varieties and Criticism - By Bernard N. Meltzer, John W. Petras, Larry T. Reynolds. Monographs in social theory. London and Boston: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1975.

Robert Merton (1910-2003) weblinks

Complete bibliography by Elizabeth C. Needham and Maritsa V. Poros
Harry Hillman Chartrand's collection of Merton articles
Major works (Frank Elwell's site)

1934 life

Merton, R.K. 1934a "Recent French Sociology" Social Forces 12, pp 537-545.

Merton, R.K. 1934b "Durkheim's Division of Labor in Society" American Journal of Sociology 40, pp 319-328.

1938 life

Merton, R.K. 1936/1938 Science, Technology and Society in Seventeenth Century England. OSIRIS: Studies on the History and Philosophy of Science and on the History of Learning and Culture. Bruges, Belgium: St. Catherine Press, 1938. - Previously hi 1936 Thesis.

Merton, R.K. 1938 "Social Structure and Anomie" American Sociological Review 3, pp 672-682.

1946 life

Merton, R.K. and others 1946 Mass Persuasion: The Social Psychology of a War Bond Drive by Robert K. Merton, with Marjorie Fiske and Alberta Curtis. Harper, 1946

Merton, R.K. and others (Editors) 1952 Reader in Bureaucracy. Free Press

1949 life

Merton, R.K. 1949 "Social Structure and Anomie: Revisions and Extensions" in Anshen, N. 1949, pp 226-257.

Merton, R.K. 1949 Social Theory and Social Structure [First edition] New York: The Free Press.

1957 life

Merton, R.K. 1957 Social Theory and Social Structure. (Revised and Enlarged Edition) Free Press [Original 1949. Another enlarged addition in 1968]

Merton, R.K. 1973 The Sociology of Science - Theoretical and Empirical Investigations University of Chicago Press. 636 pages. Published September 1979

Part One
On Theoretical Sociology - (extracts)
The first two chapters below were added at the beginning of the 1968 edition: They mean page numbers of the old material are about 54 more in the new as in the old.
On the History and Systematics of Sociological Theory
On the Sociological Theories of the Middle Range
In 1957 and 1968 editions:
Manifest and Latent Functions (written 1948)
The Bearing of Sociological Theory on Empirical Research
The Bearing of Empirical Research on Sociological Theory (October 1948 - Paper read March 1946)

Part Two
Studies in Social and Cultural Structure (extracts)
Introduction
Social Structure and Anomie (first published 1938 revised 1949)
Continuities in the Theory of Social Structure and Anomie (1957)
Bureaucratic Structure and Personality (1940)
Role of the Intellectual in Public Bureaucracy (1945)
Contributions to the Theory of Reference Group Behavior (with Alice S. Rossi) (1950)
Continuities in the Theory of Reference Groups and Social Structure (1957)
Patterns of Influence: Local and Cosmopolitan Influentials (1949)
The Self-Fulfilling Prophecy (Summer 1948)

Part Three
The Sociology of Knowledge and Mass Communications
Introduction
The Sociology of Knowledge (1945)
Karl Mannheim and the Sociology of Knowledge (1941)
Studies in Radio and Film Propaganda (with Paul F. Lazarsfeld) (1943)

Part Four
Studies in the Sociology of Science
Introduction
Science and the Social Order (1938)
Science and the Democratic Social Structure (1942)
The Machine, the Worker, and the Engineer (1947)
Puritanism, Pietism, and Science (1936)
Science and Economy of 17th Century England (1939)

Merton, K. R. 1967 On Theoretical Sociology Is the five chapters of part one of the 1968 edition of Social Theory and Social Structure

Merton, R.K. 28.4.1994 A Life of Learning. Charles Homer Haskins Lecture for 1994. American Council of Learned Societies Occasional Paper No. 25 available at http://www.acls.org/op25.htm ACLS Publications, USA

Stjepan Gabriel Mestrovic 1955-

Mestrovic, S.J. 1988 Emile Durkheim and the Reformation of Sociology

Mestrovic, S.J. 1991 The Coming Fin de Siecle: An Application of Durkheim's Sociology to Modernity and Postmodernity

Mestrovic, S.J. 1992 Durkheim and Postmodern Culture

Charlotte Mew 1869-1926

Mew, C. 1894 "Passed" The Yellow Book volume 2, July 1894

James Mill

Mill, James 1820 "Essay on Government" article from Encyclopedia Britannica supplement available at http://studymore.org.uk/xmilgov.htm

Mill, James 1821-1822 Elements of Political Economy.

Mill, James 1825/1967 Essays on Government, Jurisprudence, the Liberty of the Press, Prisons and Prison Discipline, Colonies, the Law of Nations, and Education. Reprinted by permission from the Supplement to the Encyclopedia Britannica. Reprints of Economic Classics, Augustus M. Kelley, New York 1967

Mill, James 1829 Analysis of the Phenomena of the Human Mind.

John Stuart Mill

weblinks - See Coole - Fletcher - Halliday - Hayek - Roberts - Stillinger - Stewart - Turk - Warnock -

Mill, J.S. 1831/Spirit "The Spirit of the Age" Series of articles in The Examiner 6.1.1831 to 29.5.1831. Extracts in Mill, J.S. 1976 pp 170-178; MillCW22

quotes from

Mill, J.S. 1831/1832 (Written) Essay on Marriage and Divorce

Mill, J.S. 1833/Redivivus Writings of Junius Redivivus Monthly Repository vol.7, April 1833, pp 262-270 (or Tait's Edinburgh Magazine, vol.3, 1833, pp 347-54. Halliday has both references) Junius Redivivus was the pseudonym of William Bridges Adams (1797-1872)

Mill, J.S. 1833/Bentham Remarks on Bentham's Philosophy MillCW10 pp 3-18

Mill, J.S.1833/Blakey Blakey's History of Moral Sciences MillCW10 pp 19-30

Mill, J.S.1835/Democracy Democracy and Government Extracts from two 1835 articles reprinted as an appendix in MILL, J.S.1859/1875 Vol.1 and reprinted in Mill, J.S. 1976. The first section was extracted by Mill from Bailey's Rationale of Political Representation London Review 1, 1835, the second section from his review of Tocqueville: London Review 2, 1835.

Mill, J.S. 1835/Sedgwick Sedgwick's Discourse MillCW10 pp 31-74

Mill, J.S.1837/Carlyle Review of Carlyle's French Revolution London and Westminster Review volumes 5 and 27 1837 p.48

Mill, J.S. 1838/Bentham Bentham London and Westminster Review August 1838 MillCW10 pp 75-116

Mill, J.S.1839/Reform Reorganisation of the Reform Party Westminster Review, April 1839, vol.32 pp 475-508

Mill, J.S. 1840/Tocqueville M. de Tocqueville on Democracy in America Edinburgh Review. Vol. 72. 1840. In Mill, J.S. 1976 pp 186-247.

Mill, J.S. 1840/Coleridge Coleridge London and Westminster Review

Mill, J.S. 1843 (8th edition 1872) A System of Logic Ratiocinative and Inductive - Being a connected view of the principles of evidence and the methods of scientific investigation References by book, chapter, section.

Mill, J.S. 1843/1973 Collected works vols 7-8 A System of Logic Ratiocinative and Inductive. introduced by R.F. Mcrae. Text editor J. M. Robson

Mill, J.S. 1843/1987 The Logic of the Moral Sciences, with an introduction by A.J. Ayer. Duckworth. Reprint of Book 6 (8th edition, 1872)

Mill, J.S. 1844 Review of Michelet's History of France. Edinburgh Review volumes 79, 1844. Reprinted in Mill, J.S. 1976 pp 90-93

Mill, J.S. 1845 "The Claims of Labour" (a review) in the Edinburgh Review. Vol. 81. April 1845. Reprinted in Mill, J.S. 1976 pp 273-302

Mill, J.S. 1848 Principles of Political Economy - With Some of Their Applications to Social Philosophy.
Book 4, Ch. 7: On the Probable Futurity of the Labouring Classes

Mill, J.S. 1859 On Liberty First written as an essay in 1854. After January 1855 written and re-written as a volume. Page numbers from Mill, J.S. 1984

Mill, J.S. 1859/1875 Dissertations and Discussions (Collection of his occasional writings) [2 vols 1859; 4 vols 1875]

Mill, J.S. 1861 Considerations on Representative Government available at http://www.la.utexas.edu/research/poltheory/mill/repgov/index.html
Classical Utilitarian web site. University of Texas.

Mill, J.S. 1861/1863 Utilitarianism London : Parker, Son, and Bourn, 1863. 95 pages reprinted from Fraser's Magazine. [First published in three instalments in Fraser's Magazine in 1861]

external link

Mill, J.S. 1865 Auguste Comte and Positivism. Page numbers from Mill, J.S. 1969. There are also selections from the 3rd edition (1882) reprinted in Mill, J.S. 1984 pp 429-447. Also in Collected works volume 10 pp 261-268

Mill, J.S. 1869 The Subjection of Women available at http://www.la.utexas.edu/research/poltheory/mill/sw/index.html
Classical Utilitarian web site. University of Texas.

extracts notes
See also: Pyle 1995

Mill, J.S. 1874 Autobiography available at http://www.la.utexas.edu/research/poltheory/mill/auto/index.html
Classical Utilitarian web site. University of Texas. Also see extracts

Page numbers in some of my web pages from 1969 Riverside Edition, edited by Jack Stillinger. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston.

Mill, J.S. 1969 Collected Works volume 10 Essays on Ethics, Religion and Society Text editor J.M. Robson.

Mill, J.S. 1976 On Politics and Society (Essays selected and edited by G.L. Williams) Fontana

Mill, J.S. 1984 Utilitarianism, on Liberty and Considerations on Representative Government. Everyman/Dent

MillCW: Mill, J.S. Collected Works. University of Toronto Press AND RKP.

MillCW22: vol.22 Newspaper writings December 1822 - July 1831 Edited by A.M. Robson and J.M. Robson.

Jim Miller 1947-

Miller, J. 1984 Rousseau: Dreamer of Democracy New Haven; London : Yale University Press. xii and 272 pages.

Spencer Millham, Roger Bullock, Kenneth Hosie

Millham, S. Bullock, R. and Hosie, K. 1978 Locking up children : secure provision within the child-care system Farnborough, England: Saxon House. x and 196 pages.

Charles Wright Mills (1916-1962) weblinks

Mills, C.W. 1956 The Power Elite

Mills, C.W. 1959 The Sociological Imagination (Penguin 1970)

Mills, C.W. 1962 The Marxists (Penguin 1963)

Sara Mills 1954-

Mills, S. 1997 Discourse London: Routledge

Juliet Mitchell See weblinks - Segal

Mitchell, J. 1966 "Women, the Longest Revolution" in New Left Review Volume 40, November/December 1966

Mitchell, J. 1971 Woman's Estate Penguin

Mitchell, J. 1974 Psychoanalysis and Feminism. A radical reassessment of Freudian psychoanalysis Penguin. Includes discussion of Sigmund Freud, Simone De Beauvoir, Betty Friedan, Eva Figes, Germaine Greer, Shulamith Firestone and Kate Millett, Reich and Laing

Mitchell, J. and Oakley, A. 1976 The Rights and Wrongs of Women

Mitchell, J. and Rose, J. 1982 (Editors) Feminine Sexuality: Jacques Lacan and the Ecole Freudienne. London. Macmillan

Mitchell, J. 1984 Women: The Longest Revolution Virago

Mitchell, J. and Oakley, A. 1986 What is Feminism? Basil Blackwell

Mommsen, W. and Osterhammel, J. (Editors) 1987 Max Weber and his Contempories.

James Moody
1999-2006 Assistant/Associate Professor Ohio State University
2006- Associate/Full Professor Duke University
Curriculum Vitae October 2010

Moody, J. Notes on Durkheim's Division of Labour in Society Available at http://www.soc.duke.edu/~jmoody77/TheoryNotes/Durk_DOL.htm

Mooney, J. 2000 Gender, Violence, and the Social Order Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire : Macmillan Press ; New York : St. Martin's Press, xi and 260 pages
Contents:
Classicist Criminology: Liberal Explanations of Violence
Positivism: Scientific Explanations of Violence
Violence and the Three Feminisms
Feminist Realism: a Synthesis
Researching Violence
Revealing the Hidden Figure
What Do the Men Say? Male Attitudes to Domestic Violence
Violence, Space and Gender: Testing the Theories
Tackling Domestic Violence: From Theory to Policy.

Jayne Mooney 1964-

Barrington Moore (Junior)
During the second world war, an analyst of Russia and Germany in the Office of Strategic Services, Washington. After that lecturer in Sociology at Harvard University, working in the Russian Research Centre

Moore, B. 1954 Terror and Progress USSR. Some sources of change and stability in the soviet dictatorship. Harper

Moore, B. 1966 Social Origins of Dictatorship and Democracy. Lord and peasant in the making of the modern world. (Allen Lane 1967)

Moore, B. 1978 Injustice. The social bases of obedience and revolt.
Largely about Germany between the wars.

Moore, B. 1987 Authority and Inequality under Capitalism and Socialism. USA, USSR and China. Clarendon. Oxford.

Peter Morea

Morea, P. 1990 Personality - An introduction to the theories of psychology Penguin. Chapter 2: The Savage Infant: Freud's psycho-analysis. Chapter 3: Pigeon People: B.F. Skinner's behaviourism. Chapter 4: Flower People: Carl Roger's self theory. Chapter 5: Lonely Liberals: Erich Fromm's neo-Freudianism. Chapter 6: Merely Players: The social behaviourism of role theory and G.H. Mead. Chapter 7: The Knowing Scientist: George Kelly's construct theory.

Lewis Henry Morgan 1818- 1881. weblinks

Morgan, L.H. 1877 Ancient society : or, researches in the lines of human progress from savagery through barbarism to civilization. New York: H. Holt and company. Chicago : C. H. Kerr. London : Macmillan. Calcutta, Bharati Library. 1877.

Morgan, R. 1984 (Editor) Sisterhood is Global: The international women's movement anthology compiled, edited, and with an introduction by Robin Morgan. Garden City, N.Y.: Anchor / Doubleday, 1984. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1985, c1984. xxiii and 817 pages Identifier: ISBN: 0140080058 (pbk)
Contents include
Afghanistan: "The Silent Victims" by Sima Wali.
Nigeria: "Not Spinning on the Axis of Maleness" by 'Molara Ogundipe- Leslie

Morgan, L.H. 1877/2000 Ancient society by Lewis Henry Morgan; with a new introduction by Robin Fox. Published: New Brunswick, N.J. ; London : Transaction, 2000. lviii, 560 pages. Facsimile of the Henry Holt, 1877 edition with new introduction.

Robin Morgan

Enrico Morselli (1852-1929) - known in English as Henry Morselli weblinks

Morselli, E. 1879 II Suicidio. Saggio di statistica morale comparata. Milano: Dumolard. Volume 21 of the "Biblioteca Scientifica Internazionale".

Morselli, E. 1881 Suicide. An Essay On Comparative Moral Statistics. Revised and abridged by the author for the English version. London: C. Kegan Paul. Available online at http://www.archive.org/details/SuicideAnEssayOnComparaticeMoralStatistics

William Morris (1834-1896) weblinks

Arthur Morris -

Morris, W. 1891 News from Nowhere: or, An epoch of rest : being some chapters from a utopian romance London: Reeves & Turner.

Text and discussion available on this site at http://studymore.org.uk/xmorri01.htm

Krishan Kumar 1942-

Morris, W. 1891/1995 News from Nowhere: or, An epoch of rest: being some chapters from a utopian romance edited by Krishan Kumar. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995. Cambridge texts in the history of political thought.

Kathryn Morrison -

Ken Morrison

Morrison, K. 1995 Marx, Durkheim, Weber: Formations of modern thought London: Sage, xv and 361 pages.

Morrison, K. 2006 Marx, Durkheim, Weber: Formations of modern thought (Second edition) London: Sage, xiii and 465 pages.
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION The Origins and Foundations of Modern Social Theory: 1750-1920 Modern Social Theory Defined The Central Subject Matter of Social Theory
PART TWO: KARL MARX The Historical Context of Karl Marx's Work The Shift to Materialism The German Ideology Marx's Economic Works: 1850-1867 Capital Volume One, Part A Economic and Social Elements of Capitalism Capital Volume One, Part B The Theory of Value Capital Volume One, Part C Theory of Surplus Value Capital Volume One, Part D The Genesis of Capitalism Theory of Alienation Marx's theory of Alienation and the 1844 Manuscripts Marx's Political Writings Marx's Dialectical View of History The Theory of Development
PART THREE: EMILE DURKHEIM The Historical Context of Emile Durkheim's Work The Division of Labor in Society The Rules of Sociological Method Durkheim's Study of Suicide The Elementary Form of the Religious Life
PART FOUR: MAX WEBER The Historical Context of Max Weber's Work Weber's Theoretical Perspective and Fundamental Themes in His Work The Theme of Capitalism in Weber's Work Weber's Theory of Class, Status and Party Weber's Concept of the Status Group The Separation of Status from Class The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism Weber's Methodology and the Theory of Knowledge in the Social Sciences The Theory of Legitimate Domination Weber's Political Writings Weber's Study of Bureaucracy

Morton, A.L. (Editor) 1962 The Life and Ideas of Robert Owen

John Muncie

See McLaughlin, E. and Muncie, J. 1996
Goldson, B. and Muncie, J. 2006

Muncie, J. 1999 Youth and Crime: A critical introduction London : Sage.
Contents:
PART ONE: YOUTH CRIME REPRESENTATIONS, DISCOURSES AND DATA The Threat of Youth The Extent of Offending and Victimization Patterns of Offending and Non-Offending The 'Youth'-'Crime' Connection
PART TWO: HISTORIES OF YOUTH CRIME THE DEPRIVED AND THE DEPRAVED The 'Invention' of Childhood and Youth Discovering Juvenile Delinquency Troublesome Adolescence The Consolidation of the 'Youth Problem'
PART THREE: EXPLAINING YOUTH CRIME I POSITIVIST CRIMINOLOGIES Individual Positivism Sociological Positivism
PART FOUR: EXPLAINING YOUTH CRIME II RADICAL AND REALIST CRIMINOLOGIES Radical Criminologies Realist Criminologies Beyond Criminology?
PART FIVE: YOUTH CULTURES, GANGS AND SUBCULTURES RESISTANCE AND DISSENT Subcultural Theory and Analysis Subcultures and Resistance Countercultures and Dissent The Critique of Subcultural Analysis Post Subcultural Style...Cultural Production...
PART SIX: YOUTH AND SOCIAL POLICY REGULATION AND CONTROL Theorizing Social Control and Youth Regulation Youth Training and the Labour Market Homelessness and the Housing Market Public Space, Policing and Surveillance Social Crime Prevention
PART SEVEN: YOUTH JUSTICE POLICY WELFARE AND PUNISHMENT Welfare Justice Diversion and Community Corrections Custody

John Muncie and David Wilson.

Muncie, J. and Wilson, D. 2004 (Editors) Student Handbook of Criminal Justice and Criminology London : Cavendish Publishing Limited, 2004.
Contents:
Part One: Approaching criminal justice and criminology
Chapter 1 Contemporary criminology, crime and strategies of crime control by John Muncie
Chapter 2 The politics and processes of criminal justice by David Wilson
Chapter 3 Researching crime and criminal justice by Gemma Buckland and Emma Wincup
Part Two: Unravelling criminal justice and criminology
Chapter 4 Criminal justice, public opinion, fear and popular politics by Lynn Hancock
Chapter 5 Media representations of criminal justice by Yvonne Jewkes
Chapter 6 Minorities, crime and criminal justice by Nadia Joanne Britton
Chapter 7 Gender, crime and criminal justice by Sandra Walklate
Chapter 8 Victims, crime and criminal justice by Graham Wright and Jane Hill
Chapter 9 Islam and criminal justice by Basia Spalek
Chapter 10 Regulation and corporate crime by Dave Whyte
Chapter 11 Globalisation, human rights and international criminal courts by Wayne Morrison
Part 3 Delivering criminal justice
Chapter 12 Crime prevention, community safety, and crime and disorder reduction by Gordon Hughes
Chapter 13 Police and policing by Douglas Sharp
Chapter 14 Sentencing and court processes by Anthea Hucklesby
Chapter 15 Youth crime and youth justice by Barry Goldson
Chapter 16 Probation and community penalties by Mike Nash
Chapter 17 Thinking about imprisonment by Joe Sim
Chapter 18 Restorative and informal justice by Gerry Johnstone
Chapter 19 Criminal justice in Scotland by Anne Reuss

George Peter Murdock 1897-1985 weblinks

Murdock, G.P. 1934 Our Primitive Contemporaries New York: Macmillan Co. xxii and 614 pages, Maps on lining-papers.
Contents: The Tasmanians -- The Aranda of central Australia -- The Samoans -- The Semang of the Malay Peninsula -- The Todas of southern India -- The Kazaks of central Asia -- The Ainus of northern Japan -- The Polar Eskimos -- The Haidas of British Columbia -- The Crows of the Western Plains -- The Iroquois of northern New York -- The Hopi of Arizona -- The Aztecs of Mexico -- The Incas of Peru -- The Witotos of northwestern Amazonia -- The Nama Hottentots of southwest Africa -- The Ganda of Uganda -- The Dahomeans of west Africa.

George Peter Murdock - Clellan Stearns Ford 1909-1972 - Alfred Emmons Hudson 1904 - and others

Murdock, G.P., Ford, C.S., Hudson, A.E. and others 1938 Outline of cultural materials prepared by George P. Murdock, Clellan S. Ford, Alfred E. Hudson and others for Yale University. Institute of Human Relations. New Haven : Cross-Cultural Survey, Institute of Human Relations, Yale University, 1938. 55 pages.

Murdock, G.P. 1949 Social Structure New York: Macmillan

Murdock, G.P. 1954 Outline of World Cultures New Haven, Human Relations Area Files, 1954. vi and 180 pages

Kate Nash Goldsmiths, University of London

Nash, K. 12.2009 "Between Citizenship and Human Rights" Sociology Volume 43, Number 6. pp 1067-1083 a

Franz Neumann (1899? - 1954)

weblinks

Neumann, F. 1942 Behemoth. The structure and practice of National Socialism

notes and extracts

Neumann, F. 1949 Montesquieu, ch.4 in Neumann, F. 1957

Neumann, F. 1950 Approaches to the study of political power ch.1 in Neumann, F. 1957

Neumann, F. 1951 Economics and politics in the twentieth century, ch.10 in Neumann, F. 1957 [discusses "prerogative power"]

Neumann, F. 1954 Anxiety and politics, ch.11 in Neumann, F. 1957

Neumann, F. 1955 On the theory of the federal state, ch.8 in Neumann, F. 1957

Neumann, F. 1957 The Democratic and Authoritarian State

Neumann, F. 1957/Dict Notes on the theory of dictatorship, ch.9 in Neumann, F. 1957 - See analysis

Tim Newburn

"Young people, crime, and youth justice" in the Oxford Handbook of Criminology

Newton, I. 1686/1729 Sir Isaac Newton's Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy and his System of the Worlds. Translated into English by Andrew Motte in 1729. The translations revised, and supplied with an historical and explanatory appendix, by Florian Cajori. University of California Press. 1934. Volume One The Motion of Bodies

Nietzsche, F.W. 1883 Thus Spake Zarathustra. Part One

Nisbet, R. 1963 "Sociology as an art form" in M. Stein and A. Vidiich (editors) Sociology on Trial, Englewood Cliffs NJ: Prentice Hall.

Nisbet, R. 1965 (Editor) Emile Durkheim: With Selected Essays Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Spectrum Books, Prentice Hall.

Francis Ivan Nye 1918-

Nye, F.I. 1958 Family Relationships and Delinquent Behavior New York : J. Wiley ; London : Chapman & Hall. 168 pages

Nye, R. D. 1975 Three Psychologies: Perspectives from Freud, Skinner, and Rogers (Fourth Edition), Brooks/Cole Publishing Company, Pacific Grove, California, USA.

Ann Oakley 1944-
Daughter of Richard Titmus and Kathleen (née) Miller

Oakley, A. 1972 Sex, Gender and Society London: Temple Smith. Reprinted with new Introduction, London: Gower, 1985.

Oakley, A. 1974/1976 Housewife. London: Allen Lane. In 1976 retitled Woman's Work: The Housewife, Past and Present New York: Random House.

Oakley, A. 1974 The Sociology of Housework. London: Martin Robertson. Reprinted with new Introduction. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1985

Oakley, A. 1979/1981 Becoming a Mother Oxford: Martin Robertson. In 1981 retitled From Here to Maternity Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1981. Reprinted with new Introduction, 1986.

Oakley, A. 1980 Women Confined: Towards a sociology of childbirth. Oxford: Martin Robertson.

Oakley, A. 1981 Subject Women Oxford: Martin Robertson.

Oakley, A. 1984 The Captured Womb: A history of the medical care of pregnant women. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.

ODI: Overseas Development Institute

ODI 285 Exploring the science of complexity: Ideas and implications for development and humanitarian efforts ODI Working Papers 285, February 2008. Second edition November 2008 available from http://www.odi.org.uk/resources/details.asp?id=583&title=science- complexity

O'Donnell, M. 2000 Classical and Contemporary Sociology: Theories and Issues, London, Hodder and Stoughton

Mike O'Donnell

OECD The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development

OECD 234 The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development Working Paper No. 234 May 2004: "The impact of social institutions on the economic role of women in developing countries" by Christian Morrisson and Johannes Jütting. Available at http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/23/43/31652310.pdf

Alexander Konstantin von Oettingen 1827-1905

Oettingen, A.K. 1868 Die Moralstatistik und die christliche Sittenlehre. Versuch einer Socialethik auf empirischer Grundlage (Moral statistics and Christian ethics. An attempt at a social ethic on an empirical basis)

Oettingen, A.K. 1882 Die Moralstatistik in ihrer Bedeutung füe;r eine Socialethik [A revised and expanded edition of Oettingen, A.K. 1868?]

Clare O'Farrell

O'Farrell, C. 1989 Foucault: Historian or Philosopher? Basingstoke: Macmillan. xii and 188 pages.

[There is an extract from this at http://www.thefoucauldian.co.uk/clare.htm - (archive) which outlines and discusses the context of Foucault's work.]

Claus Offe 1940-

His webpage gives access to a list of his publications.

C. Offe 11/12.1982 "Reflections on the welfare state and the future of socialism. An interview" (with David Held and John Keane in London and Wassenaar - November/December 1982). Chapter 12 in C. Offe 1984 pp 152-199. - In this, Offe explains what he means by a "new social movement".

C. Offe 1984 Contradictions of the Welfare State London: Hutchinson. (A collection of essays edited by John Keane).

C. Offe 1985 "New Social Movements: Challenging the Boundaries of Institutional Politics" Social Research vol.52 pages 817-868. New York : Graduate Faculty of Political and Social Science, New School for Social Research,

Jim Ogg

Ogg, J. 2003 Living Alone in Later Life Institute of Community Studies Research Report No.2. London

Teresa O'Neill, 1952- lecturer in the School for Policy Studies at the University of Bristol.

Teresa O'Neill, 2001 Children in secure accommodation: a gendered exploration of locked institutional care for children in trouble by Teresa O'Neill with a foreword by Allan Levy. London ; Philadelphia : Jessica Kingsley Publishers.
"Children are placed in these institutions for a number of different reasons, from those who have run away from home to those who have committed serious crimes. Teresa O'Neill argues that the ideological confusion between welfare and justice leads to a contadiction in policy and practice. She suggest that the fact that most of the boys - who form the majority of children in secure accommodation - are admitted through the criminal justice system while most of the girls are admitted through the welfare system makes this a gendered issue."
Contents:
Part 1 The context - research and practice literature: children in trouble - the historical and legal context; children in trouble - the professional response; local authority secure accommodation.
Part 2 The context of the research study: the children in the study - characteristics and backgrounds.
Part 3 The professional context: the roles of secure accommodation - the views of managers and staff; secure unit residents - the views of managers and staff; the roles of secure accommodation - the views of social workers.
Part 4 Children in security: life before placement in secure accommodation; living in secure accommodation; theraputic interventions; evaluation and outcomes.
Part 5 Conclusions: summary and conclusions.

William Matthew O'Neil

O'Neil, W.P. 1968 The Beginnings of Modern Psychology Penguin science of behaviour. Harmondsworth: Penguin. 157 pages. A second (Revised) edition published Brighton: Harvester 1982.
(subject index)

Orru, M. 1987 Anomie: history and meanings London: Allen and Unwin.

Richard Osborne 1952- and Borin Van Loon 1951
Richard Osborne is a lecturer at London Guildhall University. Borin Van Loon is a Surrealist artist.

Osborne, R. and Van Loon, B 1996 Sociology for Beginners Trumpington: Icon. 176 pages. Text by Richard Osborne. Pictures by Borin Van Loon. Edited by Richard Appignanesi.

Osborne, R. and Van Loon, B 1999 Introducing Sociology [Sociology for Beginners with a different title]

Osborne, R. and Van Loon, B 2009 Introducing Sociology: A graphic Guide [Same book with amended title]

[publisher's website]

Summary: Sociology is the study of how society functions, or in some cases, does not function. Various competing schools of sociology have attempted to fit observations of social phenomena into different conceptual systems. This work traces the origins of these systems from Enlightenment thought and the work of Auguste Comte to subsequent developments in Karl Marx, Herbert Spencer, Emile Durkheim and Max Weber. The rapid expansion of sociology in 20th-century America and Britain, the post-World War two dominance of Talcott Parsons, the Chicago School and the rise of Structuralism are outlined. Goes "to Baudrillard and beyond". Also examined are the array of concepts and methods of research that have been applied to the study of society. Includes bibliographical references and index.

Thomas Osborne, Nikolas Rose and Mike Savage

Osborne, T., Rose, N. and Savage, M. 2008 "Editors' Introduction Reinscribing British sociology: some critical reflections" The Sociological Review volume 56, issue 4: pp 519-534. Available at http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1467- 954X.2008.00803.x/abstract

William Outhwaite Newcastle University

Outhwaite, W. 1994 Habermas: A Critical Introduction Cambridge: Polity Press

Outhwaite, W. 1996 (Editor) The Habermas Reader Cambridge: Polity Press

Outhwaite, W. 12.2009 "Canon Formation in Late 20th Century British Sociology" Sociology Volume 43, Number 6. pp 1029-1045

Robert Owen Butt - Hardy - Morton - reviews - weblinks

bibliography at McMaster University, Canada

Owen, R. 1813 A New View of Society; or, Essays on the Principle of the Formation of the Human Character and the Application of the Principle to Practice. By one of His Majety's Justices of Peace for the County of Lanark. London: Printed for Cadell and Davies, Strand; by Richard Taylor and Co., Printers' Court, Shoe Lane. 1813. Available at http://www.yale.edu/lawweb/avalon/econ/owenm.htm

Owen, R. 1813/1st Essay On the Formation of Human Character Addressed to William Wilberforce. Available at http://www.yale.edu/lawweb/avalon/econ/ow01.htm

Owen, R. 1813/2nd Essay The Principles of the Former Essay continued, and applied in part to Practice Addressed to the British Public. Available at http://www.yale.edu/lawweb/avalon/econ/ow02.htm

Owen, R. 1814/3rd Essay The Principles of the Former Essays applied to a Particular Situation Addressed to manufacturers. Available at http://www.yale.edu/lawweb/avalon/econ/ow03.htm

Owen, R. 1814/4th Essay The Principles of the Former Essays applied to Government Addressed to the Prince Regent. Available at http://www.yale.edu/lawweb/avalon/econ/ow04.htm

Owen, R. 1815 Observations On the Effect of the Manufacturing System: With Hints for the Improvement of those parts of it which are most injurious to Health and Morals available at http://studymore.org.uk/xowen.htm

Owen, R. 1.1.1816 Address Delivered to the Inhabitants of New Lanark, on January 1st, 1816, at the Opening of the Institute Established for the Formation of Character. London, Hatchard, 1816.

Owen, R. 12.3.1817 Report to the Committee for the Relief of the Manufacturing Poor. (The first statement of Owen's famous Plan. Morton 1962 p.34)

Owen, R. 1820 Report to the County of Lanark (Owen 1927 pp 245-298)

Owen, R. 1927 A New View of Society (and Other Writings) Everyman/Dent 1927.

Owen, R. 1961 Robert Owen on Education. Edited by Harold Silver, Cambridge : Cambridge University Press , 1969

Owen, R. 1970 A new view of society; and, Report to the county of Lanark. Edited with an introduction by V. A. C. Gatrell [Valentine Arthur Charles Gatrell] Pelican classics Harmondsworth: Penguin. 1970

Owen, R. 1991 A New View of Society (and Other Writings) Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. Edited and introduced by Gregory Claeys

Sam Egite Oyovbaire

Oyovbaire, S E 1983 "The Tyranny of Borrowed Paradigms and the Responsibility of Political Science: The Nigerian Experience" Barongo, Y. 1983 pages 239-254.

Thomas Paine 1737-1809

Paine, T 1791/1792 Rights of Man

External link to text at Adelaide.edu.au

Paine, T 1794/1795 The Age of Reason

External link to text at Adelaide.edu.au

Daniel L. Pals

Pals, D.L. 1996 Seven Theories of Religion Oxford University Press (5.12.1996) Contents: 1. Animism and Magic: E.B. Tylor and J.G. Frazer - 2. Religion and Personality: Sigmund Freud - 3. Society as Sacred: Emile Durkheim 4. Religion as Alienation: Karl Marx 5. The Reality of the Sacred: Mircea Eliade 6. Society's "Construct of the Heart": E.E. Evans-Pritchard 7. Religion as Cultural System: Clifford Geertz

Pals, D.L. 2006 Eight Theories of Religion Oxford University Press (23.2.2006) adds a chapter on Max Weber.

Fred C. Pampel

Pampel, F.C. 2000 Sociological Lives and Ideas: An introduction to the classical theorists New York: Worth Publishers. 213 pages.
Contents:
The Sources of Human Misery: Karl Marx and the Centrality of Social Class
The Problem of the Social Order: Emile Durkheim and Morality in Modern Societies
A Prophet of Doom: Max Weber and the Spread of Rationality
Impressions of Everyday Life: Georg Simmel and Forms of Interaction
Uniting Self and Society: George Herbert Mead and Symbolic Interaction

Bhikhu Parekh

Parekh, B. 1974 (Editor) Jeremy Bentham: Ten critical essays London: Cass, xxvii and 204 pages.
Contents:
Bentham by John Stuart Mill
Bentham by William Whewell
Bentham by John Watson
Bentham by H.L.A. Hart
Bentham's justification of the principle of utility by Bhiku Parekh.
Bentham's ideal republic by Thomas Peardon
Bentham on sovereignty by H.L.A. Hart
Bentham's critique of political fallacies by J.H. Burns
Bentham's felicific calculus by Wesley C. Mitchell
Jeremy Bentham and the Victorian administrative state by David Roberts

Robert E. Park weblinks

Park, R.E. and Burgess, E.W. 1921 Introduction to the Science of Sociology, by Robert Ezra Park and Ernest W. Burgess

External link to extracts - archive
Internal extracts

Park, R.E. etc 1925 The City by Robert E. Park, Ernest W. Burgess, Roderick D. McKenzie and Louis Wirth. Chicago, Illinois: University of Chicago Press. Contains: 1) "The city: suggestions for the investigation of human behavior in the urban environment" by R.E. Park - 2) "The growth of the city: an introduction to a research project" by E.W. Burgess - 3) "The ecological approach to the study of the human community" by R.D. McKenzie - 4) "The natural history of the newspaper" by R.E. Park - 5) "Community organisation and juvenile delinquency" by R.E. Park - 6) "Community organisation and the romantic temper" by R.E. Park - 7) "Magic, mentality, and city life" by R.E. Park - 8) "Can neighborhood work have a scientific basis?" by E.W. Burgess - 9) "The mind of the hobo : reflections upon the relation between mentality and locomotion" by R.E. Park - 10) "A Bibliography of the Urban Community" by Louis Wirth

Park, R.E. 1925/1 "The city: suggestions for the investigation of human behavior in the urban environment" Chapter 1 in Park, R.E. etc 1925

Park, R.E. 1925/6 "Community organisation and the romantic temper" Chapter 6 in Park, R.E. etc 1925

Park, R.E. 1925/7 "Magic, mentality, and city life" Chapter 7 in Park, R.E. etc 1925

Park, R.E. 1944 "An Autobiographical Note" (Dictated to his secretary at Fisk University and found among his papers after his death) in Park, R.E. 1950 pp v-ix

Park, R.E. 1936 "Human Ecology" American Journal of Sociology 42, pp 1-15

Park, R.E. 1950 Race and Culture [collected writings] The Free Press of Glencoe

Park, R.E. 1967 On social control and collective behaviour : selected papers edited and with an introduction by Ralph H. Turner Chicago: University of Chicago Press 1967

Julie Parle

Parle, J. 2007 States of Mind: Searching for mental health in Natal and Zululand, 1868-1918 Scottsville, South Africa: University of KwaZulu-Natal Press. xv and 334 pages,
Contents
Introduction: The Voice of History: Madness and South Africa Past. p.1
One: 'Consistent with Humanity Itself': Ideas of Insanty in the Nineteenth and Earlv Tentieth Centuries p.30
Two: The Fools on the Hill: The Institutionalisation of Insanty in Natal and ZuluIand, 1860--1910. p.81
Three: Witches, Spirits and Hysteria: The Inmates of Colonial Psychiatry. p.128
Four: In their own Hands: The Search for Solace beyond the Asylum Walls p.165
Five: Death in Black and White: Race, Suicide and the Colonial State p.203
Six: The A-Z of Mental Disease and Asylum Administration: the Pietermaritzburg Mental Hospital and Psychiaty in South Africa, 1910-18 p.249

See review by Sally Swartz

Andrea Parrot and Nina Cummings

Parrot, A. and Cummings, C. 2008 Sexual enslavement of girls and women worldwide Series: Practical and applied psychology, Published: Westport, Connecticut; London : Praeger. 177 pages.
Contents: The scope of the problem -- Conditions supporting sexual slavery -- Trafficking -- War-induced sexual slavery -- Ritual sexual slavery -- Forced marriage -- Sexual servitude -- Solutions : success stories and legislation -- Consequences of sexual slavery and trafficking of girls and women -- Initiatives to stop sexual slavery : international, national, and legislative.

Talcott Parsons 1902-1979 See reviews - weblinks.

Books about:
Max Black
Peter Hamilton
Pat N. Lackey

1930 life
1937 life

Parsons, T. 1937 The Structure of Social Action A study in social theory with special reference to a group of recent European writers (Including Alfred Marshall, Vilfredo Pareto, Emile Durkheim, Max Weber). New York & London, 1937. New edition (unrevised but with a new Preface) 1949

Extracts
Introduction at Marxists.org
Offline: On Durkheim 1 - Durkheim 2 - Durkheim 3 - Durkheim 4 - Summary -

1939 life

Parsons, T. 5. 1939 "The Professions and Social Structure" Social Forces May 1939. Volume 17. number 1. pp. 457-467

JSTOR

Parsons, T. 1942d "Propaganda and Social Control" Psychiatry 5, pp 551-572. Reprinted Parsons, T. 1949/1954

Parsons, T. 1951 The Social System, Routledge and Kegan Paul Ltd, London. Extracts

1948 life
1949 life

Parsons, T. 1949 Essays in Sociological Theory First edition

Parsons, T. 1949 "The Social structure of the family" in Anshen R.N. 1949

1951 life

Talcott Parsons and Edward A. Shils

Parsons, T. Shils, E.A. 1951 (Editors) Towards a General Theory of Action - Theoretical Foundations for the Social Sciences. Harvard University Press. Other authors: Edward C. Tolman, Gordon W. Allport, Clyde Kluckhohn, Henry A. Murray, Robert R. Sears, Richard C. Sheldon, Samuel, A. Stoufer.

1952 life

Parsons, T. 2.1952 "The superego and the theory of social systems" Psychiatry Volume 15, No.1, February 1952 Reprinted in Parsons 1964 as Chapter 1 (pages 17-33)

Parsons, T. 9.1952 "The Father Symbol: An appraisal in the light of psychoanalytic and sociological theory" Substance read at a meeting of the American Psychological Association in September 1952 Reprinted in Parsons 1964 as Chapter 2 (pages 34-56)

1953 life

Parsons, T. Bales, R. and Shils, E.A. 1953 Working Papers in the Theory of Action Glencoe Illinois. Free Press.

1954 life

Parsons, T. 1954 Essays in Sociological Theory Revised edition

Parsons, T. 10.1.1954 "The incest taboo in relation to social structure and the socialisation of the child" Paper presented at a meeting of the Association of Social Anthropologists, University College, London, 10.1.1954. Reprinted in Parsons 1964 as Chapter 3 (pages 57-76)

1955 life

Talcott Parsons and Robert Freed Bales 1916-2004
James Olds - Morris Zelditch Junior, and Philip Elliot Slater 1927-.

Parsons, T. and Bales, F.B. 1955 Family, Socialisation and Interaction Process by Talcott Parsons and Robert Freed Bales in collaboration with James Olds, Morris Zelditch, Jr., and Philip Elliot Slater. Glencoe, Illinois 1955 - London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1956. 422 pages.
Contents include
1. The American Family: Its relations to personality and to the social structure, by Talcott Parsons
2. Family Structure and the Socialisation of the Child, by Talcott Parsons
3. The Organisation of Personality as a System of Social Action, by Talcott Parsons
4. The Mechanisms of Personality Functioning with Special Reference to Socialisation, by Talcott Parsons and James Olds
5. Role Differentiation in Small Decision-Making Groups, by Robert F. Bales and Philip E, Slater
6. Role Differentiation in the Nuclear Family: A comparative study, by Morris Zelditch, junior
7. Conclusion: Levels of cultural generality and the process of differentiation, by Talcott Parsons and Robert, F. Bales
Appendix A: A Note on Some Biological Analogies, by Talcott Parsons.
Appendix B: A Note on the Analysis of Equilibrium Systems by Morris Zelditch, junior

1956 life

Parsons, T. 6/7.1956 "A Sociological Approach to the Theory of Organisations" Administrative Science Quarterly 1. (June 1956) pp 63-85 - 2. (September 1956) pp 225-239. Reprinted Parsons, T. 1960 pp 16-58

Parsons, T. 1961a "An Outline of the Social System" in Parsons, T. 1961

Parsons, T. and Smelser, N. 1957 Economy and Society. Free Press

Parsons, T. Autumn 1959 "The School Class as a Social System: Some of its Functions in American Society" Harvard Educational Reviews Volume 29, issue 4. Autumn 1959, pages 297-318. Reprinted in Parsons 1964 as Chapter 6 (pages 129-154)

Parsons, T. 1960 Structure and Process in Modern Societies ["ten essays written by the author for various occasions during the past five years" (Introduction)]

Parsons, T. 1961 (Editor with others) Theories of Society: Foundations of Modern Sociological Theory Two volumes. New York. Free Press of Glencoe. Single volume version in 1965.

1964 life

Parsons, T. 1964 Social Structure and Personality Free Press, New York

Parsons, T. 6.1964 "Evolutionary Universals in Society" American Sociological Review June 1964, pp 339-357. Reprinted in Parsons/Mayhew 1982

Parsons, T. 1966 Societies: Evolutionary and Comparative Perspectives Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.

Parsons, T. 1967 Sociological Theory and Modern Society. New York: the Free Press; London: Collier-Macmillan

In his introduction, Parsons says that the above are one book divided into two. (Sholi Loewenthal)

Parsons, T. 1971 The System of Modern Societies Prentice- Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey and Hemel Hempstead.

Parsons/Mayhew 1982 Talcott Parsons on Institutions and Social Evolution: Selected Writings edited and with an introduction by Leon H. Mayhew.

Google books

Violetta Parutis
UCL School of Slavonic and East European Studies

Parutis, V. 2006 Construction of home by Polish and Lithuanian migrants in the UK. Economics Working Papers 64. Centre for the Study of Economic and Social Change in Europe, SSEES, UCL: London, UK. Available at http://eprints.ucl.ac.uk/17498/

offline -

ABSTRACT Researchers across the social sciences and humanities have sought to understand the nature of people's affiliation with a particular place, to understand the emotional and symbolic ties that bind people to a place and make them feel at home. The concept of home becomes especially complex when analysed in the light of migration. In this context Gilles Deleuza and Felix Guattari (1987) invent a pair of concepts: 'homing of diaspora' and 'diasporising of home'. These two phrases express the essence of diasporic existence: on one hand, 'home' and especially nostalgia for home left behind is infused into the very notion of diaspora; on the other hand, diasporas take their 'home' with them when they travel and reconstruct 'home' in the new environment. This article analyses how these processes of home creation take place among the new Polish and Lithuanian migrants in the UK, based on interviews conducted with migrant workers for the research project 'Changing Status, Changing Lives?' carried out by the University of Oxford.

Pavlov, I.P. 1904 Nobel Speech Delivered in Stockholm on 12.12.1904 available at http://nobelprize.org/medicine/laureates/1904/pavlov-lecture.h tml

(extract)

Pavlov, I.P. 1932 Essay on the Physiological Concept of the Symptomatology of Hysteria, English translation in Pavlov, I.P. 1955 pp 129 to 148. (extract)

Pavlov, I.P. 1955 Selected Works Moscow

Frank Pearce weblinks

Frank Pearce and Andrew Roberts

Pearce, F. and Roberts, A. 1973 "The Social Regulation of Sexual Behaviour and the Development of Industrial Capitalism in Britain" in Contemporary Social Problems in Britain, edited by Bailey, R. and Young, J.; published by D.C. Heath; Farnborough, England and Lexington, USA; pages 51-72.

Pearce, F. 1976 Crimes of the Powerful: Marxism, crime and deviance. London : Pluto Press. Foreword by Jock Young.

Pearce, F. 8.1986 "Durkheim and the juridical relation", Economy and Society, Vol.15: No.3, pages 334-345. August 1986 Available at http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03085148600000021
A summary and discussion of the significance of Durkheim's "La Science positive de la morale en Allemagne", translated by Frank Pearce in the same issue.

Pearce, F. 10.1987 You Bury Our Mistakes - Union Carbide, Bhopal and the Hubris of the Technocracy Middlesex Polytechnic Occasional Paper No.3 October 1987.

Pearce, F. 11.1987 "A Reworking of Durkheim's Suicide" Economy and Society, Vol.16 No.4 pages 526-567 November 1987 Available at http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03085148700000013

Pearce, F. 1989 The Radical Durkheim
Contents: Durkheim's sociology - a conceptual critique; Durkheim and politics; Durkheim and the division of labour; Durkheim and the juridical relation; fatalism; a reformulation of Durkheim's suicide; Durkheim and Marx - a dialogue; the state, law and order in complex societies.

Frank Pearce and Laureen Snider

Pearce, F. and Snider, L. 1995 Corporate Crime: Contemporary debates: Conference entitled "Corporate crime: ethics, law, and the state" : Selected papers edited by Frank Pearce and Laureen Snider. Toronto: : Toronto University Press 1995. 426 pages. [Conference held 12.11.1992 to 14.11.1992 at Kingston, Canada]

Googlebooks

Pearce, F. 2001 The Radical Durkheim Toronto : Canadian Scholars' Press. Second edition. xxiv, 272 pages.

Pearce, F. 2010 'Obligatory Sacrifice and Imperial Projects' in Ron Kramer, Ray Michalowski, William Chambliss (editorss) State Crime, Willan Publishing, Uffculme, Devon

Pearson, G. 1975 The Deviant Imagination: Psychiatry, social work, and social change London : Macmillan. xii and 258 pages.

Geoffrey Pearson

Pearson, G. 1983 Hooligan: A history of respectable fears London : Macmillan, 1983. xi and 283 pages

Pearson, G. 8.11.2006 "The generation game This panic over youth disorder is nothing new, says Geoffrey Pearson" The Guardian 8.11.2006

Pearson, R. and Williams, G. 1984 Political Thought and Public Policy in the Nineteenth Century.

Jill Peay

Peay, J. 2002 "Mentally disordered offenders, mental health, and crime". The Oxford Handbook of Criminology (3rd edition), chapter 21, pages 746 to 791

Peay, J. 2011 Mental Health and Crime Abingdon, Oxfordshire, UK; New York, USA: Routledge,

Pecheux, M. 1982 Language, Semantics and Ideology. London, Macmillan.

John David Yeadon Peel 1941-

See Herbert Spencer

Peel, J.D.Y. 1971 Herbert Spencer: The evolution of a sociologist London: Heinemann Educational. xiii and 338 pages

Peel, J.D.Y. 1972 Herbert Spencer on Social Evolution: Selected writings edited and with an introduction by J.D.Y. Peel. The Heritage of sociology series. Chicago; London: University of Chicago Press. li and 270 pages.

Philip Pettit

Pettit, P., 1998 "Defining and Defending Social Holism" Philosophical Explorations: An International Journal for the Philosophy of Mind and Action, Volume 1, Issue 3, 1998, Pages 169 - 184. Available at: http://www.princeton.edu/~ppettit/papers/1998/Defining%20and%20Defending%20 Social%20Holism.pdf

Detlev J.K. Peukert (1950-

"The belief in social holism, as it has been called for much of this century, goes back to the romantic tradition associated with the likes of Vico and Rousseau and Herder and, perhaps above all, Hegel".

Abstract: This paper offers a definition of social holism that makes the doctrine non-trivial but possibly true. According to that definition, the social holist maintains that people depend non-causally on interaction with one another for possession of the capacity to think; the thesis is meant to be a contingent truth but one, like physicalism, that is plausible in the light of some a priori argument and some plausible empirical assumptions. The paper also sketches an argument in support of social holism, which connects with themes in a number of traditions, philosophical and sociological. The key idea is that people depend on socially shared dispositions and responses for the ability to identify - identify fallibly - the properties and other entities that they consider in each individual has to the course of thinking.

Peukert, D.J.K. 1987 Inside Nazi Germany : conformity, opposition, and racism in everyday life New Haven, Connecticut and London: Yale University Press, 1987. English translation by Richard Deveson of Volksgenossen und Gemeinschaftsfremde Cologne: Bund, 1982.

Stephen J. Pfohl

Pfohl, S. 1985 Images of Deviance and Social Control: A sociological history New York : McGraw-Hill, xiii and 402 pages.

Pfohl, S. 1985/1994 Images of Deviance and Social Control: A sociological history New York : McGraw-Hill. Second edition. xiv and 528 pages.

Contents:
1. Images Of Deviance and Social Control: An Introduction.
2. The Demonic Perspective: Other Worldly Interpretations of Deviance.
3. The Classical Perspective: Deviance as Rational Hedonism.
4. The Pathological Perspective: Deviance as Sickness.
5. The Social Disorganization Perspective: Rapid Change and Normative Breakdown In The Slums Of Chicago.
6. The Functionalist Perspective: Cybernetics, Negative Feedback, And The Benefits of Deviance.
7. The Anomie Perspective: Normlessness, Inequality, and Deviant Aspirations.
8. The Learning Perspective: Acquiring Deviance in Association with Others.
9. The Societal Reaction Perspective: Labeling and The Social Construction Of Deviance.
10. Critical Perspectives: Toward A Power-Reflexive Deconstruction of Deviance And Difference.
11. Critical Perspectives: Social Theory And Social Change.

Jean Piaget 1896-1980 weblinks

1921 to 1925 Research Director (Chef des travaux), Institut Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Geneva
1925 to 1929 Professor of Psychology, Sociology and the Philosophy of Science, University of Neuchatel
1929 to 1939 Professeur extraordinaire of the History of Scientific Thought, University of Geneva
1929 to 1967 Director, International Bureau of Education, Geneva
1932 to 1971 Director, Institute of Educational Sciences, University of Geneva
1938 to 1951 Professor of Experimental Psychology and Sociology, University of Lausanne
1939 to 1951 Professor of Sociology, University of Geneva
1940 to 1971 Professeur ordinaire of Experimental Psychology, University of Geneva
1952 to 1964 Professor of Genetic Psychology, Sorbonne, Paris
1954 to 1957 President, International Union of Scientific Psychology
1955 to 1980 Director, International Centre for Genetic Epistemology, Geneva
1971 to 1980 Emeritus Professor, University of Geneva

books in date order

Articles about:
Kenneth Lovell 1966
Books about:
Sigel and Cocking 1977

Piaget, J. 1926 La représentation du monde chez l'enfant

Piaget, J. 1926/ 1929 The Child's Conception of the World Translated by Joan and Andrew Tomlinson Available in the Internet Archive at http://www.archive.org/details/childsconception01piag

Piaget, J. 1932 Le jugement moral chez l'enfant Paris: F. Alcan, Translated into English from the French by Marjorie Gabian as The Moral Judgement of the Child, London : Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1932. English Available in the Internet Archive at http://www.archive.org/details/moraljudgmentoft005613mbp

Piaget, J. 1936 La naissance de l'intelligence chez l'enfant

Chapter Four. "The two moralities of the child and types of social relations" discusses "The theories of Durkheim and Fauconnet on responsibility" and "Durkheim's doctrine of moral authority"

"Social constraint and by this we mean any social relation into which there enters an element of authority and which is not, like cooperation, the result of an interchange between equal individuals has on the individual results that are analogous to those exercised by adult constraint on the mind of the child." (p.340)

Piaget, J. 1936/1952 The Origins of Intelligence in Children Translated by Margaret Cook 1952

Piaget, J. 1937 La construction du réel chez l'enfant Paris, Delachaux et Niestlé

Piaget, J. 1937/1955 The Child's Construction of Reality London: Routledge and Kegan Paul

Piaget, J. 1945 La formation du symbole chez l'enfant: imitation, jeu et rêve, image et représentation Neuchâtel; Paris: Delachaux et Niestlé.

Piaget, J. 1945/1951 Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood A translation by C. Gattegno and F.M. Hodgson of La formation du symbole chez l'enfant: imitation, jeu et rêve, image et représentation Melbourne ; London : Heinemann in association with the New Education Fellowship, 1951. x and 296 pages. [New York: Norton 1962?]

Bärbel Inhelder and Jean Piaget

Inhelder, B. and Piaget, J. 1964 Early Growth of Logic in the Child: Classification and seriation New York: Harper and Row.

Piaget, J. 1968 Le structuralisme Paris: Presses universitaires de France.

Piaget, J. 1968/1970/1971 Structuralism Translated and edited by Chaninah Maschler. New York: Basic Books, 1970. London : Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1971.

Piaget, J. and Inhelder, B. 1969 The Psychology of the Child

Piaget, J. 1970a Genetic Epistemology

Piaget, J. 1970b The Place of the Sciences of Man in the System of Sciences

Piaget, J. 1971 Psychology and Epistemology

Piaget, J. 1978 "What is Psychology?" American Psychologist, July 1978, pp 648-652

Mary Pickering

Pickering. M. 1997 A New Look at Comte in Camic, C. 1997 pp 11- 44

W.S.F. Pickering and Geoffrey Walford

Pickering W.S.F. and Walford G. 2000 (Editors) Durkheim's Suicide: a century of research and debate Routledge studies in social and political thought; 28. London; New York: Routledge. xiv and 209 pages. "Published in conjunction with the British Centre for Durkheimian Studies."

Contents: Introduction -- Emile Durkheim's contribution to the sociological explanation of suicide -- The deconstruction of social action : the 'reversal' of Durkheimian methodology from The rules to Suicide -- Durkheim's altruistic and fatalistic suicide -- Suicide, statistics and sociology : assessing Douglas' critique of Durkheim -- Reading the conclusion : Suicide, morality and religion -- The moral discourse of Durkheim's Suicide -- The fortunes of Durkheim's Suicide : reception and legacy -- The reception of Suicide in Russia -- Marriage and suicide : testing the Durkheimian theory of marital regulation a century later -- Social integration and marital status : a multi-variate individual-level study of 30,157 suicides -- Teaching Durkheim's Suicide : a symposium.

E. Royston Pike

Pike, E. R. 1966 Human Documents of the Industrial Revolution in Britain. London. George Allen and Unwin.

PINS (Psychology in Society)
An academic journal that aims to foster a socio-historical and critical theory perspective. The focus is on the theory and practice of psychology in the southern African context
http://www.pins.org.za/

John Pitts 1943-

Pitts, J. 2007 Reluctant Gangsters: Youth Gangs in Waltham Forest. University of Bedfordshire, Available at: http://www.walthamforest.gov.uk/reluctant-gangsters.pdf
Report compiled between September 2006 and March 2007. "Key informants in Waltham Forest believe that gangs have only been evident in the borough within the past decade". Suggests youth gangs in London may have grown from almost none in 1998 to 169 in 2006.

Gutenberg text at http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext99/1meno10.txt

Pitts, J. 2008 Reluctant Gangsters: The changing face of youth crime Cullompton, Devon, UK ; Portland, Oregon: Willan Publishing,

Pitts, J. 2.2008a "Action on gang crime: recent developments". Community Safety Journal, vol.7, no.1, February 2008, pp 9-11

Pitts, J. 2008b "The Changing shape of youth crime". Youth and Policy, no. 100, 2008, pp 165-176
Argues that violent youth gangs represent something new in the sphere of crime... Whereas traditionally juvenile crime has been regarded as a phase through which young people will pass, many gangs now span a twenty year age range and members are tending not to grow out of crime.

Pitts, J. 2.2008b "Describing and defining youth gangs". Community Safety Journal, vol.7, no.1, February 2008, pp 26-32

Plato weblinks

Plato 1871/Apology: Apology translated by Benjamin Jowett, available at http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext99/pplgy10.txt
(Gutenberg text)

Plato: Apology translated by Harold North Fowler, available at http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/cgi-bin/ptext?lookup=plat.+apol.+ 17a
(HTML at Perseus)

Plato Laws, translated by Robert Gregg Bury available at http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/cgi-bin/ptext?lookup=plat.+laws+6 24a (HTML at Perseus)

Plato Laws, translated by Benjamin Jowett available at http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext99/plaws11.txt
(Gutenberg text)

Plato 1871/Meno Meno, translated by Benjamin Jowett, available at http://studymore.org.uk/xplameno.htm

Plato 1901 The Republic, translated by Benjamin Jowett, available at http://studymore.org.uk/xpla0.htm

Jennifer Platt
Taught Sussex University 1964 to 2002. Now Emeritus Professor of Sociology. Edited Sociology for 1985-1987

Platt, J. 1996 A History of Sociological Research Methods in America, 1920-1960 Ideas in context; 40. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. xi and 333 pages
Contents:
1. Introduction;
2. Writing on method;
3. Scientism;
4. Theory and practice;
5. Funding and research methods;
6. Social structures of academic life;
7. Reputation, exemplars and origin myths;
8. Conclusion

Platt, J. 1998 A Brief History of the ISA: 1948-1997 Montreal: International Sociological Association. 74 pages. Published for 50th anniversary. Available online at http://www.isa-sociology.org/publ/histoy-of-isa-1948- 1997-by-jennifer-platt.pdf

Platt, J. 2003 The British Sociological Association: A sociological history Durham : Sociologypress. vi and 214 pages

Ken Plummer 1946- See Macionis and Plummer - weblinks

Plummer, K. 1998 "Herbert Blumer" in Stones, R. 1998

Ken Plummer's personal website - Ken Plummer's university website

Political and Economic Planning (PEP)

PEP 1933

Report on the British iron and steel industry : an investigation of the present structure of the industry and proposals for reorganisation, with special reference to competitive efficiency in world markets P.E.P. (Political and Economic Planning), Industries group. 80 pages

PEP 1934

The Use of Statistics

PEP 1935

The Fuel problem

PEP 1936

State of the Highlands

PEP December 1937

The Health Services

PEP 1938

The Control of Rivers

PEP 1941

London Under Bombing

PEP 1944

Refugees in Britain.

PEP 1946

The Unmarried Mother.

PEP 1948

Employment of Women.

The Opera in Britain

PEP 1951

The Football Industry.

The Gramaphone Record - industry and art.

Social Security and Unemployment in Lancashire.

PEP 1954

Progress of the Gas Turbine.

The Menace of Air Pollution.

Graduate Wives.

PEP 1956

The Cricket Industry.

PEP 1959

Prospects for Nuclear Power.

PEP 1962

Young Europeans in England.

Housing Associations.

Cartel Policies and the Common Market.

PEP 1964

The Parliament of the European Communities.

Whitney Pope 12.1975

Pope, W. "Concepts and explanatory structure in Durkheim's theory of suicide". British Journal of Sociology Vollume 26(4), December 1975, pp 417-434. doi: 10.2307/589820

Discusses Durkheim's attempt to derive a sociological explanation of variations in suicide rates, which he related to two independent variables, integration and regulation. Critiques of Durkheim's formulation have reflected difficulty in specifying the distinction between integration and regulation. After examining Durkheim's theoretical and empirical work, it is concluded that there is no valid sociological distinction between them. (PsycINFO Database Record)

Karl Popper See Hughes weblinks

Popper, K.R. 1934 The Logic of Scientific Discovery

Review by Joan Hughes

Popper, K.R. 1945 The Open Society and its Enemies

Popper, K.R. 1963 Conjectures and Refutations. The Growth of Scientific Knowledge

David Porteous

Porteous, D. 2011 "Good cop, Polish cop: findings from an evaluation of the secondment of two Polish police officers to work with the Metropolitan Police Service" Safer Communities Volume: 10 Issue: 2 2011.

Theodore M. Porter and Dorothy Ross

Porter, T.M. and Ross, D. 9.2003 "Writing the History of Social Science". Introduction to The Cambridge History of Science volume 7 "The Modern Social Sciences".

pdf extract available

Moishe Postone

Postone, M. 1997 Rethinking Marx (in a Post-Marxist World) in Camic, C. 1997 pp 45-80

Poynter, J.R. 1969 Society and Pauperism

Janet Price teaches at the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine. Margrit Shildrick is a Research Fellow at the University of Liverpool, and the Institute of Women's Studies, Lancaster.
Price, J. and Shildrick, M. 1999 Feminist Theory and the Body: A Reader Routledge
Contents include:
3.6. "Disciplining Mothers: Feminism and the New Reproductive Technologies" by Jana Sawacki
4.6. "Psychoanalysis and the Body" by Elizabeth Grosz
6.1. "Her Body/Her Boundaries" by Christine Battersby
6.4. "Bodies-Cities" by Elizabeth Grosz

Contents list on Amazon site

Joseph Priestley 1733 - 1804

Bibliography at 18th century bibliography

Priestley, J. 1761/1768 The rudiments of English grammar, adapted to the use of schools; with notes and observations, for the use of those who have made some proficiency in the language 1761 - An expanded edition appeared in 1768.

Priestley, J. 1762 A Course of Lectures on the Theory of Language and Universal Grammar

Priestley, J. 1767 The History and Present State of Electricity

Priestley, J. 1768 An Essay on the First Principles of Government: and on the nature of political, civil, and religious liberty London : Printed for J. Dodsley; T. Cadell (successor to Mr. Millar); and J. Johnson, 1768. vii, 191 pages.

External link to second edition (1771)

Priestley, J. 1772 Institutes of Natural and Revealed Religion [Three volumes]

Includes criticism of Hume, Reid, Oswald and Beattie.

Priestley, J. 1774 An examination of Dr. Reid's Inquiry into the human mind on the principles of common sense: Dr. Beattie's Essay on the nature and immutability of truth, and Dr. Oswald's Appeal to common sense in behalf of religion

Includes discussion of their views on Hume.

Priestley, J. 1775 Hartley's Theory of the Human Mind

Coleridge used this edition

Priestley, J. 1777a Disquistion Relating to Matter and Spirit

Priestley, J. 1777b A Course of Lectures on Oratory and Criticism

Priestley, J. 1777c The doctrine of philosophical necessity illustrated; being an appendix to the Disquisitions relating to matter and spirit. To which is added an answer to the Letters on materialism, and on Hartley's Theory of the mind

Priestley, J. 1777d Disquisitions relating to matter and spirit. To which is added, the history of the philosophical doctrine concerning the origin of the soul, and the nature of matter; with its influence on Christianity, especially with respect to the doctrine of the pre-existence of Christ

Price and Priestley 1778 A Free Discussion of Doctrines of Materialism and Philosophical Necessity

Co-authored with Richard Price, a discussion of doctrines Priestley held and Price rejected.

Priestley, J. 1780 Letters to a Philosophical Unbeliever

A German translation appeared in 1782

Priestley, J. 1782 A History of the Corruptions of Christainity

A work that was officially burned in 1785

Priestley, J. 1788 Lectures on history, and general policy; to which is prefixed, An essay on a course of liberal education for civil and active life

Priestley, J. 1791 Letters to Burke: a Political Dialogue on the General Principles of Government

Priestley, J. 1795 Memoirs of Dr Joseph Priestley, Written on Himself

Hershel Prins

Prins, H. 1994 Fire-raising its Motivation and Management. London: Routledge

Google books.

James Procter

Procter, J. 2000 (Editor) Writing Black Britain, 1948-1998 : an interdisciplinary anthology edited by James Procter. Manchester, UK Manchester University Press. xv and 338 pages.

Procter, J. 2004 Stuart Hall Routledge critical thinkers. London: Routledge. xiv and 169 pages.
Contents: Why Hall?
Key Ideas
Deconstructing the 'popular'
Enter cultural studies
Encoding/decoding
Racism and resistance
Thatcherism and 'new times'
The real me
After Hall

Proctor, C.E. 1990 Women, Equality and the French Revolution. Greenwood Press: London

Andrew Pyle

Pyle, A. 1995 The Subjection of Women: contemporary responses to John Stuart Mill edited and introduced by Andrew Pyle. Thoemmes Press, Key issues series, no. 6. Bristol

Quran

The Holy Qur'an: Text, Translation and Commentary an interpretation (translation) in English of the Holy Qu'ran by Abdullah Yusuf Ali (1872- 1953). 1934 edition available online at http://www.sacred-texts.com/isl/yaq/

Adolphe Quetelet

weblinks

Quetelet, A. 1833 Recherches sur le penchant au crime aux différents àges. Bruxelles,

Quetelet, A. 1835 Sur l'homme et le développement de ses facultés. Essai de physique sociale [On man and the development of his faculties. An essay on social physics], Paris, available at http://gallica.bnf.fr/scripts/ConsultationTout.exe?O=n081570. Translated into English 1842

Quetelet, A. 1835/1842 A Treatise on Man and the Development of his Faculties English translation of Quetelet, A. 1835. Available as 1969 facsimile

Quetelet, A. 1835/1842/1969 A Treatise on Man and the Development of his Faculties : A facsimile reproduction of the English translation of 1842. With an introduction by Solomon Diamond. Gainesville: Scholars' Facsimiles and Reprints.

Quetelet, A. 1844 Recherches statistiques Bruxelles

Quetelet, A. 1846 Lettres � S.A.R. le duc régnant de Saxe-Cobourg et Gotha, sur la théorie des probabilités, appliquée aux sciences morales et politiques, Bruxelles,

Quetelet, A. 1848 Du système social et des lois qui le régissent Paris

Quetelet, A. 1854 Almanach séculaire de l'Observatoire royal de Bruxelles, Bruxelles,

Quetelet, A. 1861 Sur la physique du globe, Bruxelles

Quetelet, A. 1864 Histoire des sciences mathématiques et physiques chez les Belges [History of mathematical and physical sciences among Belgians], Bruxelles, 1864.

Quetelet, A. 1867a Météorologie de la Belgique comparée � celle du globe, Bruxelles,

Quetelet, A. 1867b Sciences mathématiques et physiques au commencement du 19e siècle, [The mathematical and physical sciences at the start of the 19th century] Bruxelles,

Quetelet, A. 1869 Physique sociale, ou, Essai sur le développement des facultés de l'homme. [Second edition of Quetelet, A. 1835]

Quetelet, A. 1870 Anthropométrie. Mesure des différentes facultés de l'homme [ Anthropometry. Measuring the different faculties of mankind], Bruxelles,

William H. Quinn

Quinn, W.H. 2004 Family Solutions for Youth at Risk: Applications to juvenile delinquency, truancy, and behavior problems New York; Hove: Brunner-Routledge.
Contents: Family and community intervention for at-risk youth -- The incomplete response to juvenile crime -- Adding balance: expanding relational, family , and -- Community, efficacy in human service delivery - - A multiple family group perspective -- Development of the family solutions program -- Multiple family group process -- Group process challenges and resolutions -- Profiles of youth and outcomes of the family solutions program -- Collaboration between the family solutions program and juvenile courts, youth service agencies, and schools.

Alfred Reginald Radcliffe-Brown 1881-1955 weblinks

Radcliffe-Brown 1935 "On the Concept of Function in Social Science" American Anthropologist 37: 394-402; also reprinted in Radcliffe- Brown 1952

Radcliffe-Brown 1940 "On Social Structure" (Presidential Address) The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, Vol. 70, No. 1. (1940), pp. 1-12.

Nicole Hahn Rafter 1939-
Senior Research Fellow of Criminal Justice at Northeastern University
Translator and editor with Mary Gibson of Cesare Lombroso's work.

Radcliffe-Brown, A.R. 1952 Structure and Function in Primitive Society, Essays and Addresses With a foreword by E. E. Evans-Pritchard and Fred Eggan. London, 1952

Rafter, N.H. 2008 The Criminal Brain: Understanding biological theories of crime New York: New York University Press. xiv and 317 pages.
Contents: Introduction : crime, history, science
Biological theories in the 19th-century
Moral insanity and the origins of criminology
Phrenology: the abnormal brain
Criminal anthropology: the atavistic brain
Evolutionary theories: the degenerate brain
Stupidity theories: the backward brain
Constitutional theory: bodytypes and criminality
Criminology's darkest hour: biocriminology in Nazi Germany
Contemporary biocriminology
A criminology for the 21st century

Rampton 1981 West Indian Children in our Schools: Interim Report of the Committee of Inquiry into the Education of Children from Ethnic Minority Groups presented to Parliament by the Secretary of State for Education and Science. Cmnd.8273. Great Britain: HMSO Chairman of Committee Anthony Rampton. 117 pages

Wilhelm Reich See weblinks - Mitchell

Reich, W. 1929 (Preface and notes 1934) Dialectical Materialism and Psychoanalysis. Socialist Reproduction 1972

Reich, W. 1931/Youth The Sexual Struggle of Youth. Socialist Reproduction 1972

Reich, W. 1931/Imposition The Imposition of Sexual Morality

Reich, W. 1933/Class What is Class Consciousness? Socialist Reproduction 1971 * [Using pseudonym: Ernst Parell]

Reich, W. 1933/Character Character Analysis. Berlin (Enlarged edition New York 1945. London Re-print 1969)

Reich, W. 1936 (Berlin) The Sexual Revolution. (New York revision: 1945; Re-printed 1969)

Reich, W. 1940 (English 1942) The Function of the Orgasm. Sex-economic problems of biological energy. Panther 1968

Reich, W. 1942 (3rd German edition) (1975 Penguin) The Mass Psychology of Fascism.

Reich, W. 1966 (Edited by Lee Baxendall) Sex-Pol. Essays by Wilhelm Reich. Random House.

Rendall, J. 1985 The Origins of Modern Feminism. Women in Britain, France and the United States. 1780-1860 Macmillan

Reiss, H. (Editor) 1970 Kant's Political Writings Translated by H.B. Nisbet.

John Rex (1925 - 20.12.2011)

his website archive - obituary - Wikipedia

Sociology Lecturer Leeds University, 1949-1962

Rex, J. 1961 Key Problems of Sociological Theory London: Routledge and Kegan Paul
CONTENTS Preface - Chapter 1 Sociology as a Science - 2 Empiricist Sociology - 3 The Subject Matter of Sociology - 4 The Problem of Functionalism - 5 The Action Frame of Reference - 4 Values in Sociological Theory - 6 The Theory of Social Conflict and Change - 8 Conflict and the Analysis of Class - 9 Objectivity and Proof in Sociology - 10 Conclusions: The Scope of Sociology.

Sociology Lecturer Birmingham University, 1962-1964
Empirical research Sparkbrook, Birmingham 1962 - 1964
Professor of Social Theory and Institutions, Durham University 1964-1970

Rex, J. and Moore, R. 1967 Race, Community and Conflict: A Study of Sparkbrook London: Oxford University Press

Rex, J. 1.1967 "Frederick Engels" New Society 5.1.1967 pp 14-16 Founding Fathers of Social Science (New Series) 6.

Rex, J. 1970 Race Relations in Sociological Theory London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson.

1970: Professor of Sociology, University of Warwick.

Rex, J. 1974 (Editor) Approaches to Sociology. An Introduction to Major Trends in British Sociology. RKP

Ricardo, David 1817 Principles of Political Economy and Taxation. Page numbers from Everyman edition. Web edition available at http://socserv2.socsci.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/ricardo/pri n/index.html McMaster University

Heinrich John Rickert 25.5.1863 - 25.7.1936

Rickert, J.R. 1899 Kulturwissenschaft und Naturwissenschaft [Cultural science and natural science] Third edition published in 1915. Translated into English as Science and history: A critique of positivist epistemology in 1962 by George Reisman.

Shawn Rider

Rider, Shawn, 1999 Michel Foucault: Truth and Power
available at http://www.wdog.com/rider/writings/foucault.htm "a summary and some light analysis and contextualisation for Foucault's essay".

Daniel Rigney (1949-

Rigney, D. 2001 The Metaphorical Society: An Invitation to Social Theory considers eight metaphors: Society as Living System - Society as Machine - Society as War - Society as Legal Order - Society as Marketplace - Society as Game - Society as Theater - Society as Discourse. (Dear Habermas link)

RIN: Research Information Network

RIN 3.2010 Peer Review: A Guide for Researchers Research Information Network, March 2010. Available at http://www.rin.ac.uk/peer-review-guide

Riots 2011

RI11PP Research Power Point

RI11LR Literature Review

RI11FR After the riots: The final report of the Riots Communities and Victims Panel - Final Report

Barbara Risman

Risman, B. 2004 "Gender as a social structure: theory wrestling with activism." Gender and Society volume 18, number 4, pp 429-450, available at http://www.soc.washington.edu/users/brines/risman.pdf

Ritzer, G. 1983 Contemporary Sociological Theory New York: Knopf.

George Ritzer

Ritzer, G. 1992 Classical Sociological Theory New York; London: The McGraw-Hill Companies. xx and 454 pages
Contents: An historical sketch of sociological theory - the early years; a historical sketch of sociological theory - the later years; Auguste Comte - toward a positivistic sociology and a positivistic society; Herbert Spencer - evolutionary theory; Karl Marx - the critique of capitalism; Emile Durkheim - the sociology of moral restraint; Max Weber - the iron cage of rationality; George Simmel - the tragedy of culture; George Herbert Mead - mind, self and society; Alfred Schutz - a sociology of the life world; Talcott Parsons - toward theoretical integration. Appendix - sociological metatheorizing and a metatheoretical schema for analyzing sociological theory.
"This is the 'classic theory' version of Ritzer's sociological theory book. The book contains 6 chapters from the sociological theory book and 5 new chapters written for this book"
Fifth edition:

Ritzer, G. 1996 Modern Sociological Theory (Fourth edition) New York; London: McGraw-Hill. Previously published as Contemporary Sociological Theory
Contents: Part 1 Introduction: an historical sketch of sociological theory - the early years; an historical sketch of sociological theory - the later years. Part 2 Modern sociological theory: the major schools - structural functionalism, neo-functionalism and conflict theory; varieties of neo-Marxian theory; systems theory; symbolic interactionism; ethnomethodology; exchange, network and rational choice theories; contemporary feminist theory. Part 3 Recent integrative developments in sociological theory: micro-macro integration; agency-structure integration. Part 4 From modern to post-modern social theory: contemporary theories of modernity; structuralism, post-structuralism and the emergence of post- modern social theory; appendix - sociological metatheorizing and a metatheoretical schema for analyzing sociological theory.

pages 283-288 on critical theory offline

Andrew Roberts

(offline cv with publications list)

[Web publications are dated with a date and a hyphen. The hyphen indicating that the web site development is ongoing. Dates before the 1999 for web documents indicate a paper publication converted to a web publication.]

Pearce and Roberts 1973

Roberts, A. 1981- The Lunacy Commission...

Andrew Robeets and Tony Ward

Roberts, A. and Ward, T. 1982 "Psychiatric Secure Units" The Abolitionist No.10, Winter 1982 pp 18-19.

Roberts, A. 1983 Community care? A short history of post-war mental health policy "Draft 20.2.1983" "Reproduced for use on the BA Social Science 'Core Theme' at the Middlesex Polytechnic, Enfield." 68 pages.
Chapters
One: Hospitals are for healing: The origin and context of 'community- care policies'
Two: Memorandums: Sir Keith Joseph's 1971-1972 'memorandum' proposals for the replacement of mental illness hospitals by comprehensive local services
Three: 'Better Services': The end of sustained economic growth and Labour's shift in emphasis to positive community care in Better Services for the Mentally Ill, 1975
Four: Confusion: May 1979 - June 1981. Conservative policies, the Royal Commission on the National Health Service and the 'Nodder' Report
Five: Mental Handicap: Policy for mentally handicapped people - to June 1981
Six: Green Paper. The proposals of the Green Paper: "Care in the Community"

Roberts, A. 1984 (Lead author) Mental Distress in Old Age. An interim report from the Hackney W.E.A class. Published by The Mental Distress in Old Age Group, c/o City and Hackney Community Health Council. June 1984. Other authors included Sister Frances Clair, Heather Barnet, Dinah Morley, John Miles and Lorna Mitchison. 45 pages.

Roberts, A. 1985 (Lead author) Mental Distress in Old Age: Time for Action. City and Hackney Community Health Council, Published by The Mental Distress in Old Age Group, City and Hackney Community Health. November 1985. Typed by the Community Psychiatric Research Group. Printed by the London Borough of Hackney. Other authors included Sister Frances Clair, Lorna Mitchison, Heather Barnet, Dinah Morley, John Miles, Esme Vacciana, Jane Hargreaves, Doug Tilbury, Adrian Lovett, Tom McAusland, Alan Gardner, Brice Pitt, Pam Hibbs, Olive Yarrow, Jane Leaver, Sylvia Medhurst, Robyn Green, Tessa Turner, AlexWotherspoon and Nicola Carmichael. 89 pages.

Roberts, A. July.1988-April 1989 (Editor) Ideas about Politics. The Political Philosophy Journal of Hackney Workers Educational Association.

Roberts, Andrew 1.1989 Radicals, Socialists and Early Feminists Available at http://studymore.org.uk/SHE8.htm

Roberts, Andrew 25.10.1990 - Pandora's box - The gift of science - Frankenstein, science and industry Available at http://studymore.org.uk/SHE6.htm

Roberts, Andrew 1990 - England's Poor Law Commissioners and the Trade in Pauper Lunacy 1834-1847 http://studymore.org.uk/mott.htm

Roberts, Andrew 2.1994 - People and ideas systems Available at http://studymore.org.uk/bio.htm

Roberts, A. 1997 Social Science History. Six essays for budding theorists All Saints Bookshop, Middlesex University. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/ssh.htm

Roberts, A. 5.4.1997 John Stuart Mill and Harriet Taylor on Freedom as Self Development - A chronological examination of the idea of freedom as self development in the works of John Stuart Mill (1806-1873) and Harriet Taylor (1807-1858). Unfinished. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/ymillfre.htm

Roberts, Andrew, Burford, Chris and Mew, Sue. 14.6.1997 - "Marking Essays: Guidelines for Shared Assessment at Degree Level". Email document. Web update: http://studymore.org.uk/markguid.htm

Roberts, A. 4.2.1998 "SHE guide to using computers to talk to staff & other students by email". "written with help from the SHE Student Test Team, a group of students who were scared of computers".

Roberts, A. 5.5.1998 "What is SHE doing with Email? The Society, History and Environment email project. A report for people using or thinking about email in teaching". Middlesex University. 5.5.1998 draft, for comment.

Roberts, A. 1998 Study Guide for Middlesex University Students on Enfield Campus. All Saints Bookshop, Enfield Campus, Middlesex University. 168 pages.

Andrew Roberts and John Carr

Roberts, A. and Carr, J. 1998 "Sparks Flying. The History of the Enfield Campus of Middlesex University" North Circular 11.6.1998, (Re-published in study handbooks, and student introductions from 1998 to 2008 when Enfield Campus closed).

6.3.1999 First home page created for Andrew Roberts' web site.

Roberts, Andrew 3.1999 - Social Science Dictionary http://studymore.org.uk/sshglo.htm

Roberts, Andrew 3.1999 - Social Science History: Time line for the history of science and social science. http://studymore.org.uk/sshtim.htm

Roberts, A. 2000 The ABC Study Guide All Saints Bookshop, Middlesex University. Since developed as a web guide: The ABC Study Guide. University education in plain English alphabetically indexed. http://studymore.org.uk/glossary.htm

Roberts, Andrew 7.3.2000 - Crimtim: A criminology and deviancy theory history timeline http://studymore.org.uk/crimtim.htm

Roberts, Andrew 2001 - (Editor) Asylums Index - Index of Lunatic Asylums and Mental Hospitals http://studymore.org.uk/4_13_TA.htm

Roberts, Andrew 3.2001 - Social Science Lectures [web edition] http://studymore.org.uk/lecshe.htm

Roberts, Andrew and Susan Tyler Hitchcock 2002 - Mary and Charles Lamb A page of mental and geographical connections made by Andrew Roberts with help from Susan Tyler Hitchcock, Elaine Madsen and others http://studymore.org.uk/ylamb.htm [Research background for Hitchcock, S. T. 2005 Mad Mary Lamb: Lunacy and murder in literary London New York: W.W. Norton.]

Roberts, Andrew and Falkenberg, Betty, 2005 - Charlotte Mew Chronology with mental, historical and geographical connections linking with her own words. Middlesex University resource available at http://studymore.org.uk/ymew.htm

See Survivors History Group

Roberts, A. 7.2009 "Scotland the Brave - User movement roots" Mental Health Today, July/August 2009, pp 16-18 available at http://studymore.org.uk/mhtscot.htm

Roberts, A. 25.8.2010 "History as research method: The Survivors History Group - The development of the Survivors History Group and its collective research, with reflections on the hierarchy of methods that use history in social science." Draft background paper to presentation by Andrew Roberts at the 3rd Qualitative Research on Mental Health Conference (Nottingham) 25.8.2010.

pdf of paper - offline rtf - presentation

Valerie Roberts (Valerie Argent)

Roland Robertson

Robertson, R. 1992 Globalisation: Social Theory and Global Culture: London: Sage.
Contents: Globalization as a problem -- The cultural turn -- Mapping the global condition -- World-systems theory, culture and images of world order -- Japanese globality and Japanese religion -- The universalism- particularism issue -- 'Civiliztion,' civility and the civilizing process - - Globalization theory and civilization analysis -- Globality, modernity and the issue of postmodernity -- Globalization and the nostalgic paradigm -- 'The search for fundamentals' in global perspective -- Concluding reflections.

Google books preview

David Robey

Robey, D. 1973 (Editor) Structuralism: an introduction ; Wolfson College lectures 1972 edited by David Robey. Oxford : Clarendon, 1973. 153 pages
CONTENTS:
Structuralism and linguistics by John Lyons
The linguistic basis of structuralism by Jonathan Culler
Structuralism in social anthropology by Edmund Leach
Social life as a sign system by Umberto Eco
The structural analysis of literature : the tales of Henry James by Tzvetan Todorov
The structuralist sciences and philosophy by John Mepham
"Structure" in mathematics by Robin Gandy.

Paul Rock

Rock, P. 1996 Reconstructing a Women's Prison : The Holloway redevelopment project, 1968-88 Clarendon studies in criminology. Oxford: Clarendon. xviii and 360 pages.

Summary: The rebuilding of Holloway prison announced in 1968 was intended to be of enormous significance for the treatment and therapeutic rehabilitation of female inmates. Reconstruction began in 1970 but the new prison was not completed until 1985. By this time penal ideologies had changed, and the Prison Department had revised its conception of female criminality. Thus, what was intended to be a new therapeutic prison became a place of conventional discipline and containment. These developments created serious problems within the prison and led to Holloway being identified as a public and political scandal. Using original documents and extensive interviews, the author traces the genesis and consequences of the decision to rebuild England's major prison for women, and shows how the experience at Holloway reflects shifting attitudes towards female criminals, and the relationships among penal ideology, architecture, control, and behaviour in a penal institution.

Baudry Rocquin

Rocquin, B. 2006 The Floating discipline': British sociology and the failure of institutional attachment (1911-1938), Unpublished M.St. Thesis (Oxford University, 2006). Available at http://www.britishsociology.com/

Also available on above website:

Rocquin, B. April 2006 "Two sciences, a common concern: a comparative insight in the emergence of sociology in France and Britain (1895-1935)". (offline)

Rocquin, B. May 2006 "Competition, contribution and incomprehension: British and French sociologists in the inter-war period (1920-1939)". (offline)

Rocquin, B. May 2006b "Archives relating to the history of British sociology" (offline) -

Roll, E. 1938 A History of Economic Thought London: Faber & Faber. 430 pages. 5th edition 1992: xiv and 592 pages.
(subject index)

Eric Roll 1.12.1907 - 30,3.2005

Arnold Marshall Rose 1918-1968

Rose, A.M. 1962 (Editor) Human Behavior and Social Processes. An Interactionist Approach. Houghton Mifflin Company. Boston. USA.

Available in the Internet Archive at
http://www.archive.org/details/humanbehaviorsoc00rose
(offline)

CONTENTS:
PART ONE: Theory for Social Psychology
1. A Systematic Summary of Symbolic Interaction Theory by Arnold M. Rose (p.5)
2. Role-Taking: Process Versus Conformity by Ralph H. Turner
3. Conditions of Accurate Role-Taking: A Test of Mead's Theory by Sheldon Stryker
4. Transformations of Identity by Anselm Strauss (p.63)
5. Appearance and the Self by Gregory P. Stone (p.86)
6. What Other? by Everett C. Hughes (p.119)
7. Reference Groups and Social Control by Tamotsu Shibutani
8. Breadth of Perspective by Leon H. Warshay (p.148)
PART TWO: The Individual and Social Organization
9. Society as Symbolic Interaction by Herbert Blumer
10. The Interview and the Professional Relationship by Manford H. Kiihn (p.193)
11. Dilemmas in the Doctor-Patient Relationship by Eliot Freidson (p.207)
12. Sociology of Occupations: The Case of the American Funeral Director by Robert W. Habenstein (p.225)
13. Industrial Workers' Worlds: A Study of the "Central Life Interests" of Industrial Workers by Robert Dubin (p.247)
14. Cooperative Evasions to Support Labor-Management Contracts by Melville Daltoii (p.267)
15. Types of Family Organisation: Child-Oriented, Home-Oriented, and Parent-Oriented by Bernard Farber (p.285)
16. Social Stratification and the Political Order by Howard Brotz (p.307)
17. Social Bases of Political Commitment: A Study of Liberals and Radicals by William Kornhauser (p.321)
18. Collective Dynamics: Process and Form by Kurt Lang and Gladys Efigel Lang (p.340)
19. Beyond Utopia: The "Beat Generation" as a Challenge for the Sociology of Knowledge by Elwin H. Powell (p.360)
PART THREE: Studies in Social Process
20. Social Problems and Social Processes by Ernest W. Burgess (p.381)
21. Social-Action Systems and Social Problems by S. Kirso? Weinberg (p.401)
22. The Differential-Association Theory of Crime by Daniel Glaser (p.425)
23. Role Theory, Differential Association, and Cornpulsive Crimes by Donald R. Cressey (p.43)
24. Some Relevant Directions for Research in Juvenile Delinquency by Irwhi Deutscher (p.468)
25. On Cooling the Mark Out: Some Aspects of Adaptation to Failure by Erving Goffman (p.482)
26. Socialization for Postparental Life by Irwin Deutscher (p.506)
27. Self and Role in Adjustment During Old Age by Ruth Shonle Cavan (p.526)
28. A Social-Psychological Theory of Neurosis by Arnold M. Rose
29. Self-Conception and Physical Rehabilitation by Theodor J. Litnian (p.550)
30. The Treatment of Tuberculosis as a Bargaining Process by Julius A. Roth (p.575)
31. Marihuana Use and Social Control by Howard S. Becker (p.589)
32. Desegregation as an Object of Sociological Study by E. Franklin Frazier (p.608)
33 Urbanism and Suburbanism as Ways of Life: A Re-evaluation of Definitions by Herbert Gans (p.625)
34. Social Processes in the Metropolitan Community by Warren A. Peterson and George K. Zollschan (p.649)

Diana Rose

Edward Alsworth Ross 1866-1951

Ross, E.A. 1908 Social Psychology: An outline and sourcebook New York : Macmillan, 1908. 372 pages

Rossi, A. 1970 (Edited with an introduction by) Essays on sex and equality University of Chiacago Press

Rossi, A. 1970/Mill Sentiment and Intellect - The Story of J.S. Mill and H. Taylor in Rossi 1970 Essays on sex and equality (Also contains Taylor, H. 1851 and Mill, J.S. 1869).

Jean Jacques Rousseau Roberts 1997 chapter 4 - weblinks - reviews

Works and documents - Athena list

Rousseau/Cole 1913/1986 Everyman collection The Social Contract and Discourses. Page numbers from the 1986 setting.

Rousseau, J.J. 1750 A Discourse on the Arts and the Sciences pp 2-29 of Rousseau/Cole1913/1986

Rousseau, J.J. 1755(I) A Discourse on the Origin of Inequality:

pages 32-126 of Rousseau/Cole1913/1986
complete etext available at http://www.constitution.org/jjr/ineq.htm
Extracts

Rousseau, J.J. 1755(PE) Political Economy: pp 128-168 of Rousseau/Cole1913/1986 etext available at http://www.constitution.org/jjr/polecon.htm

Rousseau, J.J. 1759 The General Society of the Human Race Chapter two of the original draft of The Social Contract (the Geneva Manuscript). pp 169-177 of Rousseau/Cole1913/1986

Rousseau, J.J. 1762(SC) The Social Contract: pp 180-308 of Rousseau/Cole1913/1986 etext available at http://www.constitution.org/jjr/socon.htm

Rousseau, J.J. 1762(E) Emile, ou l'education
Emile or Education
Rousseau, J.J. 1762(E) Emile English translation by Barbara Foxley. First published Dent Everyman's Library 1911. Etext available http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext04/emile10.txt

Extracts

Annotated etext in English and French available at http://projects.ilt.columbia.edu/pedagogies/rousseau/contents2 .html
Or [Frames version]
http://projects.ilt.columbia.edu/pedagogies/rousseau/
[Provided by Grace Roosevelt, of Columbia University, USA. A very easy site to find your way around].

See also William Boyd's selected and interpreted version

Du Contrat Social (the French original) is available at Bibliothèque nationale de France

Rude, G. 1959 The Crowd in the French Revolution Oxford University Press

Rude, G. 1988 The French Revolution Weidenfeld and Nicholson

Vincenzo Ruggiero

Ruggiero, V. 2003 "Fear and Change in the City". CITY: Analysis of Urban Trends, Culture, Theory, Policy, Action, 7(1): 45-55.

Vincenzo Ruggiero and Nicola Montagna

Ruggiero, V. and Montagna, N. 2008 (Editors) Social Movements; A Reader London: Routledge
Divided into seven parts with extracts from
Part 1: Conflict and Collective Action
Marx and Engels: The Communist Manifesto (1848) - A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy - The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte
Emile Durkheim: The Division of Labour in Society - The Elementary Forms of the Religious Life
Georg Simmel: Conflict (On Individuality and Social Forms)
Gustave Le Bon: The crowd
Part 2: Hegemony and Collective Behaviour
Max Weber: The City - Class, Status, Party
Antonio Gramsci: Notes on Italian History - The Modern Prince
Herbert Blumer: Social Movements
William Kornhauser: The Politics of Mass Society
Neil Smelser: Theory of Collective Behaviour
Part 3: Resource Mobilisation
Mancur Olson: The Logic of Collective Action
Anthony Oberschall: Social Conflict and Social Movements
John McCarthy and Mayer Zald: Resource Mobilisation and Social Movements: A Partial Theory
Craig Jenkins: Resource Mobilisation Theory and the Study of Social Movements
Gerard Marwell and Pamela Oliver: The Critical Mass in Collective Action
Part 4: Social Movements and the Political Process
Sidney Tarrow: Power in Movement
Sara Evans: Personal Politics
Peter K. Eisinger: The Conditions of Protest behaviour in American Cities
Hanspeter Kriesi and Dominique Wisler: Social Movements and Direct Democracy in Switzerland
Frances Fox Piven and Richard A. Cloward: Poor People's Movements
Doug McAdam: Political Process and the Development of Black Insurgency 1930-1970
Charles Tilly: Social Movements and National Politics
Part 5: New Social Movements
Jurgen Habermas: New Social Movements
Claus Offe: New Social Movements: Challenging the Boundaries of Institutional Politics
Alain Touraine: An Introduction to the Study of Social Movements
Alberto Melucci: A Strange Kind of Newness: What's 'New' in New Social Movements?
Carol Mueller: Conflict Networks and the Origin of Women's Liberation
Arturo Escobar and Sonia Alvarez: Theory and Protest in Latin America Today
Part 6: New Directions
Bert Klandermans: Mobilisation and participation: Social-Psychological Expansions of Resource Mobilisation Theory
David Snow et al: Frame Alignment Processes, Micromobilisation and Movement Participation
Mario Diani: The Concept of Social Movement
Ron Eyerman and Andrew Jamison: Social Movements: A Cognitive Approach
Doug McAdam, John McCarthy and Mayer Zald: Comparative Perspectives on Social Movements
Craig Calhoun: Putting Emotions in Their Place
Part 7: New Global Movements
Arjun Appadurai: Grassroots Globalisation
Marjorie Mayo: Globalisation and Gender: New Threats, New Strategies
Jackie Smith, Globalising Resistance: The Battle of Seattle and the Future of Social Movements
Sanjeev Khagram, James V. Riker and Kathyn Sikkink: TFrom Santiago to Seattle: Transnational Advocacy Groups Restructuring World Politics
Donatella Della Porta and Sidney Tarrow: Transnational Protest and Global Activism
Nicola Montagna: Social Movements and Global Mobilisations
Vincenzo Ruggiero: Dichotomies and Contemporary Social Movements

Runes, D.D. 1960 Dictionary of Philosophy Peter Owen

Bertrand Russell (1872-1970) weblinks

See Timeline entries: 1877, 1910, 1920s 1946. Though distinguishing himself from the logical positivist school, the "logical analysis" that Russell argued should be the "main business of philosophy" (Russell, B. 1961, p.789) was a major part of logical positivism.

Russell, B. 1905. "On Denoting" available at http://cscs.umich.edu/~crshalizi/Russell/denoting

Russell, B. 1912 The Problems of Philosophy Oxford University Press. London. 1973

Whitehead and Russell 1913 Principia Mathematica Cambridge University Press. Two volumes. Volume one in 1910

Russell, B. 1948 Human Knowledge

Review by Joan Hughes

Russell, B. 1961 (2nd edition) History of Western Philosophy and its Connection with Political and Social Circumstances from the Earliest Times to the Present Day. London. George Allen and Unwin. The first edition was published in 1946.

Sara Salih

Salih, S. 2002 Judith Butler Routledge Critical Thinkers.

See Butler and Salih 2004

Andrew Sanders 1952- and Richard Young

Sanders, A. and Young, R. 1994. Criminal Justice. London : Butterworths. 496 pages [A third edition published 2005]
Contents:
Part 1 Evaluating criminal justice: introduction; adversarial versus inquisitorial theories of criminal justice; crime control and due process; a typology of legal rules; the rights of victims; conclusion.
Part 2 Stop and search: street policing in context; stop and search prior to PACE; stop and search after PACE; the impact of PACE; conclusions.
Part 3 Arrest: introduction; the place of arrest in the criminal procress; the legal basis for arrest; arrest discretion and reasonable suspicion; remedies for wrongful arrest; conclusion.
Part 4 In the police station: introduction, the powers and duties of the custody officer; detention without charge; the right to legal advice; police interrogation; the right of silence; remedies; conclusion.
Part 5 Prosecutions: introduction; discretion; evidential sufficiency; the public interest; non-police prosecutions; conclusion.
Part 6 Summary justice in the magistrates' court: introduction; legal aid and legal representation; pre-reial negotiation; magistrates' courts justice; conclusion.
Part 7 Guilty pleas in the crown court: introduction; charge bargaining in the crown court; the sentencing discount in English law; sentence bargaining; the prospect of conviction; do the innocent plead guilty?; conclusion.
Part 8 Trial by judge and jury: directed and ordered acquittals - weak cases?; the composition of the jury; the verdict of the jury; trial- procedure, evidence and law; evaluating the jury's performance; conclusion.
Part 9 Remedies: introduction; civil actions; complaints against the police; exclusion of evidence; appeals against conviction; petitions to the home secretary; conclusion.

Sarbit, Bruce 1998 "Madness Silenced: A Foucauldian Reading of Paul Sayer's The Comforts of Madness." PSYART: A Hyperlink Journal for the Psychological Study of the Arts, article 971017. 6.11.1998. Available
http://www.psyartjournal.com/article/show/sarbit- madness_silenced_a_foucauldian_reading_o

Jean Paul Sartre Laing and Cooper

Sartre, J.P. 1943 Being and Nothingness. An Essay on Phenomenological Ontology. (English 1958 Translation by Hazel Barnes, London)

Ferdinand de Saussure 1857 - 1913 weblinks

Thomas Scheff 1929- weblinks

Scheff, T. 1966 Being Mentally Ill

Bart Willem Schermer

Schermer, B.W. 2007 Software Agents, Surveillance, and the Right to Privacy: A Legislative Framework for Agent-Enabled Surveillance (Leiden) Amsterdam University Press, 2007 - 264 pages - Available from the Leiden University Repository at https://openaccess.leidenuniv.nl/handle/1887/11951

Scheuren, F. 2004 What is a Survey? available at http://www.whatisasurvey.info/

"In our modern society we rely on information and communication technology for the spee, efficiency and security of many of our daily transactions and interactions. The use of these technologies almost always entails the keeping of electronic records. These are of great interest to law enforcement and intelligence agencies since they can be used to profile and monitor (potential) suspects. While this can enhance the security of our society, it may also form a potential threat to privacy and (individual) liberty. Software agents are intelligent computer programs able to perform tasks without direct human supervision. As such, they have the potential to overcome the information overload. In this thesis the use of software agents for surveillance purposes is examined. The goal of the thesis is to determine wether the legal framework for the protection of privacy and liberty in both the Netherlands and the United States is still adequate in the light of agent-enabled surveillance. In particular, the thesis explores wether the right to privacy is still an adequate means of protecting (individual) liberty in a society where software agents are able to overcome the information overload."

Fritz Scheuren

Emerson Peter Schmidt

Schmidt, E.P. 1937 (Editor) Man and Society: A Substantive Introduction to the Social Sciences New York, Prentice-Hall Inc. 805 pages. First printing June 1937 - Second October 1937 - Third February 1938
Contents:
Chapter 1: Sociology and culture by Elio D. Monachesi pp 1-54
Chapter 2: Social institutions by J. 0. Hertzler pp 55-89
Chapter 3: Social anthropology by Wilson D.Wallis pp 92-143
Chapter 4: Social psychology by Herbert Blumer pp 144-198
Chapter 5: Psychology and some of its applications by Howard P. Longstafi pp 199-256
Chapter 6: Modern criminology by George B. Vold pp 257-304
Chapter 7: History by Lawrence D. Steefel pp 305-322
Chapter 8: Human geography by Richard Hartshorne pp 323-379
Chapter 9: Elements of political science by Evron M. Kirkpatrick pp 380-443
Chapter 10: Popular participation in government by Joseph R. Starr pp 444-499
Chapter 11: The machinery of government by Joseph R. Starr pp 500-544
Chapter 12: The economics of price by Emerson P. Schmidt pp 545-591
Chapter 13: The distribution of income by Emerson P. pp 591-632
Chapter 14: Economic security by Emerson P. Schmidt pp 636-697
Chapter 15: Causal relationships and their measurement by Richard L. Kozelka pp 698-751
Chapter 16: Social valuation by Mary J. Shaw pp 752-786

Antonia Schier

Schier, A. 4.2010 "A comparison of the perspective on authority and power in the work of Thomas Hobbes and Max Weber". Middlesex University essay April 2010.

(F) Ulrike Schuerkens
Humboldt-University Berlin (Germany)
Councillor of the IIS Board, 1996-2001

Schuerkens, F.U. 1996 "Les congrés de l'institut international de sociologie de 1894-1930 et l'internationalisation de la sociologie". International Review of Sociology Volume 6, Issue 1, 1996, pp 7-24, Available in English translation as "The congresses of the International Institute of Sociology from 1894 to 1930 and the internationalization of sociology" at http://www.scasss.uu.se/iis//pdf/iishistory.pdf

(subject index) - (offline)

Norma Schulman

Schulman, N. 1993 "Conditions of their Own Making: An Intellectual History of the Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies at the University of Birmingham". Canadian Journal of Communication, North America, 18, January 1993. Available at: http://www.cjc-online.ca/index.php/journal/article/view/717/623

Fritz Schütze

Schütze, Fritz (2003) "Hülya's Migration to Germany as Self-Sacrifice Undergone and Suffered in Love for Her Parents, and Her Later Biographical Individualisation. Biographical Problems and Biographical Work of Marginalisation and Individualisation of a Young Turkish Woman in Germany". Part I [33 paragraphs]. Forum: Qualitative Social Research 4(3), Art. 23, http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114- fqs0303232

Scollon, Ron 1987 Time and the Media available at http://www.ankn.uaf.edu/Curriculum/AxeHandleAcademy/axe/tm.htm

Trent Schroyer

Schroyer, T. 1973 The Critique of Domination: The origins and development of critical theory New York: George Braziller, 1973. 282 pages.

Roger Scruton

Scruton, R. 1980 The Meaning of Conservatism (Penguin paperback in 1980) (2nd edition 1984, Reprinted 1989 Macmillan)

notes and quotations

Scruton, R. 1982 A Dictionary of Political Thought Macmillan and Pan

Scruton, R. 1982/Kant Kant (Past Masters)

Beatrice Nancy Seear and Elaine Player

Seear, B.N. and Player, E. 1986 Women in the Penal System by Baroness Seear and Elaine Player; report prepared for the Howard League for Penal Reform. London Howard League for Penal Reform, 1986. 20 pages.

Peter Sedgwick -1984

Worked for ten years as a psychologist and then became a lecturer in politics at the University of Leeds. A libertarian marxist (International Socialist)

Sedgwick, P. 1971 "R.D. Laing: Self, Symptom and Society" in Boyers, R. and Orrill, R. 1971

Sedgwick, P. 1982 PsychoPolitics. Pluto Press

Segal, Lynne 2000 "Psychoanalysis and Politics - Juliet Mitchell Then and Now" Radical Philosophy September/October 2000 available at http://www.radicalphilosophy.com/default.asp?channel_id=2188&e ditorial_id=1 0003

Sharon Shalev

LSE website - solitary confinement website

Shalev, S. 2008 A Sourcebook on Solitary Confinement available at http://www.solitaryconfinement.org/sourcebook

William (Wes) Sharrock 1943 -
University of Manchester

Wes Sharrock and Robert (Bob) John Anderson 1946-

Sharrock, W. W. and Anderson, R.J. 1986 The Ethnomethodologists Key sociologists series. Chichester: Ellis Horwood, xii and 121 pages.

Wes Sharrock - John A Hughes - Peter J Martin (1947- )

Hughes, Sharrock and Martin 1995
Understanding Classical Sociology: Marx, Weber, Durkheim

Sharrock, Hughes and Martin 2003 Understanding Modern Sociology Sage
Contents: The Background to Modern Sociology - Functionalism - The Frankfurt School and Critical Theory - Structuralism - Interactionism - Concluding Remarks

Google - Chapters on Functionalism (British anthropology. Talcott Parsons and Robert Merton) - The Frankfurt School and Critical Theory - Structuralism ( Claude Lévi Strauss. Roland Barthes. Jacques Lacan. Louis Althusser - Symbolic Interactionism ( George Herbert Mead. Herbert Blumer, Everett Hughes. Erving Goffman)

Mary Shelley weblinks Mellor Roberts Muriel Spark Ty Woodbridge

Shelley, M. 1818 Frankenstein, or the Modern Prometheus available at http://etext.lib.virginia.edu/toc/modeng/public/SheFran.html ( University of Virginia)

also available at:
Knowledge Matters Ltd:
http://www.literature.org/authors/shelley-mary/frankenstein/in dex.html

notes and extracts

Shelley, M. 1826 The Last Man available with notes by Stephen E. Jones at http://www.rc.umd.edu/editions/mws/lastman/index.html

Shoemaker, D.J. 1984 Theories of Delinquency: An examination of explanations of delinquent behaviour New York ; Oxford : Oxford University Press
Summary: Theories of Delinquency provides a comprehensive survey of major theoretical approaches to the understanding of delinquent behaviour. It includes discussions of individualistic and sociological theories, as well as a discussion of classical theory, female delinquency, and theoretical integration.

The Last Man was out of print from 1833 to 1965

Shelley, M. 1826/1965 The Last Man edited with an introduction by Hugh J. Luke, Junior. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1965. [Bison books]. New edition 2006 with an introduction by Judith Tarr

Shelley, M. 1990 The Mary Shelley Reader: containing Frankenstein, Mathilda, tales and stories, essays and reviews, and letters edited by Betty T. Bennett and Charles E. Robinson. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Contents: Frankenstein; or, the modern Prometheus (1818) -- Introduction to Frankenstein (1831) -- Mathilda -- Tales and stories: Recollections of Italy. The bride of modern Italy. Roger Dodsworth : The reanimated Englishman. The false rhyme. Transformation. The dream. The mortal immortal : a tale -- Essays and reviews: from Giovanni Villani. On ghosts. The English in Italy. from Modern Italy. Loves of the poets. from A review of William Godwin's Cloudesley. Preface to The poetical works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (1839) -- Preface to Rambles in Germany and Italy in 1840, 42, and 43 -- Letters: To Percy B. Shelley, 25 Oct. 1814. To Percy B. Shelley, 3 Nov. 1814. To Sir Walter Scott, 14 June 1818. To Isabella Hoppner, 10 Aug 1821. To Maria Gisborne, 15 Aug. 1822. To Lord Byron, 14 Dec. 1822. To Leigh Hunt, 9-11 Sept. 1823. To John Murray III, 8 Sept. 1830. To General Lafayette, 11 Nov. 1830. To Everina Wollstonecraft, 20 July 1840. To Edward Moxon, 14 July 1841.

Donald J. Shoemaker

Shoemaker, D.J. 2010 Theories of Delinquency: An examination of explanations of delinquent behaviour (Sixth edition)
Contents: Explanations of delinquency -- The classical school: issues of choice and reasoning -- Biological and biosocial explanations -- Psychological theories -- Social disorganisation and anomie -- Lower-class- based theories of delinquency -- Interpersonal and situational explanations -- Control theories -- Labelling theory -- The radical theory of delinquency -- Female delinquency -- Delinquency theory : an integrative approach.

"Theories covered include biological and psychological explanations, anomie and social disorganization, differential association, drift theory, labeling theory, critical theories, and explanations of female delinquency."

Alan Sica

Sica, A. 1997 Acclaiming the Reclaimers: The Trials of Writing Sociology's History in Camic, C. 1997 pp 282-298

Irving E. Sigel 1922 - 2006

"Based on his theory of 'psychological distancing', Sigel's research focused on the capacity of young children for representative or symbolic thought, as well as on the conditions under which that thought develops." (source)

Irving E Sigel, Ada Secrist, and George Forman

See 1965

Sigel, I.E., Secrist, A. and Forman, G. 1973 "Psycho-educational intervention beginning at age two: Reflections and Outcomes" by Irving E Sigel, Ada Secrist, and George in Stanley. J.C. 1973 Pages 25-62

Irving E. Sigel and Rodney R. Cocking

Sigel, I.E. and Cocking, R.R. 1977 Cognitive Development from Childhood to Adolescence: A constructivist perspective Principles of educational psychology series. New York and London: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. xv and 256 pages
"Our purpose in writing this book is to review Piagetian theory..." (p.ix)

Elizabeth Bortolaia Silva

Silva, E.B. 1996 (Editor) Good Enough Mothering?: Feminist perspectives on lone mothering London: Routledge, 256 pages
Contents:
1. Good Enough Mothering? Editor's Introduction by Elizabeth Silva
2. The Transformation of Mothering by Elizabeth Silva
3. Deconstructing Motherhood by Carol Smart
4. Mothering and Social Responsibilities in a Cross-Cultural Perspective by Henrietta L. Moore
5. Diversity in Patterns of Parenting and Household Formation by Carolyn Baylis
6. Mothers, Workers or Wives? Policy approaches to supporting lone mothers in comparative perspective by Jane Millar
7. Rational Economic Man or Lone Mothers in Context? The uptake of paid work by Rosalind Edwards and Simon Duncan
8. Parental Responsibility: The reassertion of private patriachy? by Lorraine M. Fox Harding
9. Social Anxieties About Lone Motherhood and Ideologies of the Family: Two sides of the same coin by Mary McIntosh
10. Debates on Disruption: What happens to the children of lone parents? by Louie Burghes
11. Social Constructions of Lone Motherhood: A case of competing discourses by Ann Phoenix
12. Unpalatable Choices and Inadequate Families: Lone mothers and the underclass debate by Sasha Roseneil and Kirk Mann
"Summary: Currently, lone mothers and their children make up almost 20 per cent of families with dependent children in the UK, a threefold increase since 1970. Yet, while they are often cited by politicians as both a symptom and cause of social breakdown, relatively little is known of the causes, consequences and conditions of lone motherhood in Britain and throughout Europe. This study provides accounts of historical patterns of mothering and ideologies of the family, with cross-national comparisons of policies and experience of lone motherhood in developed and developing countries. Countries covered include: Britain, USA, Norway, South Africa, Kenya, Thailand, India, Brazil and the Carribean."

Elizabeth B. Silva and Carol Smart

Silva, E.B. and Smart, C. 1999 (Editors) The New Family? London : Sage Publications. viii and 177 pages.
Contents:
The 'New' Practices and Politics of Family Life by Elizabeth B Silva and Carol Smart
Risk and Family Practices - Accounting for Change and Fluidity in Family Life by David Morgan
Resourcing the Family - Gendered Claims and Obligations and Issues of Explanation by Sarah Irwin
Transforming Housewifery - Dispositions, Practices and Technologies by Elizabeth B Silva
A Passion for 'Sameness' - Sexuality and Gender Accountability by Gillian Dunne
Everyday Experiments - Narratives of Non-Heterosexual Relationships by Jeffrey Weeks, Catherine Donovan and Brian Heaphy
The 'New' Parenthood - Fathers and Mothers after Divorce by Carol Smart
Generational Ties in the 'New' Family - Changing Contexts for Traditional Obligations by Joanna Bornat et al
Brothers and Sisters, Uncles and Aunts - A Lateral Perspective on Caribbean Families by Mary Chamberlain
Reconsidering Children and Childhood - Sociological and Policy Perspectives by Julia Brannen

Georg Simmel (1858-1918) weblinks

Simmel, G. 1894 "Le problème de la sociologie". Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale 1894

Simmel, G. 1896 "Sur quelques relations de la pensée théorique avec les intérê:ts pratiques" Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale 1896

Simmel, G. 1896tr. "Superiority and Subordination as Subject Matter of Sociology." Translated by Albion Small - American Journal of Sociology volume 2.

Simmel, G. 1896/1897 "Comment les formes sociales se maintiennent" Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale 1896-1897

Simmel, G. 1898tr. "The Persistence of Social Groups." Translated by Albion Small - American Journal of Sociology volume 4.

Simmel, G. 1902tr. "The Number of Members as Determining the Sociological Form of the Group." Translated by Albion Small - American Journal of Sociology volume 8

Simmel, G. 1903 "Die Grossstäudte und das Geistesleben", in Die Grossstadt a collection of lectures and essays by K. Bücher, F. Ratzel, G. v. Mayr, H. Waentig, G. Simmel, Th. Petermann und D. Schäfer. Dresden. (See below)

A web copy available at http://socio.ch/sim/sta03.htm

Simmel, G. 1903/1950tr. "The Metropolis and Mental Life", translation of "Die Grossstäudte und das Geistesleben" in Simmel, G. 1950tr. pp. 409-424.

Simmel, G. 1904tr. "Sociology of Conflict." Translated by Albion Small - American Journal of Sociology volume 9

Simmel, G. 1906tr. "The Sociology of Secrecy and Secret Societies." Translated by Albion Small - American Journal of Sociology volume 11

Albion Small: Review of Simmel, Soziologie. American Journal of Sociology volume 14 (1909)

Simmel, G. 1910tr. "How is Society Possible?" Translated by Albion Small - American Journal of Sociology volume 16

Simmel, G. 1950tr. The Sociology of Georg Simmel edited and translated by K. H. Wolff, New York: Free Press

Jerry Laird Simmons 1933-1.4.2003

Jerry Laird Simmons assisted by Hazel Chambers
University of California, Santa Barbara

Simmons, J. L. Autumn 1965 "Public Stereotypes of Deviants" Social Problems Volume 13, No. 2 (Autumn, 1965), pp. 223-232
Stable URL: http://www.jstor.org/stable/798906

Burrhus Frederic Skinner (1904-1990) See weblinks - Morea

Publications analysis at B.F. Skinner Foundation - archive
index of texts on Classics of Psychology

Skinner B.F. 1935 "Two types of conditioned reflex and a pseudo type - From the biological laboratories of Harvard University" Journal of General Psychology, 12, pages 66-77 available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Skinner/Twotypes/twotypes.htm

Skinner, B. F. 1937 "Two types of conditioned reflex: A reply to Konorski and Miller" Journal of General Psychology, 16, pages 272- 279 available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Skinner/ReplytoK/reply.htm

Skinner, B. F. 1938 The Behavior of Organisms: An Experimental Analysis

"With the publication of his first book, The Behavior of Organisms (1938), B. F. Skinner launched a new science based on selection by consequences as the mechanism through which behavior changes during the lifetime of the individual. The book summarizes nearly ten years of research, spanning the years of Skinner's graduate school days at Harvard through his three years as a member of the Society of Fellows. In the book, Skinner defines his basic unit of behavior, which he named the operant, proposes rate as the basic datum, and describes his research program--to identify the variables of which behavior is a function.
After publication of The Behavior of Organisms, Skinner continued research and writing at the University of Minnesota and at Indiana University before returning in 1948 to Harvard. He extended his scientific analysis to the design of cultures in Walden Two (1948), to verbal behavior (Verbal Behavior, 1957), and to the field of education (The Technology of Teaching, 1968). In 1971 Skinner published a best seller, Beyond Freedom and Dignity, addressing the implications of behavioral science for traditional notions of control. These endeavors, and many other articles and books, had their origins in The Behavior of Organisms which opened up a new frontier in the understanding of behavior." (Skinner Foundation description)

Skinner, B. F. 1948 "'Superstition' in the pigeon" Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38, pages 168-172 available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Skinner/Pigeon/

Skinner, B.F. 1948 Walden two. Reprinted as a Macmillan paperback, New York: Macmillan, 1962

"This utopian novel describes a fictional community designed around behavioral principles. The community is minimally consuming and minimally polluting, and it is egalitarian in the division of work. Its most controversial aspect is the communal raising of children and the educational system which teaches patience and how to handle destructive emotions such as jealousy along with normal academic subjects." (Skinner Foundation description)

Skinner, B. F. 1950 "Are theories of learning necessary?" Psychological Review, 57, pages 193-216. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Skinner/Theories/

Skinner, B. F. 1968 The Technology of Teaching

Skinner, B. F. 1974 About Behaviorism, Lowe & Brydone (Printers) Ltd, Thetford, Norfolk, Great Britain.

Barry Smart

Smart, B. 1983 Foucault, Marxism and critique London : Routledge and Kegan Paul, ix and 144 pages.
Contents:
1. On the Limits and Limitations of Marxism
2. Marxism, Theory and Politics
3. Reaction, Revision and Criticism
4. Genealogy, Critique and the Analysis of Power
5. Discipline and Social Regulation
6. Critical Analyses of Rationality

Smart, B. 1985 Michel Foucault Chichester : Ellis Horwood, 1985. 150 pages.

Smart, B. 2002 Michel Foucault London: Routledge, 2002. A revision of the 1985 edition. xv and 150 pages.
Contents:
Editor's Foreword Preface and Acknowledgements
Reconsidering Foucault
Introduction
1. Major Themes and Issues
1.1 On Confinement - madness, reason and the asylum
1.2 The birth of the clinic
1.3 An archaeology of the human sciences
1.4 A theory of discourse
1.5 From archaeology to genealogy
2. Questions of Methods of Analysis
2.1 Archaeology
2.2 Archaeology and science
2.3 Genealogy
2.4 Science and critique
2.5 On intellectuals
3. Subjects of Power, Objects of Knowledge
3.1 Discipline and punish
3.2 Power, knowledge and the body
3.3 Power
3.4 Discipline and punishment
3.5 Discipline
3.6 The Carceral network and the formation of the human sciences
3.7 On the subject of sexuality
3.8 Sexuality and repression
3.9 Classes of sex
3.10 Power over life: a summary
3.11 Objectification, subjectification, and the human sciences
3.12 A genealogy of the subject
3.13 The 'culture of self'
4. The State, Resistance and Rationality
4.1 Power and the State
4.2 On the government
4.3 The question of resistance
4.4 Forms of rationality

Carol Smart 1948-

Smart, C. 1978 Women, Crime and Criminology : A Feminist Critique London : Routledge and Kegan Paul. 208 pages

Adam Smith Hayek - weblinks

There are online editions of Adam Smith's works at The Online Library of Liberty

Smith, A. 1759 Theory of Moral Sentiments

Smith, A. 1776 An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations

"Crime and the life course" in the Oxford Handbook of Criminology

David J. Smith

Dennis Smith 1945-
Professor of Sociology. Loughborough University, Leicestershire, England

Smith, D. 1988 The Chicago School: A liberal critique of capitalism Basingstoke : Macmillan Education. x and 245 pages

Smith, D. 1991 The Rise of Historical Sociology Polity Press. 231 pages

Describes historical sociology as "the study of the past to find out how societies work and change",
Discusses the work of: Talcott Parsons - Neil Smelser - Shmuel Eisenstadt - Martin Lipset - Thomas Humphrey Marshall - Reinhard Bendix - Bloch - Norbert Elias - Barrington Moore (Social Origins of Dictatorship and Democracy) - Edward Thompson (The Making of the English Working Class) - Theda Skocpol - Charles Tilly - Perry Anderson - Immanuel Wallerstein - Fernand Braudel - Michael Mann - W. G. (Garry) Runciman - Anthony Giddens.
Identifies three periods since 1945. Periods shaped by 1) the battle with totalitarianism; 2) protest movements (student rights, black power, anti Vietnam war; women's movement; 3) fragmentation of the stable bipolar world of the Cold War.
Contents:
Part 1 Like a Pheonix rising.
Part 2 Out of the ashes.
Part 3 Taking flight.
Part 4 Soaring high.
Part 5 Historical sociology in the 1990s.

Smith, D. 1999 Zygmunt Bauman: Prophet of postmodernity Key contemporary thinkers. Cambridge: Polity Press. xi and 250 pages
Contents:
Preface.
Part I: Setting the Agenda:
1. Living Without a Guidebook.
2. No Easy Choices.
3. Who is Zygmunt Bauman?
4. The Power of the Past.
Part II: The Road to Postmodernity:
5. The Road to the West.
6. The Road to Utopia.
7. The Road to the Berlin Wall.
8. The Trilogy.
9. Bauman's Vision of Modernity and Postmodernity.
Part III: Dialogue:
10. Between Critical Theory and Post-Structuralism. The ambivalence of criticism.
11. A Correspondence between Zygmunt Bauman and Dennis Smith. First letter. Second letter. Third letter. Fourth letter. Fifth letter.

Smith, D. 2009 "Zygmunt Bauman, Strategic Disengagement and Sociological Hermeneutics" available at http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/ss/staff/staff_biog/d.smith/Zygmunt%20Ba uman,%20Strategic%20Disengagement%20and%20Sociological%20Hermeneutics.pdf

William Robertson Smith

Smith, W.R. 1.6.1880 "Animal Worship and Animal Tribes among the Arabs and in the Old Testament" Journal of Philology 9.17, pages 75-100

Smith, W.R. 1881 The Old Testament in the Jewish Church

Smith, W.R. 1882 The Prophets of Israel

Smith, W.R. 1889 Lectures on the Religion of the Semites. First series. The Fundamental Institutions. Edinburgh, 1889.

New Edition, Revised, London, Adam and Charles Black, 1894, available online at http://www.case.edu/univlib/preserve/Etana/Lectures/Lectures.html

Charles W. Socarides and Loretta R. Loeb

Socarides, C.W. and Loeb. L.R. 2004 (Editors) The mind of the paedophile: psychoanalytic perspectives London : Karnac, Forensic psychotherapy monograph series

Social Research Update edited by Nigel Gilbert

Social Research Update is published quarterly by the Department of Sociology, University of Surrey, Guildford GU7 7XH, England.

SRU 1 Analysing Qualitative Data by Computer by Nigel Fielding, March 1993

SRU 2 Using Diaries in Social Research by Louise Corti, "March 1993" [Summer 1993?]

SRU 3 Computer Assisted Personal Interviewing by Roy Sainsbury, John Ditch and Sandra Hutton, "March 1993" [Autumn 1993?]

SRU 4 Exploring the Internet by Nicky Ferguson, "March 1993" [Summer 1995?]

SRU 5 Ethnographic Writing by Martyn Hammersley, "March 1993" [Summer 1995?]

SRU 6 Computer simulation of social processes by Nigel Gilbert, "March 1993" [Autumn 1995? Contains 1995 references.]

SRU 7 Correspondence Analysis by Dianne Phillips, Winter 1995

SRU 8 Telephone Interviewing Roger Thomas and Susan Purdon, Winter 1994

SRU 9 Official Social Classifications in the UK by David Rose, July 1995

SRU 10 Archiving qualitative research data by Louise Corti, Janet Foster and Paul Thompson, Autumn 1995

SRU 11 Visual research methods by Marcus Banks, Winter 1995

SRU 12 Elicitation techniques with young people by Neal Hazel, Winter 1995

SRU 13 Comparative research methods by Linda Hantrais, Summer 1995

SRU 14 Paying respondents and informants by Sonia Thompson, Autumn 1996

SRU 15 Collecting data through joint interviews by Hilary Arksey, Winter 1996

SRU 16 Occupational Gender Segregation by Robert M. Blackburn and Jennifer Jarman, Spring 1997

SRU 17 Open and Closed Questions by Stephen Farrall, Jon Bannister, Jason Ditton and Elizabeth Gilchrist, Summer 1997

SRU 18 Complexity Theory and Social Research by David Byrne, Autumn 1997

SRU 19 Focus groups by Anita Gibbs, Winter 1997

SRU 20 Finding information on the World Wide Web by Stuart Peters, Spring 1998

SRU 21 Using e-mail as a research tool by Neil Selwyn and Kate Robson, Summer 1998

SRU 22 Secondary analysis of qualitative data by Janet Heaton, Autumn 1998

SRU 23 Multilevel models by Ian Plewis, Winter 1998

SRU 24 Optimal matching analysis by Tak Wing Chan, Spring 1999

SRU 25 The Use of Vignettes in Qualitative Research by Christine Barter and Emma Renold, Summer 1999

SRU 26 Examining the paradox of achievement gaps by Stephen Gorard, Autumn 1999

SRU 27 Anticipating the problems of contract social research by Anne Grinyer, Winter 1999

SRU 28 Longitudinal Research in the Social Sciences by Elisabetta Ruspini, Spring 2000

SRU 29 Safety in Social Research by Gary Craig, Anne Corden and Patricia Thornton, Summer 2000

SRU 30 A re-examination of segregation indices in terms of compositional invariance by Chris Taylor, Stephen Gorard and John Fitz, Autumn 2000

SRU 31 Translating from one language to another

SRU 32 Soft Modelling the Predictors of Drug Treatment Use

SRU 33 Accessing Hidden and Hard-to-Reach Populations: Snowball Research Strategies

SRU 34 Undertaking Action Research: Negotiating the Road Ahead

SRU 35 The Importance of Pilot Studies

SRU 36 The Anonymity of Research Participants

SRU 37 Citizens Juries

SRU 38 Tools for Digital Audio Recording in Qualitative Research

SRU 39 Ethics and equity: pursuing the perspective of non-participants

SRU 40 Photo- Interviewing for research

SRU 41 Online Resources for Social Survey Researchers by Julie Lamb, Autumn 2003

SRU 42 Tracing and Mapping: the challenges of compiling databases and directories

SRU 43 Analysing Complex Survey Data: Clustering, Stratification and Weights

SRU 44 Telephone Focus Groups

SRU 45 The Use of Piloting in an Application for Funding

SRU 46 Personal agendas in emotionally demanding research

SRU 47 Measuring quality of life using free and public domain data

SRU 48 Exploiting freely available software for social research

SRU 49 The ethics of Internet usage in health and personal narratives research

SRU 50 Cognitive Interviewing as a Research Technique

SRU 51 Research without Consent

SRU 52 Mind- mapping

SRU 53 In-depth interviewing by Instant Messaging

SRU 54 Systematic reviewing

SRU 55 R and Quantitative Data Analysis by Paul Webb, Spring 2009

SRU 56 The ethics of the secondary analysis and further use of qualitative data

SRU 57 Begin at the beginning... Using a lifegrid for exploring illness experience

SRU 58 Researching ethnic inequalities

SRU 59 Analysing Cognitive Interview data to Improve Cross-National Survey Questions

SRU 60 Using NVivo Audio-Coding: Practical, Sensorial and Epistemological Considerations

SRU 61 Internet Research and Unobtrusive Methods by Christine Hine, Spring 2011

Sociological Society, London

Sociological Papers London and New York: Published for the Sociological Society by Macmillan... 1905-1907.

Sociological Papers 1904: Sociological Papers by Francis Galton, E. Westermarck, P. Geddes, E. Durkheim, Harold H. Mann and V. V. Branford, with an introductory address by James Bryce, President of the society">. Published for the Sociological Society by Macmillan... 1905. Available in the Internet Archive at (offline)

Muriel Spark

Spark, M. 1987 Mary Shelley Cardinal

SparkNotes Study Guides
http://www.sparknotes.com

Can be referenced:

SparkNotes Title web address

Example

Spark Notes Leviathan
http://www.sparknotes.com/philosophy/leviathan/

Dale Spender 1943 -

Dale, S. 1980 Man Made Language London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, xi and 250 pages

Dale, S. 1982 Invisible Women: The Schooling Scandal

Dale, S. 1983 There's Always Been a Women's Movement in the Twentieth Century

Dale, S. 1985 For the Record: The Making and Meaning of Feminist Knowledge Women's Press

Dale, S. 1989 The Writing or the Sex?, Or, Why You Don't Have to Read Women's Writing to Know It's No Good

Dale, S. 1995 Nattering on the Net: Women, Power and Cyberspace Spinifex, 1995

Herbert Spencer (1820-1903) weblinks

Incomplete list of published works at McMaster University. Used below.

Spencer, H. 1843 The Proper Sphere of Government London

Spencer, H. 1851 Social Statics London, Chapman.

Spencer, H. 4.1852 "A theory of population deduced from the general law of animal fertility" Westminster Review London, April 1852. Also published as a 35 page booklet by John Chapman, London, 1852.

Spencer, H. 1855 The Principles of Psychology London, Longman, Brown, Green 1855. [Revised and enlarged to two volumes - London, Williams & Norgate, 1870, 1872].

Spencer, H. 1857 "Progess: Its Law and Causes", The Westminster Review, Volume 67, April 1857

extracts in The Modern History SourceBook

Spencer, H. 1858 Essays, Scientific, Political and Speculative Volume one: London, Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans & Roberts, 1858 [Volumes 2 and 3, London, Williams & Norgate, 1863. Revised and enlarged edition, 3 volumes: London, Williams & Norgate, 1891.

Spencer, H. 1861 Education, Intellectual, Moral and Physical London, Williams & Norgate

Spencer, H. 1862 First Principles published in six parts between 1860 and 1862. Published as one volume (London, Williams & Norgate) in 1862. html of text available at http://socserv.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/spencer/firprin.html

Spencer, H. 1873 The Study of Sociology London, King

Spencer, H. 1864 The Principles of Biology 2 volumes (London, Williams & Norgate, 1864, 1867). Revised and enlarged (London, Williams & Norgate, 1898 [1888?], 1899).
Enlargements (1899?) overseen by William Bate Hardy (biologist), William Henry Perkin (chemist), and Arthur George Tansley (botanist)
As planned:
Volume 1. Part 1. The data of biology - Including those general truths of physics and chemistry with which rational biology must set out.
Volume 1. Part 2. The inductions of biology - A statement of the leading generalizations which naturalists, physiologists, and comparative anatomists, have established.
Volume 1. Part 3. The evolution of life. - Concerning the speculation commonly known as "The Development Hypothesis" - its a priori and a posteriori evidences.
Volume 2. Part 4. Morphological development - Pointing out the relations that are everywhere traceable between organic forms and the average of the various forces to which they are subject; and seeking in the cumulative effects of such forces a theory of the forms.
Volume 2. Part 5. Physiological development. - The progressive differentiation of functions similarly traced; and similarly interpreted as consequent upon the exposure of different parts of organisms to different sets of conditions.
Volume 2. Part 6. The laws of multiplication. - Generalizations respecting the rates of reproduction of the various classes of plants and animals; followed by an attempt to show the dependence of these variations upon certain necessary causes.

Spencer, H. and others 1873 Descriptive Sociology; or Groups of Sociological Facts, parts 1-8, classified and arranged by Spencer, compiled and abstracted by David Duncan, Richard Schepping, and James Collier. London, Williams & Norgate, 1873-1881.

Spencer, H. 1874 The Principles of Sociology. 3 volumes, 8 parts; volume 1, 3 parts (New York, Appleton, 1874-1875), enlarged (London, Williams & Norgate, 1876), enlarged (London, Williams & Norgate, 1885), volume 2, part 4, published as Ceremonial Institutions (London, Williams & Norgate, 1879), volume 2, part 5, published as Political Institutions (London, Williams & Norgate, 1882), volume 3, part 6, published as Ecclesiastical Institutions (London, Williams & Norgate, 1885), volume 3, parts 6-8 (London, Williams & Norgate, 1896).
CONTENTS: Vol. 1: pt. 1. The data of sociology. pt. 2. The inductions of sociology. pt. 3. The domestic relations; Vol. 2: pt. 4. Ceremonial institutions. pt. 5. Political institutions; v. 3: pt. 6. Ecclesiastical institutions. pt. 7. Professional institutions. pt. 8. Industrial institutions.]

Spencer, H. 1879 The Principles of Ethics, 2 volumes, 6 parts, volume 1, part 1, published as The Data of Ethics (London, Williams & Norgate, 1879); volume 2 part 4, published as Justice (London, Williams & Norgate, 1891), volume 1, parts 1, 2, and 3 (London, Williams & Norgate, 1892), volume 2, parts 4, 5, and 6 (London, Williams & Norgate, 1893).

Spencer, H. 1884 The Man 'versus' the State London & Edinburgh, Williams & Norgate

Spencer, H. 1893 The Factors of Organic Evolution London, Williams & Norgate

Spencer, H. 1897 Various Fragments London, Williams & Norgate, 1897. Enlarged: London, Williams & Norgate, 1900.

Spencer, H. 1902 Facts and Comments London, Williams & Norgate

Spencer, H. 1904 An Autobiography. Two volumes. London, Williams & Norgate

Julian Cecil Stanley 9.7.1918 - 12.8.2005
Department of Psychology, Johns Hopkins University

Stanley. J.C. 1972 (editor), Preschool Programs for the Disadvantaged: Five experimental approaches to early childhood education. Proceedings of the First Hyman Blumberg Symposium on Research in Early Childhood Education, Johns Hopkins University, 1971. Edited by Julian C. Stanley. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins University Press [1972]

Stanley. J.C. 1973 (editor), Compensatory education for children, ages 2-8 : recent studies in educational intervention; proceedings [1972] Baltimore and London: John Hopkins University Press.
Contains:
"Introduction and Critique" by Julian C. Stanley
"Research on Sesame Street: Some Implications for Compensatory Education" by Samuel Ball and Gerry Ann Bogatz.
"Psycho-educational intervention beginning at age two: Reflections and Outcomes" by Irving E Sigel, Ada Secrist, and George Forman. Pages 25-62
"Planned Variation in Head Start and Follow Through" by Joan S. Bissell.
"Evaluation and implications of Research with Young Handicapped and Low-income Children" by Merle B. Karnes.
"Disadvantaged Children and Their First School Experiences, ETS-Head Start Longituddinal Study" by Viginia C. Shipman.
"Educational Compensation and Evaluation: A Critique" by Scarvia B. Anderson. pages 196-

Martin Staum 9.7.1943 -

online CV and bibliography

Staum, M. 2007 "'Race' and gender in non-Durkheimian French sociology, 1893-1914" Canadian Journal of History 42,2 Autumn, 2007, pp 183-208. Available online at http://findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_qa3686/is_2_42/ai_n29396954/

Steintrager, J. 1977 Bentham Political thinkers series, volume five; London : Allen and Unwin. 133 pages. Republished London : Routledge, 2004,

James Steintrager

"Challenging the accepted interpreations of Bentham's political thought and in particular the landmark criticism by John Studart Mill and Elie Halevy, the author consulted the extensive manuscript collections left by Bentham to the University of London and the British museum in the preparation of this volume"

Ed Stephan - 27.12,1939

cv archive 20.2.1999 - 27.5.2011

Stephan, E. 1995- The Division of Territory in Society an online book of size-density and time-minimization research added to website Summer 1995. Added to the Internet Online Books 18.7.1995. (archive).

Stephan, E. 1996- Timeline of Sociology A listing of on-line biographies and books from 1600, Winter 1996 (archive)

demography timeline, modelled on the Sociology Timeline but starting in 3,800BC, was first recorded by the web archive on 6.10.2003.

Geoffrey Michael Stephenson

Stephenson, G.M. 1992 The Psychology of Criminal Justice Oxford, UK ; Cambridge, Massachusetts: Blackwell, 1992.
Contents: Acknowledgements. List of Figures. List of Tables. Introduction. 1. Who is the criminal? 2. Are Criminals Morally Immature? 3. Preparedness for Crime. 4. Calculating Criminal Behavior. 5. Criminal- Victim Interaction. 6. Social Psychology of Criminal Liability. 7. Police on Crime. 8. Stories in Court. 9. Testifying in Court. 10. Twelve Available People: How Juries Decide. 11. Punishing the Offender: Sentencing in Practice. 12. Procedure and the Distribution of Criminal Justice. References. Index.

Stewart, Scott, 2005 "What was Mill's problem really? Mill's 'mental crisis' and posthumous psychological diagnosis" Radical Psychology, Winter 2005, available at http://www.radpsynet.org/journal/vol4-2/Stewart2a.html

Stillinger, J. 1969 Introduction to Mill, J.S. 1874: "Mill's Autobiography: Imagination and the Growth of a Philosophic Mind"

Stoddard, T. Lothrop 1914 The French Revolution in San Domingo Negro Universities Press, Westport, Connecticut 1970

Stone, G.P. and Faberman, H. 1967 "On the edge of Rapprochement: was Durkheim moving towards the Perspective of Symbolic Interaction?" Sociological Quarterly, 8.

Rob Stones

Stones, R. 1998 (Editor) Key Sociological Thinkers Basingstoke: Macmillan
Contents: Introduction: society as more than a collection of free- floating individuals by Rob Stones
Karl Marx by Bob Jessop
Max Weber by Lawrence A. Scaff
Emile Durkheim by Whitney Pope
Sigmund Freud by Ian Craib
Georg Simmel by Patrick Watier
Herbert Blumer by Ken Plummer
Talcott Parsons by Robert Holton
Robert K. Merton by Alan Sica
Simone de Beauvoir by Mary Evans
Norbert Elias by Jason Hughes
Erving Goffman by Robin Williams
David Lockwood by Nicos Mouzelis
Harold Garfinkel by John Heritage
Louis Althusser by Ted Benton
Jürgen Habermas by William Outhwaite
Pierre Bourdieu by Loïc J. D. Wacquant
Nancy J. Chodrow by Karin A. Martin
Arlie Russell Hochschild by Simon J. Williams
Michel Foucault by Lawrence Barth
Stuart Hall by Michéle Barrett
Anthony Giddens by Ira J. Cohen
Conclusion: Tolerance, Plurality and Creative Synthesis in Sociological Thought by Rob Stones

Struik, D. J. 1970 (Editor) Economic and Philosophic Manuscripts of 1844, by Karl Marx.

Sumerscale, J. (Editor) 1965 The Penguin Encyclopedia

Swann 1985 Education For All: The Report of the Committee of Inquiry into the Education of Children from Ethnic Minority Groups London: HMSO. Chairman: Lord Swann (Sir Michael Meredith Swann 1920-).

Kim Swanson

Swanson, K. 1999? Jeremy Bentham Criminology graduate student paper. Florida State University. University of Florida. Available at http://www.criminology.fsu.edu/crimtheory/bentham.htm

Archive also has a paper by Christy G. Hendry dated 18.6.1998. Archive date 22.10.2000

Sally Swartz
Department of Psychology
University of Cape Town

Swartz, S. 2009 "Madness and Method: Approaches to the history of mental illness" PINS (Psychology in Society), 2009, 37, pp 70-74. A review of Parle, J 2007.

SECTION 2 PHILOSOPHY AND UNDERPINNINGS OF SURVIVOR RESEARCH
4 Survivor-produced knowledge - Diana Rose
5 Developing a social model of madness and distress to underpin survivor research - Peter Beresford

Survivor research books

Angela Sweeney, Peter Beresford,
Alison Faulkner, Mary Nettle and Diana Rose

Sweeney, A. Beresford, P. Faulkner, A. Nettle, M. and Rose, D 2009 (Editors) This is Survivor Research. Herefordshire: PCCS Books

Launch - Reviews

CONTENTS
Foreword - Mary O'Hagan

SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
1 Introduction - Diana Rose and Peter Beresford
2 Background - Peter Beresford and Diana Rose
3 So what is survivor research? - Angela Sweeney

SECTION 3 THE PRACTICE OF RESEARCH

6 Survivor research: Ethics approval and ethical practice - Alison Faulkner and Debbie Tallis

Part one: Alison Faulkner: Ethical Practice

Part two: Debbie Tallis: Ethics Committees from an Individual Perspective

7 Identity issues in mental health research - Karan Essien
8 First-hand experiences of different approaches to collaborative research - Carey Ostrer and Brigid Morris
9 Literature reviews: An example of making traditional research methods user focused - Pete Fleischmann
10 Influencing change: Outcomes from User-Focused Monitoring inpatient research in Bristol in 2002 - Rosie Davies
11 Influencing change: User or researcher? Elitism in research - Heather Straughan
12 A rough guide to getting started - Alison Faulkner

SECTION 4 THE INSIDE STORY
13 From activist to researcher and part way back - Jan Wallcraft
14 'Getting better - in theory': Creating, then using, a Foucauldian mental health service user/survivor theoretical standpoint in my own journey of 'recovery' - David G Armes

15 Project accounts:

A survivor-led evaluation of a survivor-led crisis service - Judy Beckett

Empowerment under permit: Canterbury and District Mental Health Forum Service User Evaluation (SUE) project - Matt Sands

An evaluation of a mental health service in North East Scotland - Stuart Valentine

My experience of doing academic research to attain a research degree - Philip Hill

Research and evaluation in East Berkshire - Sue Goddard

16 Telling our truths, bringing about change: Being a survivor researcher

A chapter of personal experiences, edited by Tina Coldham and Jasna Russo, in alphabetical order of first name

Alison Faulkner: Turning the tables
Angela Sweeney: Mickey Mouse scans?
Anne-Laure Donskoy: Benefit of the doubt
Brigid Morris: Challenging beliefs
Cath Roper: We don't start off with the agenda tied up
David Webb: Being a survivor researcher helps me survive
Debbie Mayes: Not just someone who takes
Diana Rose: Having a double identity
Heather Straughan: Working in a twilight zone
Jasna Russo: Talking back to power
Keith Halsall: Alchemy: A miraculous transformation or the means of achieving this
Mary Nettle: Banging against the brick wall
Pete Fleischmann: Shocking memories
Peter Beresford: Survivor researcher: An holistic role
Philip Hill: Not an academic in an ivory tower
Ruth Sayers: Missionary zeal
Sarah Carr: The sick and the well?
Tina Coldham: On board the good ship Survivor Research

Paul Sweetman

Sweetman, P. 2009 "Revealing Habitus, illuminating practice: Bourdieu, photography and visual methods" The Sociological Review, 57: 491- 511.

Alan (William) Swingewood, 1938-
Lecturer in Sociology at the London School of Economics.

Swingewood, A. 1969 The Scottish Enlightenment and the Rise of Sociology: With special reference to the social theories of Adam Ferguson, John Millar, and William Robertson Ph.D. (London) thesis 1969 LSE. 385 pages.

Swingewood, A. 1970 "Origins of Sociology: The Case of the Scottish Enlightenment" The British Journal of Sociology Volume 21, No. 2, June 1970

Swingewood, A. 1975a Marx and Modern Social Theory London : Macmillan. vii and 248 pages ("First presented as lectures at the London School of Economics.")

Swingewood, A. 1975b The Novel and Revolution London: Macmillan, x and 288 pages

Swingewood, A. 1977 The Myth of Mass Culture London : Macmillan. xi and 146 pages

Swingewood, A. 1984 A Short History of Sociological Thought London: Macmillan. Sociology history to 1978. Further editions in 1991 and 2000.

Swingewood, A. 2000 A Short History of Sociological Thought London: Palgrave
Contents:
Foundations
1. Modernity, Industrialisation and the Rise of Sociology
2. Marxism
3. Critique of Positivism 1: Durkheim
4. Critique of Positivism 2: Social Action. [Includes Simmel and Weber
5. Marxism after Marx
Modern Sociology
6. Functionalism
7. Self and Society [includes Mead - Blumer - Goffman
8. Structuralism and Post-Structuralism
9. Sociological Thought and the Problems of Agency and Structure [Includes Habermas - Giddens - Bourdieu]
10. Postmodernity and Sociological Thought
11. New Directions in Sociological Thought

Sztompka, P. 1974 System and Function: Toward a theory of society Studies in anthropology. New York; London: Academic Press, xvii and 213 pages

Piotr Sztompka 1944-

Sztompka, P. 1986 Robert K. Merton, An intellectual profile Theoretical traditions in the social sciences. New York, N.Y.: St. Martin's Press. xiv and 324 pages.

Sztompka, P. 1993 "Civilizational Incompetence: The Trap of Post- Communist Societies." Zeitschrift Fur Soziologie, Volume 22, Issue 2. April 1993, pp 85-95, Available at http://www.zfs-online.org/index.php/zfs/article/viewFile/2822/2359

Jacob Leib Talmon 1916-1980

Talmon, J.L. 1952 The Origins of Totalitarian Democracy London: Secker and Warburg. 366 pages.

Taylor, A.J. 1972 Laissez-faire and State Intervention in Nineteenth Century Britain.

Barbara Taylor 1950-

Then History lecturer at Bulmershe College of Higher Education, Reading. Spoke on "Mary Wollstonecraft and the Wild Wish of Early English Feminism" at Enfield on 8.5.1992. Her paper to be published in forthcoming History Workshop Journal. On editorial board of History Workshop Journal.

Taylor, B. 1983 Eve and the New Jerusalem. Socialism and feminism in the nineteenth century Virago.

Taylor, B. 1992 "Mary Wollstonecraft and the Wild Wish of Early Feminism" History Workshop Journal Summer 1992, pp 197-219.

24.10.2010

Taylor, B. 2011 "The Demise of the Asylum in Late Twentieth-century Britain: A Personal History" Transactions of the RHS Royal Historical Society 21 (2011), pp. 193-215
doi:10.1017/S0080440111000090
Read 24.9.2010

A later version available at
http://www.la.utexas.edu/research/poltheory/jsmill/diss-disc/eow-intro.html

Harriet Taylor

Taylor, Harriet 1851 Enfranchisement of Women The Westminster Review 1851 available at http://www.pinn.net/~sunshine/book-sum/ht_mill3.html

Helen Taylor

Taylor, Helen 1867 The Claim of Englishwomen to the Suffrage Constitutionally Considered available at http://www.indiana.edu/~letrs/vwwp/taylor/suffrage.html

Taylor, I., Walton, P. and Young, J. 1973 The New Criminology. For a Social Theory of Deviance. RKP. Chapters: 1. Classical criminology and the positivist tradition: [Beccaria, Enrico Ferri]; 2. The appeal of positivism: [Moral statisticians: Quetelet and Guerry; Lombroso, Eysenck, Gordon Trasler]; 3. Durkheim and the break with analytical individualism; 4. The early sociologies of crime: [Merton, Chicago School]; 5. Social reaction, deviant commitment and career [variously called social control theorists, transactionalists, or labelling theorists. Becker, Lemert, Erikson, Kitsuse, Schur]; 6. American naturalism and phenomenology [Matza; Ethnomethodology: Schutz]; 7. Marx, Engels and Bonger on crime and social control; 8. The new conflict theorists [ Dahrendorf, Turk. A, Quinney]; 9. Conclusion.

Taylor, P. and others 1995 Sociology in Focus Ormskirk : Causeway, 730 pages.
An A level text

Taylor, I., Walton, P. and Young, J. 1975 Critical criminology. Edited with contributory essays by Ian Taylor ... Paul Walton ... Jock Young.

Paul Taylor

Steve Taylor Lecturer in Applied Social Studies at Coventry Polytechnic (1982)

Taylor, S. 1982 Durkheim and the Study of Suicide, London: Macmillan. 249 pages.
Part One: Explaining the Suicide Rate
1 Durheims's Suicide
2 The Sociological Perspective on Suicide
Part Two: The Social Construction of Official Suicide Rates
3 Some Critiques of Official Suicide Rates
4 Proving Suicide
5 Persons under Trains
Part Three:The Social Context of Suicidal Actions
6 Individualistic Approaches to Suicide
7 Suicide and the Gamble with Death
8 The Ordeal and the Sacrifice

Entry on 'Adolf Hitler's Mein Kampf',

Thacker, Andrew 15.3.2003 "Foucault, Michel. (1926 - 1984)" entry in The Literary Encyclopedia and Literary Dictionary available at http://www.litencyc.com/php/speople.php?rec=true&UID=1599

Walter Theimer

Theimer, W. 1939 The Penguin Political Dictionary

Edward P. Thompson. born 1924

Thompson, E. 1963 (Revised 1968) The Making of the English Working Class 1963 Gollancz; 1968 Pelican

John B. Thompson and David Held

Thompson, J. B. and Held, D. 1982 (Editors) Habermas: Critical Debates Held. London: Macmillan.

William Thompson (1785-1833)

Thompson, W. 1824 An Inquiry into the Principles of the Distribution of Wealth Most Conducive to Human Happiness

Thompson, W. 1825 Appeal of One-half of the Human Race, Women, Against The Pretensions of the Other Half, Men, to Retain them in Political, and Thence in Civil and Domestic Slavery.

(extracts)

A 1983 reprint by Virago has an introduction by Richard Pankhurst. A 1994 reprint by Thoemmes Press has an introduction by Michael Foot and Marie Mulvey Roberts.

Anne Thomson

Thomson. A 2001 Critical Reasoning. London: Routledge. (Second edition 2002 - Third edition 2009)
Contents: Analysing reasoning -- Evaluating reasoning -- Recognising implications -- Evaluating evidence and authorities -- Two skills in the use of language -- Exercising the skills of reasoning -- Constructing reasoning

Thorolfur Thorlindsson and Thoroddur Bjarnason

Thorlindsson, T and Bjarnason, T. 2.1998 "Modeling Durkheim on the micro level: A study of youth suicidality." American Sociological Review, Volume 63(1), February 1998, pages 94-110.

Data came from the Youth in Iceland 1991 Project (reported by Thorlindsson, in 1992). A nationally representative sample consisted of 4,314 high school students (aged 16-20 yrs).

Extended Durkheim's theory of suicide to include suggestion-imitation, or the effects of contact with suicidal individuals.

Family integration and parental regulation were operationalised as independent constructs and tested in relation to anomie, suicidal suggestion, and suicidality. Argued that the findings show that integration and regulation can be meaningfully distinguished on both the theoretical and empirical levels. Findings also support the primacy of integration, while accommodating the independent role of regulation. Youths who are strongly integrated into their families are less likely to succumb to anomie and suicidality, but parental regulation does not appear to have such an effect. However, family integration and parental regulation have independent effects on suicidal suggestion. (APA Psychnet)

Entry on Critical Theory by Hugh Willmott available at http://dspace.dial.pipex.com/town/close/hr22/hcwhome/Critical% 20Theory%20-%201,000%20entry%20(1).doc

Stephen P. Thornton

Thornton, Stephen P. 2010 "Sigmund Freud (1856-1939)" The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy edited by James Fieser and Bradley Dowden, available at http://www.iep.utm.edu/freud/

Richard Thorpe and Robin Holt

Thorpe, R. and Holt, R. 2008 (Editors) The Sage Dictionary of Qualitative Management Research London: Sage

"extends general ideas, concepts, and techniques of qualitative research into the realm of management research."

John Tierney

Tierney, J. 1996 Criminology: Theory and context London : Prentice Hall/Harvester Wheatsheaf. 324 page
Contents: Introduction *Preliminaries and Early History. *Criminology, Crime and Deviance: Some Preliminaries *Measuring Crime and Criminality *Criminology and Criminologists Up to World War Two *World War Two to the Mid 1960s *The Discipline of Criminology and Its Context: World War Two to the Mid 1960s *Social Disorganisation and Anomie *Strain, Subcultures and Delinquency *Criminological Theory in Britain: World War Two to the Mid 1960s *The Mid 1960s to the Early 1970s *The Discipline of Criminology and Its Context: The Mid 1960s and the Early 1970s *New Deviancy Theory: The Interactionist Approach to Deviance *The 1970s *The Discipline of Criminology and its Context: Post-New Deviancy in the 1970s. *Post-New Deviancy and New Criminology *The 1980s and 1990s *The Discipline of Criminology and its Context: The 1980s and 1990s *Criminological Theory in the 1980s and 1990s.

Tierney, J. 1996/2006 Criminology: theory and context Prentice Hall. (Second edition Harlow: Pearson/Longman, 2006)
PART 1 PRELIMINARIES AND EARLY HISTORY
1. Criminology, crime and deviance: some preliminaries
2. Measuring crime and criminality
3. Criminology and criminologists up to World War Two [Includes Classicism and positivism - Positivist criminology - The turn of the century to the 1930s - Eugenics
PART TWO: WORLD WAR TWO TO THE MID-1960s
4. The discipline of criminology and its context
The emergence of criminology - Sociological criminology - Sociological criminology in Britain from the 1950s to the mid-1960s - Sociological criminology in the United States
5. Social disorganisation and anomie [includes Emile Durkheim - The Chicago School - Mertonian strain theory
6. Strain, subcultures and delinquency [Includes A.K. Cohen - - R. Cloward and L. Ohlin
7. Criminological theory in Britain [Includes Cultural diversity theory Schools and the 'problem of adjustment' - Subcultural theory]
PART THREE THE MID-1980s TO THE EARLY 1970s
8. [Includes The New Left Radicals and the new deviancy]
9. New deviancy theory: the interactionist approach to deviance [Includes Labelling theory - Primary and secondary deviancy - The amplification of deviance - Criticisms of the new deviancy]
PART FOUR THE 1970s
10. [Includes Interactionism, phenomenology and ethnomethodology - Orthodox criminology - Radical critiques and the growth of the New Right
11. Post-new deviancy and the new criminology [Includes Deviance and power - American conflict theory - Politicizing deviance - Critical criminology - Marx and Engels on crime - Taylor, Walton and Young - Youth subcultures and politics - Phenomenology - Ethnomethodology - Control theory - Feminist perspective
PART FIVE THE 1980s and 1990s
12. [Includes The shift to the right in British politics - Social organisation - The growth of policy-oriented research
13. Criminological theory - Mainstream criminology - Longitudinal research and criminal careers - The historical roots - Feminism - Gender and crime - Administrative criminology - Right-wing criticism - Neo- positivism - Radical criminology - Critical criminology and left realism
Second edition 2006 includes:
THE MID-1990s INTO THE NEW MILLENNIUM
14. [Includes New Labour - Restorative justice - Crime prevention, crime reduction and community safety - Crime and criminal justice: the wider context
15. Recent developments in criminological theory [Includes Postmodernist perspectives - Feminist perspectives - Perspectives on masculinities - Control perspectives - Cultural perspectives - Critical perspectives

Tighe, T. 1982 Modern Learning Theory foundations and fundamental issues. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Sami Timimi and Eric Taylor

Timimi, S. and Taylor, E. 2004 "ADHD is best understood as a cultural construct." [A debate, for and against] British Journal of Psychiatry, 184, 8-9, available online at http://bjp.rcpsych.org/cgi/content/full/184/1/8

See social construct

Richard Morris Titmuss 1907-1973
Father of Ann Oakley

Titmuss, R.M. 1950 Problems of Social Policy 1950

Titmuss, R.M. 1958 Essays on the Welfare State

Titmuss, R.M. 1962 Income Distribution and Social Change

Titmuss, R.M. 1968 Commitment to Welfare Allen and Unwin

Titmuss, R.M. 1970 The Gift Relationship: From Human Blood to Social Policy Sub-title on cover: "Richard M. Titmuss on his social philosophy". Allen & Unwin, 339 pages.

Jackson Toby

Toby, J. 1980 "Samuel A. Stouffer: Social Research As a Calling," in Robert K. Merton and Matilda White Riley, Sociological Traditions from Generation to Generation, Ablex Publishing Company, 1980, pp. 131-151.

Tomalin, C. 1974 The Life and Death of Mary Wollstonecraft. Penguin 1977

Ferdinand Tönnies 1855-1936 weblinks

Tönnies, F. 1887 Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft. Leipzig: Fues's Verlag. A second edition was published in 1912 and an 8th edition (Leipzig: Buske) in 1935. A Wikipedia entry described as "his basic and never essentially changed study of social man". Translated into English in 1955

Tönnies, F. 1887/1955 Community and Association: Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft. Translated from German into English by Charles Price Loomis, International library of sociology and social reconstruction. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1955

Tönnies, F. 1887/1957 Community and Society (Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft) East Lansing: Michigan State University Press. Being the translation first published in London in 1955, with the title: Community and Association

Tönnies, F. 1887/2002 Community and Society (Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft). New York. Dover Publications. An unabridged reprint of the translation (1955) by Charles Price Loomis of Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft Ferdinand Tönnies (1887)

Tuck, R. 1989 Hobbes Oxford Past Masters

Turk, C. 1988 Coleridge and Mill. A Study of Influence

Bryan S. Turner (University of Cambridge).

Turner, B.S. 200 The Blackwell Companion To Social Theory Second edition. Oxford : Blackwell. 570 pages.
Previous edition 1996.
Contains:
Introduction by Bryan S. Turner
Part One: Foundations:
1. The Foundations of Social Theory - origins and trajectories by Gerald Delanty (University of Liverpool).
2. The Philosophy of Social Science by William Outhwaite (University of Sussex).
Part Two: Actions, Actors, Systems:
3. Theories of Action and Praxis by Ira J. Cohen (Rutgers University).
4. Systems Theory and Functionalism by Frank J. Lechner (Emory University).
5. Psychoanalysis and Social Theory by Anthony Elliott (Monash University).
6. Structuralism by Roy Boyne (University of Durham)
Part Three: Perspectives on Social and Cultural Analysis:
7. Symbolic Interactionism in the Twentieth Century by Ken Plummer (University of Essex).
8. Sociological Theory and Rational Choice Theory by Peter Abell (London School of Economics).
9. Anthropology and Social Theory by James D. Faubion (Rice University).
10. Phenomenology and Sociology by Steven Vaitkus (University of Bielefeld).
11. Feminisms of the Second Wave by Terry Lovell (University of Warwick). 12. Feminisms Transformed? Terry Lovell (University of Warwick).
13. Cultural Sociology and Cultural Sciences by Steven Connor (Birbeck College).
Part Four: Perspectives on Time and Space:
14. Historical Sociology by John Mandalios (Griffith University).
15. Sociology of Time and Space by John Urry (Lancaster University).
Part Five: Contemporary Developments in Social Theory:
16. Postmodern Social Theory by Barry Smart (University of Portsmouth).
17. Outline of a General Sociology of the Body by Bryan S. Turner (University of Cambridge).
Part Four: Intellectuals and the Public Sphere:
18. Social Theory and the Public Sphere: Craig Calhoun (University of North Carolina).

Jonathan H. Turner and Jan E. Stets

Turner, J.H. and Stets, J.E. 2005 The Sociology of Emotions Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
Contents: Conceptualising emotions sociologically -- Dramaturgical and cultural theorising on emotions -- Ritual theorising on emotions -- Symbolic interactionist theorising on emotions -- Symbolic interactionist theorising on emotions with psychoanalytic elements -- Exchange theorising on emotions -- Structural theorising on emotions -- Evolutionary theorising on emotions -- Prospects for the sociology of emotions.

Stets, J.E. and Turner, J.H. 2006 (Editors) Handbook of the Sociology of Emotions New York, Springer
Contents: Introduction.- Section I: Basic Processes.- The Classification of Emotions.- The Neuroscience of Emotions.- Gender and Emotions.- Section II: Theories.- Power and Status and the Power-Status Theory of Emotions.- Cultural Theory and Emotions.- Ritual Theory and Emotions.- Symbolic Interactionism, Inequality, and Emotions.- Affect Control Theory.- Identity Theory and Emotions.- Self-Theory and Emotions.- Emotion-Based Self Theory.- Psychoanalytic Sociological Theories and Emotion.- Social Exchange Theory and Emotions.- Emotion in Justice Processes.- Expectation States Theory and Emotion.- Evolutionary Theory and Emotions.- Section III: Select Emotions.- Love.- Jealousy and Envy.- Empathy.- Sympathy.- Anger.- Grief.- Moral Emotions.- Section IV: Emotions in Social Live.- Emotions in the Workplace.- Emotions and Health.- Emotions and Social Movements.

Eleanor Ty, Wilfrid Laurier University

Ty, Eleanor 1992 "Mary Wollstonecraft Shelley". Entry in the Dictionary of Literary Biography, Volume 116: British Romantic Novelists, 1789-1832. A Bruccoli Clark Layman Book. Edited by Bradford K. Mudge, University of Colorado at Denver. Gale Research, 1992. pp. 311-325. Available on Andreas Teuber's website at http://people.brandeis.edu/~teuber/shelleybio.html

Edward Burnett Tylor 1832-1917 weblinks

Tylor, E.B. 15.8.1866 "The Religion of Savages" Fortnightly Review 15.8.1866 - Volume 6, pages 71-86

Tylor, E.B. 1861 Anahuac, or, Mexico and the Mexicans, Ancient and Modern

Tylor, E.B. 1865 Researches into the Early History of Mankind and the Development of Civilisation

Tylor, E.B. 1866ol "The Origin of Language", Westminster Review, Volume 86 (1866)

Tylor, E. B. 1867 "On Traces of the Early Mental Condition of Mankind" Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain Volume 5, 1867, pp 83-93

Tylor, E.B. 1869 "On the Survival of Savage Thought in Modern Civilisation" Proceedings of the Royal Institute of Great Britain Volume 5, 1869, pp 522-535

Tylor, E.B. 1871 Primitive Culture: Researches into the Development of Mythology, Philosophy, Religion, Art, and Custom London, J. Murray. [Contents of second edition (Later edition numbering in brackets) Volume 1: The Origins of Culture 1. The science of culture. 2. The development of culture. 3. Survival in culture. 4. Survival in culture continued. 5. Emotional and imitative language. 6. Emotional and imitative language continued. 7. The art of counting. 8. Mythology. 9. Mythology continued. 10. Mythology continued. 11. Animism. Volume 2: Religion in Primitive Culture Contents: 1. (12) Animism continued from volume one. 2. (13) Animism continued. 3. (14) Animism continued. 4. (15) Animism continued. 5. (16) Animism continued. 6. (17) Animism continued. 7. (18) Rites and ceremonies. 8. (19) Conclusion.

Second edition: 1873 - "Third edition revised" 1891 - "Fourth edition revised" 1903 - 5th edition 1913 - 6th edition 1920/1929? - There are different American editions. In 1889 there was a "3rd American from the 2nd English edition". There is a reprint of this by Gordon Press in 1973. The 1958 Harper Torchbook edition (volume one: "The origins of culture" - volume 2. "Religion in primitive culture" is the 1903 or later edition because it refers to the second edition of Frazer's The Golden Bough in volume 2 on p.321

Tylor, E.B. 1875 "Anthropology" A six part article in the Encyclopedia Britannica

Tylor, E.B. 1881 Anthropology: An Introduction to the Study of Man and Civilisation With illustrations. London : Macmillan and Co.,

Tyson, G.F. 1973 (Editor) Toussaint L'Ouverture. (Great Lives Observed) Prentice-Hall. Spectrum.

Emma Uprichard, Roger Burrows and David Byrne

Uprichard, E., Burrows, R. and Byrne, D. 2008, "SPSS as an 'inscription device': from causality to description?". The Sociological Review, 56: 606-622. available at http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1467- 954X.2008.00807.x/abstract?

Varenne, H. 1995 "The Social Facting of Education: Durkheim's Legacy" Journal of Curriculum Studies, 27: 373-389. 1995. Available at http://varenne.tc.columbia.edu/hv/art/durkheim_dewey_main.html

This paper examines the development of SPSS" [Statistical Package for the Social Sciences] "from 1968 to 2008, and the manner in which it has been used in teaching and research in British Sociology

Hervé Varenne

Christopher Vincenzi

Vincenzi, C. 1998 Crown Powers, Subjects and Citizens Pinter, London and Washington.

Vultee, Denise. No date William Blake (1757-1827) a biography by Denise Vultee and the editors of the Blake Archive. Available from The Blake Archive at http://www.blakearchive.org/ - (direct link)

Loïc Wacquant. 1960 - weblinks
See Bourdieu Wacquant 1992

Books and papers listed on his website

Wacquant, L. 4.1999 "Penal 'common sense' comes to Europe - US exports zero tolerance" Le Monde Diplomatique. April 1999

Wacquant, L. 11.1999 Les Prisons de la misère. Paris: Raisons d'agir. Editions du Seuil, 1999, 192p.

Wacquant, L. 1999/2009 Prisons of Poverty. Translation into English of Wacquant, L. 11.1999 Minneapolis; London: University of Minnesota Press
Contents: How America exports its penal policy -- From social state to penal state: American realities, European possibilities -- The great penal leap backward : incarceration in America from Nixon to Clinton.

2000 International journal Ethnography launched

Wacquant, L. 2004 Body and Soul: Ethnographic Notebooks of An Apprentice-Boxer. New York: Oxford University Press.

Wacquant, L. 2005 (Editor) Pierre Bourdieu and Democratic Politics - The Mystery of Ministry. Cambridge: Polity Press.
A collection of essays, mostly by Bourdieu and Wacquant

"Introduction: symbolic power and democratic practice -- Pointers on Pierre Bourdieu and democratic politics" by Loïc Wacquant

"From the king's house to the reason of state: a model of the genesis of the bureaucratic field" by Pierre Bourdieu

"The mystery of ministry: from particular wills to the general will" by Pierre Bourdieu

"Scholarship with commitment: On the political engagements of Pierre Bourdieu" by Franck Poupeau and Thierry Discepolo

"Ancien règime ballots: a double historicization of electoral practices" by Olivier Christin

"'Making the people speak': On the social uses of and reactions to public opinion polls / Patrick Champagne -- Symbolic power in the rule of the 'state nobility'" by Loïc Wacquant

"The making and breaking of the Czechoslovak political field" by Gil Eyal

"The cunning of imperialist reason" by Pierre Bourdieu and by Loïc Wacquant
Key writings of Pierre Bourdieu on democratic politics.

Wacquant, L. 2008 Urban Outcasts: A Comparative Sociology of Advanced Marginality. Polity Press.

Wacquant, L. 2009 Punishing the Poor: The Neoliberal Government of Social Insecurity. Translated into English by James Ingram. Durham: Duke University Press.
Contents: Prologue: America as living laboratory of the neoliberal future -- Social insecurity and the punitive upsurge -- The criminalization of poverty in the post-civil rights era -- Welfare "reform" as poor discipline and statecraft -- The great confinement of the fin de siècle -- The coming of carceral "big government" -- The prison as surrogate ghetto: encaging the black subproletarians -- Moralism and punitive panopticism: hunting down sex offenders -- The scholarly myths of the new law-and-order reason -- Carceral aberration comes to French -- Theoretical coda: a sketch of the neoliberal state.

external link

Sylvia Walby

Walby, S. 1986 Patriarchy at Work, Oxford, Blackwell Publishers

Walby, S. 1990 Theorising Patriarchy, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers

See Patriarchy

Jan Wallcraft 1948-

Wallcraft J. 2002 Turning Towards Recovery? - A study of personal narratives of mental health crisis and breakdown, unpublished PhD thesis, South Bank University.

Jan Wallcraft, Jim Read and Angela Sweeney

Wallcraft, J.; Read, J. and Sweeney, A. 2003 On our own terms - Users and survivors of mental health services working together for support and change, London. The Sainsbury Centre for Mental Health.

Jan Wallcraft, Beate Schrank and Michaela Amering

Wallcraft, J. Schrank, B and Amering, M. 2009 (Editors) Handbook of Service User Involvement in Mental Health Research (World Psychiatric Association) Wiley.
Chapters:
1 History, Context and Language - Jan Wallcraft and Mary Nettle
2 Principles and Motives - Alison Faulkner
3 Levels and Stages - Angela Sweeney and Louise Morgan
4 Values - Bill (KWM) Fulford and Jan Wallcraft
5 Roles - Jasna Russo and Peter Stastny
6 Capacity-building - Kim Hopper and Alisa Lincoln
7 Purposes and Goals - Larry Davidson, Priscilla Ridgway, Timothy Schmutte and Maria O'Connell
8 Topics - Paulo Del vecchio and Crystal R. Blyler
9 Methods - Jean Campbell
10 Service Users as Paid Researchers - Jonathan Delman and Alisa Lincoln
11 Consultation - Virginia Minogue
12 Collaboration - Diana Rose
13 Control - Peter Beresford
14 Power - Paddy McGowan, Liam Mac Gabhann, Chris Stevenson and Jim Walsh
15 Money - Sarah Hamilton
16 Politics - Daniel B. Fisher
17 Good Practice Guidance - Beate Schrank and Jan Wallcraft

Wallcraft J. 8.2010 The Capabilities Approach in Mental Health - What ere the implications for research and outcome measurement

Walker, K. 2008 Depression and Globalization: The politics of mental health in the 21st century New York: Springer
Part One: Depression
1. What Is Depression?
2. The Stigma of Depression: History and Context
Part Two: Globalization
3. The New Right and the 1980s
4. Globalization: Definitions and Debates
Part Three: Mental Health
5. The Structures of Society and Depression
6. The Mental Health Sciences and the Depression Industry
7. Depression and the Future

Carl Walker

Nigel Walker

Mark Walsh, Paul Stephens and Stephen Moore

Walsh, Stephens and Moore 2000 Social Policy & Welfare Stanley Thornes. Cheltenham. - This is an A level text that relates current policy (such as those of New Labour) to historic policies (such as the 1834 Poor Law)

Mark Walsh

Walsh, M. 2001 Research Made Real: A guide for students. Cheltenham; Nelson Thornes
Contents:
Part 1 Getting ready for research: what is a research investigation?; types of research investigation; theoretical approaches to research; how will your research be judged?.
Part 2 Preparing for your project: identifying a topic or area of interest; obtaining and reviewing background information; identifying a research question or hypothesis; deciding on research design and strategy; surveys; experiments; case studies; action research; research designs; selecting data collection methods; participant observation; thinking about ethics; detailed planning and the research proposal.
Part 3 Obtaining and working with data: collecting primary data; making sense of your data.
Part 4 Putting it all together: writing a research report; referencing your research; appendix - evaluating research reports.

Pierre Walthery

Walthery, P. 2006 "Figuring Out Social Classes: An Overview" Radical Statistics No 92. Available at http://www.radstats.org.uk/no092/walthery92.pdf

Warner, M. 1985 Monuments and Maidens: The allegory of the female form London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson

Marina Warner 1946-

Mary Warnock 14.4.1924-

Warnock, M. 1976 Imagination London: Faber and Faber. 213 pages.

1978: Warnock Report

Warnock, M. 1985 Introduction to the Everyman edition of A Vindication of the Rights of Woman (Wollstonecraft, M, 1792) and The Subjection of Women (Mill, J S, 1869) Everyman's Library

Warnock, M. 1994 Imagination and time Oxford: Blackwell, xi and 193 pages.
Contents: Preface. 1. Introduction: The Inner and the Outer World. 2. Imagination and the Idea of Genius. 3. Imaginative Interpretations. 4. The Symbolic. 5. Stories. 6. Personal Identity. 7. Autobiography. 8. The Future. 9. Consequences.
An exploration of the related ideas of personal identity, time, history and our commitment to the future, and the role of imagination in life. Argues that the notion of personal immortality cannot be taken literally. Nevertheless, as a metaphor, immortality may illuminate both our relation with the past, our understanding of the present and our responsibility for the future.

Ruth Wajsblum

Wajsblum, J. 1981 Women in Prison ELWAP (East London Women Against Prison) [26 page booklet]

Watkin, B. 1975 Documents on Health and Social Services 1834 To the Present Day.

Watkins, J.W.N. 1957 "Historical Explanation and the Social Sciences" British Journal of Philosophy of Science 1957

John Watson

Watson, John 1927 (new edition) The Philosophy of Kant. As contained in selections from his own writings. Glasgow.

John Broadus Watson (1878-1958) Broadhurst Cohen Harris weblinks

index of texts on Classics of Psychology

Watson, J.B. 1907 "Studying the mind of animals" The World Today, 12, 421-426. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Watson/Animals/index.htm

Watson, J.B. 1913 "Psychology as the behaviorist views it". Psychological Review, 20, 158-177. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Watson/views.htm

Watson, J.B. 1916. "Behavior and the concept of mental disease." Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, and Scientific Methods, 13, 589- 597. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Watson/mental.htm

Watson, J.B. 1920. "Is thinking merely the action of language mechanisms?" British Journal of Psychology, 11, 87-104. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Watson/thinking.htm

Watson, J.B. and Rayner, R 1920 "Conditioned Emotional Reactions" Journal of Experimental Psychology, 3(1), 1-14. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Watson/emotion.htm

Watson, John B. & MacDougall, William. 1929. The battle of behaviorism: An exposition and an exposure. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Watson/Battle/

Kathy Watson

Watson, K. 2004 The Devil Kissed Her. The Story of Mary Lamb London and New York: Tarcher/Penguin

Beatrice and Sidney Webb

David Webb 1946- and Robert Harris 1947-

David Webb and Robert Harris

Webb, D. and Harris, R. 1999 (Editors) Mentally Disordered Offenders: Managing people nobody owns London: Routledge.
Contents
1. Mental disorder and social order: underlying themes in crime management, by Robert Harris
2. Public Inquiries in mental health, by Louis Blom-Cooper
3. The police and the mentally disordered in the community, by Philip Bean
4. Diverting mentally disordered offenders from custody, by Paul Cavadino
5. Recreating mayhem? Developing understanding for social work with mentally disordered people, by Michael Preston-Shoot
6. Multi-agency risk management of mentally disordered sex offenders: A probation case study, by Daniel Grant.
7. The Parole Board and the mentally disordered offender, by Judith Pitchers
8. Control and compassion: The uncertain role of Mental Health Review Tribunals in the management of the mentally ill, by John Wood
9. Thinking horses, not zebras, by Jill Peay
A balance of possibilities: some concluding notes on rights, risks and the mentally disordered offender, by David Webb

David Webb 1955-

Webb, D. 2001 "Suicide: Mental illness or spiritual crisis?" presented at Exclusion and Embrace: Conversations about Spirituality and Disability, Melboume.

Webb, D. 2002a "The Many Languages of Suicide", New Paradigm July 2002: pp 4-28

Webb, D. 2002b "The Search for Self and Spirit in Suicidology" in Elaine Martin and Judith Booth (Editorss) 2003, Courageous Research, Common Ground Publishing, Melboume. pp 25-44.

Webb, D. 2003 "Self, Soul and Spirit: Suicidology's blind spots?" New Paradigm September 2003: pp 4-23

Webb, D. 2004 "A Sociology of Suicidology" presented at The Australian Sociology Association (TASA), Beechworth.

Webb, D. 2005 "Bridging the Spirituality Gap", Australian e- Journal for the Advancement of Mental Health 4(1).

Webb, D. 2006 A role for spiritual self-enquiry in suicidology? PhD thesis thesis, Victoria University. In two volumes: Exegesis titled A role for spiritual self-enquiry in suicidology? Creative thesis titled: Thinking about suicide : contemplating and comprehending suicidality Available at http://eprints.vu.edu.au/15550/

Offline: exegesis - creative thesis

Webb, D. 2010 Thinking about Suicide: Contemplating and comprehending the urge to die Herefordshire: PCCS Books.

Summary: The aim here is not to attempt any generalisations from individual, personal experience but rather to contribute the author's story to the meagre body of first-person data currently found in suicidology. A second purpose is to use the author's story to draw attention to some serious shortcomings in suicidology.

Eugene J. Webb, Donald T. Campbell, Richard D Schwartz and Lee Sechrest

Webb, E. J., Campbell, D. T., Schwartz, R. D., and Sechrest, L. 1966 Unobtrusive Measures: Nonreactive Measures in the Social Sciences Chicago: Rand McNally.

Jenn Webb, Tony Schirato and Geoff Danaher

Webb J., Schirato, T. and Danaher, G. 2002 Understanding Bourdieu Australia : Allen & Unwin, 2002. London : SAGE, 2002. xvi and 209 pages

Max Weber Roberts 1997 chapter 6 - weblinks

Wikipedia list of Max Weber's works
Extracts

Weber, M. 1910-1914 (written) Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft. Grundriss der verstehenden Soziologie. [Economy and Society. An Outline of Interpretive Sociology] 4th Edition Tübingen 1956. A frequent abbreviation (elsewhere) is WuG. Read about Weber's toolbox
English translations see The Theory of Social and Economic Organisation 1947, Basic Concepts in Sociology 1962 and Economy and Society. An Outline of Interpretive Sociology 1968

Extracts from Part Three on Bureaucracy

Weber, M. 1913/1915-Religion-introduction Die Wirtschaftsehthik der Weltreligionen [The Economic Ethics of World Religions] Introduction written 1913, published in September 1915 in the Archiv für Sozialforschung translated as The Social Psychology of the World Religions in Gerth & Mills 1948 (Editors) pp 267-301

Weber, M. 1919/Politics Politics as a Vocation in Gerth & Mills 1948 (Editors) pp 77-128

Weber, M. 1930 The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism, being a translation by Talcott Parsons of an article published by Weber in 1904/1905

Weber, M. 1947 The Theory of Social and Economic Organisation. A translation by A.M. Henderson and Talcott Parsons of volume 1 part one of Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft. Edited with an introduction by Talcott Parsons.

Weber, M. 1962 Basic Concepts in Sociology. London. Peter Owen.

Weber, M. 1958 Gesammelte politische Schriften quoted Giddens 1972 with a note that it is the standard collected edition of Weber's political writings

This is Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft Volume 1 part one, chapter 1. Translated and introduced by H.P. Secher, who tries to use more everyday language than Parsons used in Weber 1947 Extracts

Weber, M. 1968 Economy and Society. An Outline of Interpretive Sociology, Being an English edition of Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft by Guenther Roth and Claus Wittich incorporating earlier translations of parts.
Contents
Part One: Conceptual Exposition
Basic Sociological Terms
Sociological Categories of Economic Action
The Types of Legitimate Domination
Status Groups and Classes
Part Two: The Economy and the Arena of Normative and De Facto Powers
The Economy and Social Norms
The Economic Relationship of Organized Groups
Household, Neighborhood and Kin Group
Household, Enterprise and Oikos
Ethnic Groups
Religious Groups (The Sociology of Religion)
The Market: Its Impersonality and Ethic
Economy and Law (The Sociology of Law)
Political Communities
Domination and Legitimacy
Bureaucracy
Patriarchalism and Patrimonialism
Feudalism, Ständestaat and Patrimonialism
Charisma and Its Transformation
Political and Hierocratic Domination
The City (Non-Legitimate Domination)
Appendices
Types of Social Action and Groups
Parliament and Government in a Reconstructed Germany

Weber, M. 2005 Max Weber: readings and commentary on modernity Modernity and society; 3. Edited by Stephen Kalberg. Malden, Massachusetts; Oxford: Blackwell. xxxiii and 398 pages

Weiner, D.B. 1993 The citizen-patient in revolutionary and imperial Paris Henry E. Sigerist series in the history of medicine. Baltimore; London: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Dora B. Weiner

Review by Colin Jones - Review from Journal of Social Science History

Martin Weiner

Simon Werrett

Werrett, S. 1998 Potemkin and the Panopticon: Samuel Bentham and the Architecture of Absolutism in Eighteenth Century Russia available at http://www.ucl.ac.uk/Bentham-Project/journal/nlwerret.htm - archive

See Jeremy Bentham (Samuel's brother)

Susanne Wessendorf
Max Planck Institute for the Study of Religious and Ethnic Diversity

Wessendorf S. 2010. Commonplace Diversity: Social Interactions in a Super- diverse Context. Working Paper of the Max Planck Institute for the Study of Religious and Ethnic Diversity (WP 10-11). http://www.mmg.mpg.de/en/publications/working-papers/2010/wp-10-11/

Wessendorf, S. 10.2011 "Commonplace diversity and the 'ethos of mixing': Perceptions of difference in a London neighbourhood", MMG Working Paper WP 11-09 http://www.mmg.mpg.de/publications/working- papers/2010/wp-11-09/

Donald James West 1924-

West, D. J. 1965 Murder followed by suicide : an enquiry carried out for the Institute of Criminology, Cambridge

Wikibooks Wikibooks, the open-content textbooks collection that anyone can edit.
http://en.wikibooks.org/.

Wikinews Wikinews The free news source you can write!
http://en.wikinews.org/.

Wikipedia Wikipedia. The free encyclopedia that anyone can edit
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.

Referencing Wikipedia See internet referencing

Wikipedia articles can be referenced with Wikipedia/article as the key word, where where "article" is the last part of the Wikipedia web address.
For example
(Wikipedia/Olympe_De_Gouges) and
(Wikipedia/History_of_science_and_technology)
as intext references would match a simple entry in the bibliography:
Wikipedia. The free encyclopedia that anyone can edit
<http://en.wikipedia.org>
Title of article indicated in the reference
Your reader/s will then be able to go to the main Wikipedia page and search for the article/s
Other ways of referencing encyclopedia articles

Garrath Williams
Department of Politics, Philosophy and Religion, Lancaster University,

Williams, G. 21.5.2003 "Hobbes: Moral and Political Philosophy" The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy edited by James Fieser and Bradley Dowden, available at http://www.iep.utm.edu/hobmoral/. Originally published 21.5.2003 Last updated: 5.7.2005

Howard Williams

Williams, H. 1983 Kant's Political Philosophy Basil Blackwell

Raymond Williams

Williams, R. 1976 Keywords. A Vocabulary of Culture and Society. Fontana.

Words covered: [Links are to discussion on this site, not to Raymond Williams] Aesthetic, Alienation, Art, Behaviour, Bourgeois, Bureaucracy, Capitalism, Career, Charity, City, Civilisation, Class, Collective, Commercialism, Common, Communication, Communism, Community, Consensus, Consumer, Conventional, Country, Creative, Criticism, Culture, Democracy, Determine, Dialectic, Doctrinaire, Dramatic, Educated, Elite, Empirical, Equality, Evolution, Existential, Family, Fiction, Formalist, Genetic, Hegemony, History, Humanity, Idealism, Ideology, Image, Imperialism, Improve, Individual, Industry, Institution, Intellectual, Interest, Isms, Labour, Liberal, Literature, Man, Management, Masses, Materialism, Mechanical, Media, Mediation, Medieval, Modern, Monopoly, Myth, Nationalist, Native, Naturalism, Organic, Originality, Peasant, Personality, Philosophy, Popular, Positivist, Pragmatic, Private, Progressive, Psychological, Radical, Rational, Reactionary, Realism, Reform, Representative, Revolution, Romantic, Science, Sensibility, Socialist, Society, Sociology, Standards, Status, Structural, Subjective, Taste, Theory, Tradition, Unconscious, Unemployment, Utilitarian, Violence, Wealth, Welfare, Work.

Glenn D. Wilson 1942- and David N. Cox

Wilson, G.D. and Cox, D.N. 1983 The Child-lovers: A study of paedophiles in society London: Peter Owen, 1983. 132 pages. Available online

Louis Wirth

Wirth, L. 1925/10 "A Bibliography of the Urban Community" Chapter 10 in Park, R.E. etc 1925